Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC2016-205 - 4/19/2016 - Approved 2016-205 4/19/16 M2016-041 CB&I Inc. 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement,for the Project awarded on April 19,2016,is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner)and PM Construction&Rehab,LLC (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B E15209 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: LNV.Inc. 801 Navigation,Suite 300 Corpus Christi,TX 78408 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Phil Boehk.PE—Acting Construction Engineering City of Corpus Christi—Engineering Services 4917 Holly Rd.,Bldg.5 Corpus Christi.TX 78411 ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 365 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 30 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones,Substantial Completion,and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Agreement 00 52 23-1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting 10/1Q Part B City Project No.E15209 REV 10.6.2015 INDEXED Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $1000 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 1,875,000.00 ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 005223-2 REV 10-6-2015 B. Progress payments equal to 95 percent of the total earned value to date for completed Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. The balance will be held as retainage. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion, the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; Agreement City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 005223-3 REV 10-6-2015 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. Agreement City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part 8 City Project No. E15209 005223-4 REV 10-6-2015 ARTICLE 8 —ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 3. Addenda. 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES One original duplicate of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR — Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Agreement City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 005223-5 REV 10.6-2015 ATTEST Rebecca Huerta City Secretary APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: z net L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) (Seal Below) Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer CITY OFtH• STI J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services CONTRACTOR PM Construction & Rehab,�/�LLC By: kihL7 Title: Bac Ong, General Manager 131 N. Richey Address Pasadena, Texas 77506 City State 832-252-4800 Phone bongPteamipr.com Zip 832 550-2130 Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 005223-6 REV 10-6-2015 IPR Secretary's Certificate of PM CONSTRUCTION & REHAB, LLC (The "Company") The undersigned hereby certifies, on behalf of the Company, as follows: 1.) He is the duly elected and qualified Secretary of the Company 2.) The following individuals are the duly elected and qualified officers the company, (each an "Officer" and collectively the "Officers") elected by the Board of Directors of the Company of July 31, 2015 occupying the positions set forth next to their respective names below: Robert Steinberg, President and Chief Executive Officer Nick Banchetti, Authorized Representative Bac Ong, Authorized Representative Christian Abels, Authorized Representative Paul Pellegrini, Controller and Assistant Secretary 3) Each of the Officers is duly authorized, on behalf of the Company, to bid upon and enter into any competitive contract (each a "Bid" and collectively the "Bids") related to the Company's business, and is hereby authorized, on behalf of the Company, to execute and deliver any contracts, agreements or documents required in connection with any such Bid (such authority conferred on the Officers the Board of Directors of the Company effective November 30, 2014) ii v Robert Steinberg, President and Chief Executive Officer Dated: September 3, 2015 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ARTICLE 1— BID RECIPIENT 1.01 In accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and Contract Documents, this Bid Proposal is submitted by PM Construction & Rehab, LLC (type or print name of company) on: March 2, 2016 at 2:00 pm for Project E15209 City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B]. 1.02 Submit Bids, Bid Security and all attachments to the Bid (See Section 7.01 below) to the City's electronic bidding website at www.CivCastUSA.com. If submitting hard copy bids or bid security in the form of a cashier's or certified check, please send to: The City of Corpus Christi, Texas City Secretary's Office 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ Part B Project No. E15209 All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 2 — BIDDERS'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 2.01 Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner on the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform all Work specified or indicated in Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated in this Bid or as modified by Contract Amendment. Bidder agrees to complete the Work within the Contract Times established in the Agreement or as modified by Contract Amendment and comply with the all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2.02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including those dealing with required Bonds. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the opening of Bids. 2.03 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. 2.04 Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date February 25, 2016 Signature Acknowledging Receipt Bid Acknowledgement Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 003000-1 REV 06-12.2015 ARTICLE 3 — BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. 3.02 The Bidder understands the inherent diversity of the potential sites associated with this project and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.03 The Bidder is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.04 The Bidder has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: A. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; B. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; C. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; D. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and E. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. 3.05 The Bidder has considered the: A. Information known to Bidder; B. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; C. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and D. The Contract Documents. 3.06 The Bidder has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: A. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; B. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and C. Bidder's safety precautions and programs. 3.07 Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.08 The Bidder is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. Bid Acknowledgement Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part 8 City Project No. E15209 003000-2 REV 06-12-2015 3.09 The Bidder has correlated the information known to the Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Bidder. 3.11 The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 3.12 Bidder's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — BASIS OF BID 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the BID FORM. A. Extended amounts have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. B. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated quantities are shown for bid evaluation purposes only, are not guaranteed, and final payment for all Unit Price items will be based on actual quantities provided, measured as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Price and figures column will be used to compute the actual Bid price. ARTICLE 5 — EVALUATION OF BIDDERS 5.01 The contract may be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder's responsibility, the Bidder's safety record, the Bidder's indebtedness to Owner, the Bidder's capacity to perform the Work and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements to determine the lowest responsible Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities in determining the Bidders' responsibility or value, and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements, and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. 5.02 The Owner has the right to accept a Bid, reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all irregularities in the Bids, or to reject non -conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid where circumstances and developments have, in the opinion of the Owner, changed the responsibility of the Bidder. 5.03 Material misstatements in the documentation submitted to determine the Bidder's responsibility, including information submitted per SECTION 00 4516 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, may be grounds for rejection of the Bidder's Bid on this Project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the Contract to such Bidder, may be grounds for immediate termination of the Contract. Additionally, the Bidder will be liable to the Owner for Bid Acknowledgement Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 003000-3 REV 06-12-2015 any additional costs or damages to the Owner resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney's fees for collecting such costs and damages. ARTICLE 6 —TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 The Project is to be completed and ready for operation within 365 Calendar days. 6.02 Bidder agrees that the Work for each site will be completed according to the working time table found in section 0135 00. ARTICLE 7 — ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID In compliance with the Bid Requirements in SECTION 00 2113 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following are made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid Security. B. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and documentation of signatory authority. C. Bid Form. D. SECTION 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS. E. SECTION 00 3004 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE. F. SECTION 00 30 05 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST. G. SECTION 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION. ARTICLE 8 — DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 — VENUE 9.01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. ARTICLE 10 — SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS 10.01 Bidders must include their correct legal name, state of residency, and federal tax identification number in the Bid Form. 10.02 The Bidder, or the Bidder's authorized representative, shall sign and date the Bid Form to accompany all materials included in the submitted Bid. Bids which are not signed and dated in this manner, or which do not contain the required documentation of signatory authority may be rejected as non-responsive. The individual(s) signing the Bid must have the authority to bind the Bidder to a contract, and if required, shall attach documentation of signatory authority to the Bid Form. Bid Acknowledgement Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 003000-4 REV 06.12-2015 10.03 Bidders who are individuals ("natural persons" as defined by the Texas Business Organizations Code §1.002), but who will not be signing the Bid Form personally, shall include in their bid a notarized power of attorney authorizing the individual designated as their authorized representative to submit the Bid and to sign on behalf of the Bidder. 10.04 Bidders that are entities who are not individuals shall identify in their Bid their charter or Certificate of Authority number issued by the Texas Secretary of State and shall submit with their Bid a copy of a resolution or other documentation approved by the Bidder's governing body authorizing the submission of the Bid and designating the individual(s) authorized to execute documents on behalf of the Bidder. Bidders using an assumed name (an "alias") shall submit a copy of the Certificate of Assumed Name or similar document. 10.05 Bidders that are not residents of the State of Texas must document their legal authority to conduct business in Texas. Nonresident Bidders that have previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State may submit a copy of their Certificate of Authority. Nonresident Bidders that have not previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State shall submit a copy of the Bidder's enabling documents as filed with the state of residency, or as otherwise existing. ARTICLE 11— BID SUBMITTAL 11.01 This Bid is submitted by: Bidder: PM Construction & Rehab, LLC (typed or printed full legal name of Bidder) By: (individual's signature) Name: Bac Ong Title: General Manager Attest: (typed or printed) (typed or printed) State of Residency: Federal Tax Id. No. Address for giving notices: (individual's signature) Texas 62-1645414 131 N. Richey Pasadena, TX 77506 Phone: 832-252-4800 Email: bong@teamipr.com (Attach evidence of authority to sign if the authorized individual is not the Bidder, but an individual signing on behalf of another individual Bidder, or if the authorized individual is a representative of a corporation, partnership, or joint venture.) Bid Acknowledgement Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 003000-5 REV 06-12-2015 END OF SECTION Bid Acknowledgement Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 003000-6 REV 06-12-2015 IPR Secretary's Certificate of PM CONSTRUCTION & REHAB, LLC (The "Company") The undersigned hereby certifies, on behalf of the Company, as follows: 1.) He is the duly elected and qualified Secretary of the Company 2.) The following individuals are the duly elected and qualified officers the company, (each an "Officer" and collectively the "Officers") elected by the Board of Directors of the Company of July 31, 2015 occupying the positions set forth next to their respective names below: Robert Steinberg, President and Chief Executive Officer Nick Banchetti, Authorized Representative Bac Ong, Authorized Representative Christian Abels, Authorized Representative Paul Pellegrini, Controller and Assistant Secretary 3) Each of the Officers is duly authorized, on behalf of the Company, to bid upon and enter into any competitive contract (each a "Bid" and collectively the "Bids") related to the Company's business, and is hereby authorized, on behalf of the Company, to execute and deliver arty contracts, agreements or documents required in connection with any such Bid (such authority conferred on the Officers the Board of Directors of the Company effective November 30, 2014) By: i Robert Steinberg, President and Chief Executive Officer Dated: September 3, 2015 00 30 01 BID FORM ADCENDUMEM NO 1 ATTACHMENT N3 1 PAGE 1 o1 11 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Name: CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART 8 UNIT Project Number: E15209 EXTENDED AMOUNT Owner: City of Corpus Christi Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance per lump -sum (Refer to T-000500 for mobilization payment) Bidder: PM Construction & Rehab. LLC :J OAR: Designer: LNV, Inc. LF asis of fSI Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Base Bid WW1 Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance per lump -sum (Refer to T-000500 for mobilization payment) LS 1 $ 185,000.00. $ 185,000.00 - WW2 Rehab <_8" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 10000 $ 39.00 $ 390,000.00 4,1, WW3 Rehab 58" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot IF 1000) $ 42,00 $ 420.000.00,_. WW4 Rehab sB" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 7500 $ 50.00 ' $ 375,000 00 - WW5 Rehab 58" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 750 $ 65.00 $ 48.750.00 WW6 Rehab <_B" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 750 $ 75 00 $ 56.250.00 WW7 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 $ 48.00 $ 240,000.00 - WW8 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 $ 53 00 $ 265,000.00 - WW9 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 $ 57.00 - $ 285,000.00 - WW10 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 600 $ 70.00 $ 42,000.00• 6UW11 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF F,C;O $ 80.00 $ 48,000.00 +*I WW12 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Noe Bursting)(0' 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ 58.00 $ 58,000.00 - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part 8 - E15209 Page 1 of 13 PEV 10 14201.1 00 30 01 BID FORM AODENOUM.EM NO 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 PAGE 2 ul 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOU WW13 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot L= 1000 $ 63.00 - $ 63.000 00 - WW14 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot L' 111;;(1 $ 72 00 $ 72.000.0 WW15 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot 11 ;,,,,) $ 78.00 $ 39.000 00 WW16 Rehab 12" Wastewater line (Pipe Bursting) (>18' Depth), complete in place per each LF 500 $ 90.00 • $ 45,000.00 WW17 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ 83.00 $ 33,200.00 - WW18 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot I I 400 $ 93.00 $ 37,200.00 • WW19 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1110 102.00 $ 40.800 00 - liatto.. , . , . . $ 4',000 00 WW20 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (14' • 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1i;r $ 110.00 WW21 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 11:,.; $ 114 00 $ 45,600.00 _•4 WW22 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF u)0 $ 90 00 $ 36.0 C 00 WW23 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF .11..!'l $ 100.00 $ 40,000 00 - WW24 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF -1!',5 110 00 $ 44.000 00 WYV25 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot IF 400$ 125.00 $ 50,000.00 - WW26 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot Lr 400 $ 140.00 $ 56,000.00 WW27 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth). complete in place per linear foot Lr 5 230.00 $ 92,000.00 - WW28 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot IF 400 $ 220.00 $ 88,000.00 - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting 1D/10 Part B - E 15209 Page 2 of 13 REV 10 14 2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (8id Evaluation ONLY •NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW29 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' • 14- Depth), complete in place per linear foot 11 100 $ 240.00 $ 96,000.00 WW30 Rehab 24" Wastewater line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ 260.00 $ 104.000.00 - WW31 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ 290.00 $ 116,000.00 - WW32 Service Re -connection for 8" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA �, $ 475.00 $ 356,250.00 - WW33 Service Re -connection for 10" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each in `,0D $ 475.00 - $ 237.500.00 - WW34 Service Re -connection for 12" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 75 $ 525.00 $ 39 375.00 - WW35 Service Re -connection for 15" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA (' $ 525.00 - $ 10,500.00 WW36 Service Re -connection for 18' Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 10 $ 675.00 $ 6.750.00 - WW37 Service Re -connection for 24" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 5 $ 700.00 - $ 3.500.00 - WW38 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 82.00 - $ 8.200.00 - WW39 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 82.00 • $ 8.200 00 - WW40 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF leti! $ 90.00 $ 9,000.00 - WW41 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (14'• 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear fool LF 100 $ 116.00 - $ 11.600.00 . WW42 Point Repair 5.8" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 200.00 - $ 20,000.00 - WW43 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (1S LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 90.00 $ 9.000.00 . WW44 (6'- linear Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per foot LF 1 flip $ 90.00 $ 9,000.00 . Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part 13 E15209 f'a;,e 3 of 1 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM N0 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW45 Poi It Repair 10" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 100.00 - $ 10,000.00 _ WW46 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 103 $ 125.00 - $ 12,500.00 • WW47 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 335.00 - $ 33,500.00 - WW48 Point Repair 12" Wastewater line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF - .. $ 142 00 - $ 7,100 00 - WW49 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF n $ 150.00 _ 5 7.500 00 - WW50 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF `,0 $ 155 00 - $ WWS1 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ 180.00 . $ 9,000 00'•• WW52 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 91 i $ 300.00 - $ 15.000 00 - WW53 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per smear foot LF 15 $ 208 00 - $ 3,129. e , WW54 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LE 15 $ 216.00 - $ 3.240.00 - WW55 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot 1 F 15 $ 300 00 _ $ .500.00 - WW56 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 IF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ 335.00 - $ 5,025.00 WW57 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ 445.00 - $ 6,675.00 - WW58 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ 330.00 $ 4,950.00 WW59 (6'- linear Point Repair 18" Wastewater line 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per foot 1_I 15 $ 360.00 $ 5.400 00 - WW60 (10'- linear Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place) per foot 1 F 1 `" $ 390.00 - $ 5.850.00 - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E 15209 Pa0'4of13 00 30 01 BID FORM ADOENOUMEM NO 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) U NIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW61 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (14'. 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 1 `, $ 495.00 - $ 7,425.00 - WW62 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF i', $ 522.00 • $ 7,830.00 - WW63 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 1" $ 435.00 - $ 6,525.00 - WW64 Point Repair 24" Wastewater line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 IF Min), complete in place per linear foot t.F 15 $ 465.00 _ $ 6,975.00 - WW65 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot Lf" $ 540.00 _ $ 8.100,00 _ WW66 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 1 $ 570.00 - $ 8,550.00 - WW67 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ 760.00 - $ 11.400.00 - WW68 Excavation Safety for Wastewater Line Point Repair (All Line Sizes & Depths), complete in place per linear foot LF 11 /5 $ 0.01 - $ 14.75 - WW69 Obstruction Removal by Remote Device, complete in place per each EA 5 $ 275.00 - $ 1,375.00 - WW70 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (0' 6' Depth), complete in place per each EA I ` $ 500.00 $ 7.500.00 WW71 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (6' • 10' Depth). complete in place per each EA 15 $ 550.00 $ 8,250.00 WW72 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 $ 600.00 $ 9,000.00• WW73 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 $ 800.00 $ 12,000.00 _ WW74 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (>18' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 $ 1,000.00 - $ 15,000.00 - WW75 Includes Service Lateral Replacement (0' - 6' Depth Main, Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc.) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 70.00 - $ 7,000.00 . WW76 Includes complete Service Lateral Replacement (6' - 10' Depth Main, Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 80.00 - $ 5.000.00 - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part 8 - E15209 Page 5 of 13 Rr v 10.14 2011 00 30 01 BID FORM ADOENDUMEM NO 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW77 Service lateral Replacement (10' - 14' Depth Main,Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 IF Min), complete in place per linear foot Service Lateral Replacement (14' - 18' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 IF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF LI 100 10J $ 90.00 $ 135.00 $ 9,000.00 • $ 13,500.00 - WW78 WW79 Service Lateral Replacement (>18' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 IF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ 155.00 - $ 15,500 00 - NlW80 Well Pointing (0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ 125.00 - $ 6,250.00 - WW81 Well Pointing (6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ 150.00 • $ 7,500.00 - WW82 Well Pointing (10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ 225.00 $ 11.250 00 11.1 WW83 Well Pointing (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ 250 00 - $ 12,500.00 - WW84 Well Pointing (>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ 275.00 _ $ 13,750.00 . WW85 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(Lines 58"), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ 800.00 $ 8.000.00 WW86 Bypass Force Main for Control of <_8" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 2 C $ 15.00 - $ 3.750 00 WW87 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping (10"-12" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ 1,000.00 - $ 10.000.00 - WW88 Bypass Force Main for Control of 10"-12" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ 17.00 - $ 17,000.00 • WW89 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(15"-18" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ 1.200.00 _ $ 12,000.00 WW90 Bypass Force Main for Control of 15"-18" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ 20.00 5 20,000.00 WW91 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(24" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ 1.800.00 - $ 18.000.00 - WW92 Bypass Force Main for Control of 24" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ 26.00 $ 26.000.00 Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B E15209 Page 6 of 13 REV to Li TOO 00 30 01 BID FORM ADOENDUMEM NO 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 PAGE 7 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW93 Control or Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(30" Lines), complete in place per day 11-%Y 10 $ 2,000.00 . $ 20.000.00 . WW94 Bypass Force Main for Control of 30" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF lcC0 $ 28.00 $ 28.000.00 WW95 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(36" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ 3,000.00 _ $ 30,000.00 WW96 Bypass Force Main for Control of 36" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ 30.00 $ 30,000.00 - WW97 Furnish Vacuum Truck (Tandem), complete in place per day DAY S $ 3.000.00 $ 75,000.00 • WW98 Furnish Vacuum Truck (Tanker), complete in place per day DAY 2': $ 3,000.00 $ 75.000.00 - WW99 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (< 8"), complete in place per day DAY 101 $ 55.00 $ 5.560 00 WW100 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (10"), complete in place per day DAY 100 $ 60.00 $ 6.000.00 - WW101 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (12"), complete in place per day DAY 100 $ 65.00 $ 6.500.00 • WW102 Plugs and/or flow-thru Plugs (14"), complete in place per day DAY 100 5 85 00 $ 8,500.00 - WW103 Plugs and/or flow-thru Plugs (15"), complete in place per day DAY i'. $ 95 00 $ 7.125 00 - WW104 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (18"), complete in place per day DAY 7; $ 100 00 $ 7,500.00 WNl105 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (20"), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ 120.00 $ 3.000.00 WW106 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (30"), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ 140 00 5 3,500.00 W W107 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (36"). complete in place per day DAY $ 170 00 S 1.250.00 WW108 PRE CCTV • Clean & Telev;se Wastewater Lines(Lines 58"), complete in place per linear foot LF 30000 $ 2.75 $ 82,500.00 Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting 10/IQ Part B • E15209 Page 7 of 13 REV 10-14 2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO 1 AT1ACHMENr NO 1 13 i Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW109 POST CCTV -Televise Wastewater Lines (Lines <_8" ), complete in place per linear foot LI 30000 S 2 00 $ 60,000.00 - WW110 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater lines(10" 12" Lines), complete in place per linear foot if 16500 $ 3.50 $ 57,750.00 WWilI POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines(10"-12" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 16500 $ 2 .00 $ 33,000.00 WW112 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(15"- 18" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 4000 $ 4.25 $ 17.000.00 - WW113 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (15"-18" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 4000 $2 75 $ 11,000.00 - WW114 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(24" Lines), complete in place per linear foot if 2000 $ 5.50 $ 11,000.00 - WWlls POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (24" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 2000 $ 3.00 $ 6,000.00 W Wi16 PRE CCN - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(30" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 $ 7.00 $ 3,500.00 WW117 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(36" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 $ 8.00 $ 4,000.00 - WW118 CCTV Reverse Set-up (Unable to Traverse Line on Initial Set-up), complete in place per each EA 10 $ 225 00 $ 2,250.00 WW119 CCTV Set-ups, complete in place per each EA 25 $ 150.00 • $ 3,750.00 - �VMJ120 Clean & CCTV Manhole / Manhole Inspection, complete in place per each EA 20 $ 650 00 $ 13.000.00 WW121 Remove Existing Manhole (AU sizes), complete in place per each EA 50 5 2,200.00 • 5 132.000 00 - WW122 Replace 4 ft Dia. Manhole (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 40 $ 3.400.00 - $ 136.000.00 - WW123 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 50 S 225 00 • $ 13,500.00 - WW124 Replace 5 ft Dia Manhole (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 1 $ 6,000.00 $ 60.000.00 Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B • E15209 Page 8 of 13 REv 10 14 7014 00 30 01 BID FORM AUUF.NUUMEM NO t AT IACHMFNT NO 1 ,f 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW125 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF !n $ 600 00 $ 12,000.00 WW126 Replace 6 ft Dia Manhole (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA t � ' $ 11,500.00 - $ 115,000.00 - WW127 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 20 $ 950.00 $ 19,000.00 WW128 4 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehah(0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 60- $ 1,400.00 $ 84.000.00 - WW129 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF ,?(1 $ 225 00 - $ 20.250 00 _ WW130 5 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab(0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each 1a 5 $ 1,700.00 - $ 8.500.00 WW13] Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 $ 285.00 - $ 2.850.00 WW132 6 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rellab(0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA S $ 2,100.00 $ 10,500.00 WW133 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 1! $ 325.00 - $ 3,250.00 - WW134 4 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 111 $ 3.000.00 - $ 120.000.00 . WW135 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF u $ 260.00 $ 15.600 00 WW136 5 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per eacn EA ,, $ 5.500.00 - 5 27,500.00 - WW137 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 $ 575.00 - $ 5,750.00 WW138 6 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each Fn 5 $ 6.500.00. $ 32.500.00 - WW139 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 $ 700.00 $ 7,000 00 WW140 Excavation Safety for Manholes(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per each F n 1 1(1 $ 475.00 $ 52.250.00 - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 9 of 13 REV IO -I4 2!114 00 30 01 BID FORM AUUCNOUMEM NO l ATTACHMENT NO 1 r- r Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY •NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW141 Extra Depth for Excavation Safety for Manholes(>6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 180 250 $ 75 00 - $ 13.500.00 - WW142 Manhole Connections (<_ 8"), complete In place per each FA $ 175.00 - $ 43,750.00 - WW143 Manhole Connections (10" - 12"), complete in place per each FA 50 $ 200.00 $ 10,000.00 - WW144 Manhole Connections (15" - 18"), complete in place per each EA 20 $ 260.00 - $ 5,200.00 - WW145 Manhole Connections (21" - 24"), complete in place per each FA 10 $ 350.00 - $ 3,500.00 • WW146 Manhole Connections (30" - 36"), complete in place per each EA 10 $ 600.00 $ 6 OOO 00 WW147 Remove & Replace 30" Manhole Ring & Cover (Includes S.S. inflow inhibitor and new HOPE adjustment rings), complete in place per each LA 10 $ 1.800.00 _ $ 18.000.00 _ WW148 Remove & Replace 36" Manhole Ring & Cover (Includes 5.5. inflow inhibitor and new HDPE adjustment rings), complete in place per each FA 10 $ 2.200.00 - $ 22,000.00 - WW149 Reconstruct Manhole Top Corbel (Any Size), complete in place per each EA 10 $ 2,800.00 $ 28,000.00 WW150 Reconstruct Manhole Bench & Inverts as per specifications, complete in place per each EA 10 $ 600.00 $ 6,000.00 4VW151 Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 sacks of cement per ICY of sand), complete in place per ton TON 2500 $ 39.00 • $ 97,500.00 VJW152 Cut & Restore HMAC Paventent(includes Rase & Prime Coat), complete in place per square yard 5Y 2500 $ 95.00 $ 237.500.00 - WW153 Additional HMAC Pavement Thickness (1/2" per SY), complete in place per square yard SY 750 $ 13.00 $ 9,750.00 WW154 Additional Limestone Base Thickness (1" per SY), complete in place per square yard �1' 750 $ 9.00 - $ 6.750.00 - WW155 Select Backfill Material, complete in place per cubic yard 1500 $ 15.00 $ 22.500.00 - WW156 Flowable Backfill, complete in piace per cubic yard CY 1250 $ 150.00 - $ 187,500.00 - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 10 of 13 REV 1014 2014 £T10IIsr' d Ell I ON 1N3INHiV11V t'ON IN3WnON300V 60ZSI3 - 8 lied 01/01 Sunssngadld walsAS u01aa00j apm-Ag) ws0i pig - 00 OSZ'9 $ • OO.OSZ 5 SL AVO Aep sad amid u1 alaldwo3'CH peon) Io1luoOoy3esl 88uluag 2CLMM - OO sic $ 00 g $ sZ Atl() Aep lad amid ul alaldwo3'1IN 11E100) IOauop gges1 28u1u81S TCLMM - 00.OSC2I $ • 00.09L $ SZ AVO Aep lad amid ul alaldwo]'(0 'HOW Rump lgtesl2 SupAS OLLMM - 00"000S $ - 00 OOZ $ - Atl0aleld Aep sad u1 alaldwol'1/1 Dela()) loauo0 307es1 g 8wud!S 69iMM - 00-SZ9'S $ OO SZZ $ AVO Aep sad a3e1d ul alaidwo3 11 IlelaO) loauoD 3Dlesl g Su AS 89TMm - OO 9Z9 S $ - OD $ `SZ AVO Pouad mown sad amid u1 alaldwoa'II Dela()) patio) 311All 221au81S L9TMM - 00 Sl.Eb $ - 00'SLl $ SZ AVO Aep sad amid u1 alaldwos'(H Dela()) loauo011)3esl2 8u1u81S 99LMM - 00 DSZ9 $ - OO OSZ $ ' AV() Aep sad a3e1d u1 alaldwos'19 pew!) loauop3gjesl2 %pais 59IMM - OD SZC£ 5 - OO SZE $ SZ Abd Aep sad amid u1 alaldwo3'(3 DelaO) loauo0 nyesl 28ury81S P9TMM - 0009Z'a S - 00.06 $ SZ AVO Aep sad amid w alaldwo5'13 IlelaO) Iosluo3 slyest 8 8ury81S E9iMM - OO SZ L E $ - UC SZI $ SZ Atl0amid Aep sad ui amidwol'(0 pela0) laae° olyesl g 9014529LMM - OD OSZ'Z $ - 0006 $ SZ hV0 hep sad a3e1d u1 alaldwo3'ID pew° Ioauop guest 2 2Lau81S I9IMM - OO 03Z'91 $ - OO 0S9 $ 51 AVO Aep sad meld w alaldwo>'19 Dela()) Ialuo3 3lyesl V 8und4S 09IMM - OO SZ9 t $ • 00 .99 $ 52 Atl0 Aep sad amid ul alalduem'IV pele0) loauoa'wesl 28ulu8g 65LMM - 00.001' G $ - 00' 11. $ OOS AS pseA asenbs sad amid w alaldwos 'IAS sad„ ssau I) H Ml luawaned alasluo� leuoil!PPV SS[MM - 00 OSZ 9Z $ • 00 SOL $ 0S AS prep asenbs sad amid ui alaldwol'(aseg sapnpug luawaned alauuoj asnlEag / ma LSIMM 1NOOWtl 030N31N3 3Dind LINn 10eVMV 803 lON-A1N0 uogenleA3 P!9) A111Ntlnb nun NOI1dIN3S30 wall W803 019 TOOE 00 00 30 01 BID FORM ADOENDUMEM NO 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 PAGE 12 0` 13 Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 F.{ .. 12 of 13 DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid EvalItem ONLYNLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE i EXTENDED AMOUNT WW173 Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS), complete in place per day DAY $ 250.00 $ 6.250.00 WW174 Flashing Arrow Boards, complete in place per day DAY 2r, $ 200.00 - $ 5.000.00 • WW175 Flagger, Complete in Place Per 24-hour Period, complete in place per day DAY 25 S 320.00 $ S,COO.00 - WW176 Removal & Replacement of Chain link Fencing, complete in place per linear foot LF 750 $ 20.00 - $ 5.000.00 - WW177 Removal & Replacement of Wood Fencing, complete in place per linear foot LF 250 $ 25.00 $ 0,250.0C WW178 Temporary Construction Entrance/Exit - All Weather Access Road, complete in place per each EA 51.500.00 $ - i-1 ii-- $ WW179 Tree Removal (Up to 8" Dia. Trunk), complete in place per each EA $ 400.00 $ 2.000.0 - WW180 Tree Removal (Greater Than 8" Dia. Trunk), complete in place per each EA 5 $ 800.00 $ 4.000 00 WW181 Erosion Control —Sodding, complete in place per square yard SY rr $ 6.00 $ 1.500.00 W W 182 Erosion Control —Seeding, complete in place per square yard SY 250 $ 2.50 - $ 625.00 WW183 Erosion Control - Temporary Sediment Control Fence (Silt Fence and/or Silt Barrier), complete in place per linear foot LF 1500 $ 2.00 - $ 3.000.00 - WW184 Inlet Protection, complete in place per each EA 25 $ 65.00 - $ 1,625.00 - WW18S Remove and Replace Driveway, complete in place per square foot SF 750 $ 145.00 $ 108.750 00 - WW186 Remove and Replace Sidewalk, complete in'place per square foot SF 1000 $ 110.00 $ 110.000.00 - WW187 Remove and Replace Curb and Gutter or Valley Gutter, complete in place per linear foot LF 5011 $ 20.00 $ 10.000.00 WWiBB Remove and Replace Curb Ramp, complete in place per each EA S $ 1.750.00 - $ 8,750.00 - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 F.{ .. 12 of 13 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO 1 ATTACHMENT NO 1 PAGE 13 of 13 item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTIiY [Birt Evaluation ONLY • NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Grout Fill & Abandon in place, complete in place per WW189 cubic yard CY 100 $ 150.00 $ 15.000.00 - WW140 Remove, Relocate, and Reinstall Mail Box, complete in place per each EA 5 $ 250.00 $ 1,250.00 WW191 Site Clearing and Stripping, complete in place per acre AC 1 S 3.000.00 - $ 3.000.00 - WW192 Disposal of Contaminated Groundwater, Allowance per lump sum LS 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 Upsizing of Wastewater Line (Greater than One Pipe WW193 Size, Max 1.5 Times Existing Diameter), all sizes, all depths, complete in place per linear foot LF 3000 $ 9.00 - $ 27,000.00 - Total Extended Unit Prices (Items WW1 thru WW193) - For Evaluation Purposes ONLY 7.419.979.75 To be applied to any and alt items Emergency Coefficient associated with an Emergency Delivery 1.50 Order as defined in Measurement and Basis for Payment (01 29 01) Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 13 of 13 REV 1614.2014 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: "a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located." "Nonresident bidder" refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. "Resident bidder" refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. ❑ Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of bI Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller's annual publication of other states' laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: By: Name: Title: Business address: Phone: PM Construction & Rehab, LLC (typed or printed) (signatdre -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Bac Ong (typed or printed) General Manager 131 NI. Richey Pasadena, TX 77506 832-252-4800 Email: bong@teamipr.com END OF SECTION Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part 8 City Project No. E15209 003002-1 11-25-2013 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIQ For vendor doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1•a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a) By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local goverrmental entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. OFFICE USE ONLY Da.A _ca . t J Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. PM Construction & Rehab, LLC if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire. (The law requires that you file an updated with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which aware that the originally tiled questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) I I Check this box I completed questionnaire you became .J Name of local government officer about whom the information is being disclosed. NIA Name of Officer J Describe each employment officer, as described Complete subparts CIO as necessary. None A. Is the other than B. Is the of the local governmental or other business relationship with the local government officer, by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with A and B for each employment or business relationship described. Attach local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely investment income, from the vendor? or a family member of the the local government officer. additional pages to thls Form to receive taxable income, income, from or al the direction is not received from the Yes No vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income entity? Yes No J Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section 1 maintains with a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership Interest of one percent or more. None J box if the vendor has given the soca government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts in Section 176.003(a)(2)(B), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1). Check this as described J March 2, 2016 Sigrature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11130/2015 00 30 05 City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest k.SUPPLIER NUMB1iR art To BE ASSIGNED BYCrrY— PURCHASING DIVISION City of Corpus Chrtsti CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 171 12, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with "NA". See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: PM Construction & Rehab, LLC P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: 131 N. Richey FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 4. Association 8 CITY: Pasadena ZIP: 77506 - 2 Partnership 5. Other 3. Sole Owner ❑ Limited Liability Company DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each "employee" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name None Job Title and City Department (if known) 2. State the names of each "official" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name None Title 3. State the names of each "board member" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Board, Commission or Committee None 4_ State the names of each employee or officer of a "consultant" for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." NameNone Consultant FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)1 CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any infonnation requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi. Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Bac Ong Title: General Manager Signature of Certifying Person: DEFINITIONS Date: March 2, 2016 a. "Board member." A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. "Economic benefit". An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. "Employee." Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part- time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. "Firm." Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. "Official." The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. "Ownership Interest." Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. "Constructively held" refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements." g• "Consultant." Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B E15209 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. Company Name: By: Name: PM Construction & Rehab, LLC (typed or printed) (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Bac Ong (typed or printed) Title: General Manager Business address: 131 N. Richey, Pasadena, TX 77506 Phone: 832-252-4800 Email: bong@teamipr.com END OF SECTION Non -Collusion Certification City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 00 30 06 -1 11-25-2013 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 of 1 Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested parties. Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2016-30848 Date Filed: 03/24/2016 Date Acknowledged: 5-I -)-2oltp �� the contract, and provi e a 1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. PM Construction & Rehab, LLC Houston, TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Corpus Christi, Texas 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify description of the goods or services to be provided under the contract. E15209 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting IDIQ Part B 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Inland Pipe Rehabilitation, LLC The Woodlands, TX United States X 5 Check only if there i jP Interested Party. ottil..�` itINE r$��1',,,i 6 AFFIDAVIA�r' `. 1%'k,0,PfRe`;:•'.. AFFIX NOTARY Sworn to and 20 16 .RY p''�F ' • (,e•, 4': A co ���� '�,,t 13 2O `,,,‘`. SVANAbJgAL ABOVE subscribed before me, by the said I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. Signature of authorized agent of contracting business entity March Bac Ong , this the 24 day of , , to certify which, witness my hand and seal of office. It.Katharine S Medina Notary Signatu e of officer administering oath Printed name of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0.312 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND Contractor as Principal Name: PM Construction & Rehab, LLC Mailing address (principal place of business): 131 N. Richey Pasadena, TX 77506 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E15209 City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B Award Date of the Contract: April 19, 2016 Contract Price: $1,875,000.00 Bond Date of Bond: May 10, 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Dote of Contract) Payment Bond Form E15209 CW Collection System ID1Q Prt B BOND NO. SU 1138172 Surety Name: Arch Insurance Company Mailing address (principal place of business): 3 Parkway Philadelphia. PA 19102 Physical address (principal place of business): 3 Parkway Philadelphia. PA 19102 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Missouri By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): 215/606-1600 Telephone (for notice of claim): 214/438-4087 Local Agent for Surety Name: Borden Insurance Address: 210 S. Carancahua, S Corpus Christi, TX 78L Telephone: Email Address: uite 400 03 The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 006116-1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and al! liabilities on this bond shrill be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal PM Constructio & Reh b, L C Signature: Surety Arch insurance ompan Signature: .:47. l � t%1.CG -, //// &<_., Name: Bac Ong Name: ' oann Dombrowski Title: General Manager Title: AttnrnPy-in-Fant Email Address: bong@teamipr.com Email Address: jdombrowski@alliant.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form E15209 CW Collection System IDIQ Prt B 006116-2 7-8-2014 AIC 0000172981 In Testimony Whereof, the Company has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by their authorized officers, this 9'h day of December, 2015. Attested and Certified Patrick K. Nails, Secretary STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA SS COUNTY OF PHILADELPHIA SS fi Lance WKRMATE SEAL 1971 M(ssouri 0 Arch Insurance Company David M. In e stein, Executive Vice President I, Helen Szafran, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that Patrick K. Nails and David M. Finkelstein personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are respectively as Secretary and Executive Vice President of the Arch Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duly authorized signed, sealed with the corporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free and voluntary act of said corporation and as their own free and voluntary acts for the uses and purposes therein set forth. CERTIFICATION COMMONWEALTH OF PENN/YLVANIA NOTARIAL SEAL HELEN SZAFRAN, Notay Public City of Phfadelphia, Phga. County My Cornn3sion Expires October 3.2017 elen Szafran, Lary ubli My commission expires 10/03/2017 I, Patrick K. Nails, Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated December 9 2015 on behalf of the person(s) as listed above is a true and correct copy and that the same has been in full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the said David M. Finkelstein, who executed the Power of Attorney as Executive Vice President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected Executive Vice President of the Arch Insurance Company. IN TETIMONY WHE OF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the Arch Insurance Company on this/Ufl_day of _ ' __, Patrick K. Nails, Secretary This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. PLEASE SEND ALL CLAIM INQUIRIES RELATING TO THIS BOND TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: Arch Insurance — Surety Division 3 Parkway, Suite 1500 Philadelphia, PA 19102 00ML0013 00 03 03 Page 2 of 2 Printed in U.S.A. AIC 0000172981 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS ITIS PRINTED ON BLUE BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Not valid for Mortgage, Note, Loan, Letter of Credit, Bank Deposit, Currency Rate, Interest Rate or Residential Value Guarantees. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents: That the Arch Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, having its principal administrative office in Jersey City, New Jersey (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") does hereby appoint: Jessica Piccirillo, Joann Dombrowski, Marion R. Vail and Russell M. Canterbury of Farmington, CT (EACH) its true and lawful Attorney(s)in-Fact, to make, execute, seal, and deliver from the date of issuance of this power for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: Any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other surety obligations, in the penal sum not exceeding Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00). This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds In order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth herein. The execution of such bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other surety obligations in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said Company as fully and amply to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal administrative office in Jersey City, New Jersey. This Power of Attorney is executed by authority of resolutions adopted by unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on September 15, 2011, true and accurate copies of which are hereinafter set forth and are hereby certified to by the undersigned Secretary as being in full force and effect: "VOTED, That the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Executive Vice President, or any Senior Vice President, of the Surety Business Division, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, or the Secretary shall have the power and authority to appoint agents and attorneys -in -fact, and to authorize them subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other surety obligations obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officers of the Company may appoint agents for acceptance of process." This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on September 15, 2011: VOTED, That the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Executive Vice President, or any Senior Vice President, of the Surety Business Division, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, and the signature of the Secretary, the seal of the Company, and certifications by the Secretary, may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attomey or bond executed pursuant to the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on September 15, 2011, and any such power so executed, sealed and certified with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company. 00ML0013 00 03 03 Page 1 of 2 Printed in U.S.A. 00 6113 PERFORMANCE BOND Contractor as Principal Name: PM Construction & Rehab, LLC Mailing address (principal place of business): 131 N. Richey, Pasadena, TX 77506 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E15209 City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/lQ Part B Award Date of the Contract: April 19, 2016 Contract Price: $1,875,000.00 Bond Date of Bond: May 10, 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Performance Bond E15209 CW Collection System IDIQ Prt B BOND NO. Su 1138172 Surety /� Name: 4/Lei fie€ C Gefr,y l of business): Mailing address (principal place Arch Insurance Company 3 Parkway Philadelphia, PA 19102 Physical address (principal place 3 Parkway Philadelphia, PA 19102 of business): Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Missouri By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): 215/606-1600 Telephone (for notice of claim): 214/438-4087 Local Agent for Surety Name: Borden Insurance Address: 210 S. Carancahua, S uite 400 Corpus Christi, TX 784 Telephone: Email Address: 03 The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 006113-1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively County, Texas for any legal action. this and the Contractor as be null and shall be Code of said in Nueces Contractor as Principal -PM Construction & Rehab, LLC Signature: Surety Arch Insurance Company Signature: , . 2 14 LeG�r/�A _' Name:Bac Ong Name: Joann Dombrowski Title: General Manger Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: bong@teamipr.com Email Address: jdnmhmwski@Alliant cnm (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond E15209 CW Collection System 1010 Prt 8 006113-2 7-8-2014 AIC 0000172982 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS ITIS PRINTED ON BLUE BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Not valid for Mortgage, Note, Loan, Letter of Credit, Bank Deposit, Currency Rate, Interest Rate or Residential Value Guarantees. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents: That the Arch Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, having its principal administrative office in Jersey City, New Jersey (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") does hereby appoint: Jessica Piccirillo, Joann Dombrowki, Marion R. Vail and Russell M. Canterbury of Farmington, CT (EACH) its true and lawful Attorney(s)in-Fact, to make, execute, seal, and deliver from the date of issuance of this power for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: Any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other surety obligations, in the penal sum not exceeding Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00). This authority does not permit the same obligation to be split into two or more bonds In order to bring each such bond within the dollar limit of authority as set forth herein. The execution of such bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other surety obligations in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon the said Company as fully and amply to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal administrative office in Jersey City, New Jersey. This Power of Attorney is executed by authority of resolutions adopted by unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on September 15, 2011, true and accurate copies of which are hereinafter set forth and are hereby certified to by the undersigned Secretary as being in full force and effect: "VOTED, That the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Executive Vice President, or any Senior Vice President, of the Surety Business Division, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, or the Secretary shall have the power and authority to appoint agents and attorneys -in -fact, and to authorize them subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other surety obligations obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such officers of the Company may appoint agents for acceptance of process." This Power of Attorney is signed, sealed and certified by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company on September 15, 2011: VOTED, That the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Executive Vice President, or any Senior Vice President, of the Surety Business Division, or their appointees designated in writing and filed with the Secretary, and the signature of the Secretary, the seal of the Company, and certifications by the Secretary, may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attomey or bond executed pursuant to the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors on September 15, 2011, and any such power so executed, sealed and certified with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, shall continue to be valid and binding upon the Company. 00ML0013 00 03 03 Page 1 of 2 Printed in U.S.A. AIC 0000172982 In Testimony Whereof, the Company has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by their authorized officers, this 9th day of December, 2015. Attested and Certified Patrick K. Nails, Secretary STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA SS COUNTY OF PHILADELPHIA SS Missouri Arch Insurance Company �btrt David M. in e stein, Executive Vice President I, Helen Szafran, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that Patrick K. Nails and David M. Finkelstein personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are respectively as Secretary and Executive Vice President of the Arch Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person and severally acknowledged that they being thereunto duly authorized signed, sealed with the corporate seal and delivered the said instrument as the free and voluntary act of said corporation and as their own free and voluntary acts for the uses and purposes therein set forth. CERTIFICATION COMM ONW£AL_I}iOFP NN6YLVANIA NOTARIAL SEAL HELEN SZAFRAN, Notary Public City of Phl adetphia, PhRa. County My CommEssion Expires October 3, 2017 elen Szafran, tary ubli My commission expires 10103/2017 I, Patrick K. Nails, Secretary of the Arch Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the attached Power of Attorney dated December 9. 2015 on behalf of the person(s) as listed above is a true and correct copy and that the same has been in full force and effect since the date thereof and is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the said David M. Finkelstein, who executed the Power of Attorney as Executive Vice President, was on the date of execution of the attached Power of Attorney the duly elected Executive Vice President of the Arch Insurance Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEAR,nOF', I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the Arch Insurance Company on this /00' day of , = __, 20 /6 _. Patrick K. Nails, Secretary This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. PLEASE SEND ALL CLAIM INQUIRIES RELATING TO THIS BOND TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: Arch Insurance — Surety Division 3 Parkway, Suite 1500 Philadelphia, PA 19102 00ML0013 00 03 03 N[ssouti Page 2 of 2 Printed in U.S.A. Certificate No, 13253 TIES IS TO CERTIFY THAT Texas Department of Insurance Certificate of Authority Company No. 08.093922 ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY liANSA9 CITY, MISSOURI has complied with the laws of the State of Texas applicable thereto and 1s hereby authorized to transact the business of Fire; Allied Coverages; Hail -growing crops only; Rain; Inland Marine; Ocean Marine; Aircraft --Liability & Physical Damage; Accident; Health; Workers' Compensation & Employers' Liability; Employers' Liability; Automobile --Liability & Physical Damage; Liability other than Automobile; Fidelity & Surety; Glass; Burglary & Theft; Forgery; Boiler & Machinery; Credit; Livestock and Reinsurance on all lines authorized to be written on a direct basis insurance within the Este of Texas. This Certificate of Authority shall be in Rill force and effect until it is revoked, canceled or suspended according to law. FN TESTIMONY WtiLREOF. witness my ted and seal of oto at Auatia. Tem dile 21st d,yoe November JOSE MONit?MAYOR SIONER OF INSURANCE 1 • i. �w ;�s� BY .. _� �re Godwin 01 ; - heli, Director AD. 2Q02 Company l;,ieaosing & Registration r A ARCH Insurance Company ARCH Surety TEXAS CONSUMER NOTICE IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact your agent at the telephone number provided on the Declarations page of your policy. You may contact William J. Misero, Surety, Arch Insurance Company, at the toll-free telephone number or address provided below: Arch Insurance Company Attention: William J. Misero 3 Parkway Suite 1500 Philadelphia PA 19102 1-866-472-8845 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies' coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O, Box 149091 Austin, TX. 78714-9091 FAX# (512) 475-1771 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. if the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. (Ed. 4/12) Printed in U.S.A. ACRO® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE GATE (MMIDDIYYYY) 05/10/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Alliant Insurance Services Houston, LLC 5444 Westhelmer, Suite 900 Houston, TX 77056 CONTACT Amber Breaux NAME: FAX (A/C,NNo, Ext): 713.470-4123 (A/C, No): 713-470-4124 E-MAIL ADDRESS: abreaux@alllant.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC k INSURER A: Greenwich Insurance Company 22322 INSURED PM Construction & Rehab LLC / 131 N. Richey Pasadena, TX 77506 INSURER 8: XL Specialty Insurance Company 37886 INSURER C: Starr Indemnity 8 Liability Company 38318 INSURER D: $ 1,000,000 INSURER E: $300,000 INSURER F: 5 10,000 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DDIYYYY) POLICY EXP (MM1DD/YYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL X LIABILITY / COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGD740922003 04/01/2016 04/01/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) 5 10,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE POLICY X LIMIT APPLIES PRO - JECT PER' LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG 5 2,000,000 5 B AUTOMOBILE A X _ LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS _ _ �' SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS CAD740922103 04/01/2016 04101/2017 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) 5 2,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident $ $ C X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE 1000022581 04/01/2016 04/01/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE 5 10,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DEO RETENTION 5 $ B C WORKERS OMPENSATIONPER AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) If yes. describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y/N NE.L. N/A CWD740921903 04/01/2016 04/01/2017 x STATUTE OTH- ER EACH ACCIDENT 5 1,000,000 E . DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 OTHER EACH LOSS $ AGGREGATE DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEH CLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space Is required) Re: City Wide Collection System Pipebursling ID/10 Part B, E15209. City of Corpus Christi and LNV, Inc. The General Liability and Commercial Auto policy includes blanket Additional Insured endorsements that provide Additional Insured status to certain persons and organizations when required by written contract and subject to the terms and conditions of the endorsements. The Auto. General Liability, and Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket Waiver of Subrogation when required by contract or written agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of the endorsements. The General Liability, Auto Liability, and Workers Compensation policies includes an endorsement providing That 30 days' notice of cancellation will be furnished to the certificate holder, however 10 days if canceled for non-payment. The General Liability policy provides that to the extent that insurance is afforded to any Additional Insured under the policy, the insurance shall apply as primary and not contributing with arty insurance carried by such Additional Insured, as required by written contract. Underground explosion and collapse coverage not excluded on General Liability, but subject to policy terms, conditions, limitations and exclusions. The General Liability Policy provides contractual liability for insured contracts only subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. Except for the terms, definitions, conditions, and exclusions of the Excess Policy 1000022581, the policy shall follow the terms, definitions, conditions and exclusions of the applicable underlying insurance policies. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Corpus Christi 801 Navigation, Suite 300 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2014/01) © 1988-2014 AC •• D The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 0 - All rights reserved. POLICY NUMBER: CGD740922003 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations Any Person Or Organization That You Are Required In A Written Contract Or Written Agreement To Include As An Additional Insured Provided The "Bodily Injury" Or "Property Damage" Occurs Subsequent To The Execution Of The Written Contract Or Written Agreement Various As Required Per Written Contract Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment fumished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. CG 2010 0413 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 0413 POLICY NUMBER: CGD740922003 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: /r COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION THAT YOU ARE REQUIRED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT TO INCLUDE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED PROVIDED THE "BODILY INJURY" OR "PROPERTY DAMAGE" OCCURS SUBSEQUENT TO THE EXECUTION OF THE WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT. VARIOUS AS REQUIRED PER WRITTEN CONTRACT. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG20370413 B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is Tess. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: CGD740922003 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 / WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED PRIOR TO LOSS (EXCEPT WHERE NOT PERMITTED BY LAW). Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products - completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 0 ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m April 1, 2016, forms a part of Policy No. CGD740922003 issued to Inland Pipe Rehabilitation Holding Company, LLC by Greenwich Insurance Company THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CANCELLATION NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS ENDORSEMENT In the event coverage is cancelled for any statutorily permitted reason, other than nonpayment of premium, advanced written notice will be mailed or delivered to person(s) or entity(ies) according to the notification schedule shown below: Name of Person(s) or Entity(ies) Mailing Address: Number of Days Advanced Notice of Cancellation: City of Corpus Christi 801 Navigation, Suite 300 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 30 All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. IX' 405 0910 © 2010 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. POLICY NUMBER: CAD740922103 XIC 411 1013 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM A. COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, Who Is An Insured, is amended to include as an "insured" any person or organization you are required in a written contract to name as an additional insured, but only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" otherwise covered under this policy caused, in whole or in part, by the negligent acts or omissions of: 1. You, while using a covered "auto"; or 2. Any other person, except the additional insured or any employee or agent of the additional insured, operating a covered "auto" with your permission; Provided that: a. The written contract is in effect during the policy period of this policy; b. The written contract was signed by you and executed prior to the "accident" causing "bodily injury" or "property damage" for which liability coverage is sought; and c. Such person or organization is an "insured" solely to the extent required by the contract, but in no event if such person or organization is solely negligent. B. The Limits of Insurance provided for the Additional Insured shall not be greater than those required by contract and, in no event shall the Limits of Insurance set forth in this policy be increased by the contract. C. General Conditions, Other Insurance is amended as follows: Any coverage provided hereunder shall be excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether such insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis unless the contract specifically requires that this policy be primary. All terms, conditions, exclusions and limitations of this policy shall apply to the liability coverage provided to any additional insured, and in no event shall such coverage be enlarged or expanded by reason of the contract. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. XIC 411 1013 © 2013 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: CAD740922103 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 01 10 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. LESSOR - ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Named Insured: INLAND PIPE REHABILITATION HOLDING COMPANY, LLC Endorsement Effective Date: April 1, 2016 SCHEDULE Insurance Company: XL Specialty Insurance Company Policy Number: CAD740922103 Effective Date: April 1, 2016 Expiration Date: April 1, 2017 Named Insured: INLAND PIPE REHABILITATION HOLDING COMPANY, LLC Address: 2002 Timberloch Place, Suite 550 The Woodlands, TX 77380 Additional Insured (Lessor): All Lessors Address: Designation Or Description Of "Leased Autos": All leased autos CA 20 01 1013 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 2 Coverages Limit Of Insurance Covered Autos Liability $ 2,000,000 Each "Accident" Comprehensive Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair, Whichever Is Less, Minus $ 1,000 Deductible For Each Covered "Leased Auto" Collision Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair, Whichever Is Less, Minus $ 1,000 Deductible For Each Covered "Leased Auto" Specified Causes Of Loss Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair, Whichever Is Less, Minus $ Deductible For Each Covered "Leased Auto" Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Coverage 1. Any 'leased auto" designated or described in the Schedule will be considered a covered "auto" you own and not a covered "auto" you hire or borrow. 2. For a "leased auto" designated or described in the Schedule, the Who Is An Insured provision under Covered Autos Liability Coverage is changed to include as an "insured" the lessor named in the Schedule. However, the lessor is an "insured" only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the acts or omissions by: a. You; b. Any of your "employees" or agents; or c. Any person, except the lessor or any "employee" or agent of the lessor, operating a `leased auto" with the permission of any of the above. 3. The coverages provided under this endorsement apply to any "leased auto" described in the Schedule until the expiration date shown in the Schedule, or when the lessor or his or her agent takes possession of the 'leased auto", whichever occurs first. B. Loss Payable Clause 1. We will pay, as interest may appear, you and the lessor named in this endorsement for `loss" to a `leased auto". 2. The insurance covers the interest of the lessor unless the "loss" results from fraudulent acts or omissions on your part. 3. If we make any payment to the lessor, we will obtain his or her rights against any other party. C. Cancellation 1. If we cancel the policy, we will mail notice to the lessor in accordance with the Cancellation Common Policy Condition. 2. If you cancel the policy, we will mail notice to the lessor. 3. Cancellation ends this agreement. D. The lessor is not liable for payment of your premiums. E. Additional Definition As used in this endorsement: "Leased auto" means an "auto" leased or rented to you, including any substitute, replacement or extra "auto" needed to meet seasonal or other needs, under a leasing or rental agreement that requires you to provide direct primary insurance for the lessor. Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 CA 20 01 1013 POLICY NUMBER: CAD740922103 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA04441013 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Named Insured: INLAND PIPE REHABILITATION HOLDING COMPANY, LLC Endorsement Effective Date: April 1, 2016 SCHEDULE Name(s) Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED PRIOR TO LOSS (EXCEPT WHERE NOT PERMITTED BY LAW). Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us condition does not apply to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only to the extent that subrogation is waived prior to the "accident" or the "loss" under a contract with that person or organization. CA04441013 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 1 ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., April 1, 2016, forms a part of Policy No. CAD740922103 issued to INLAND PIPE REHABILITATION HOLDING COMPANY, LLC by XL Specialty Insurance Company THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CANCELLATION NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS ENDORSEMENT In the event coverage is cancelled for any statutorily permitted reason, other than nonpayment of premium, advanced written notice will be mailed or delivered to person(s) or entity(ies) according to the notification schedule shown below: Name of Person(s) or Entity(ies) Mailing Address: Number of Days Advanced Notice of Cancellation: CITY OF BEAUMONT 801 MAIN STREET BEAUMONT, TX 77701 30 CITY OF BREA 1 CIVIC CENTER CIRCLE BREA, CA 92821 30 CITY OF BROOKHAVEN 200 ASHFORD CENTER NORTH SUITE 150 DUNWOODY, GA 30038 30 CITY OF CHATTANOOGA 101 E 11TH STREET, SUITE G13 CHATTANOOGA, TN 37402 30 CITY OF COLUMBIA UTILITIES & ENGINEERING P.O. BOX 147 COLUMBIA, SC 29217 30 CITY OF COLUMBIA UTILITIES & ENGINEERING PO BOX 147 COLUMBIA, SC 29217 30 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI 801 NAVIGATION SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 30 j / CITY OF DEARBORN PURCHASING DIVISION 4500 MAPLE STREET, THIRD FLOOR, SUITE 5 DEARBORN, MI 48126 30 CITY OF DEER PARK, HARRIS COUNTY, TX 710 E SAN AUGUSTINE STREET DEER PARK, TX 77536 30 CITY OF DETROIT ATTN: MR. DARRYL LATIMER 735 RANDOLPH DETROIT, MI 48226 30 CITY OF DUNWOODY, GA 41 PERIMETER CENTER EAST SUITE 250 DUNWOODY, GA 30346 30 CITY OF DURAND 215 WEST CLINTON STREET DURAND, MI 48429 30 All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. IXI 405 0910 © 2010 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 99 06 57 (Ed. 12/10) ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 a.m., April 1, 2016, forms a part of Policy No. CWD740921903 issued to INLAND PIPE REHABILITATION HOLDING COMPANY, LLC by XL Specialty Insurance Company THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CANCELLATION NOTIFICATION TO OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY In the event coverage is cancelled for any statutorily permitted reason, other than nonpayment of premium, advanced written notice will be mailed or delivered to person(s) or entity (ies) according to the notification schedule shown below: Name of Person(s) or Entity(ies) Mailing Address: Number of Days Advanced Notice of Cancellation: City of Corpus Christi 801 Navigation, Suite 300 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 30 K' All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective: April 1, 2016 Policy No. CWD740921903 Endorsement No. Insured: INLAND PIPE REHABILITATION HOLDING COMPANY, LLC Premium: Included Insurance Company 2..,,ee:' 7. -------- XL Specialty Insurance Company Countersigned by WC 99 06 57 Ed. 12/10 © 2010 X.L. America, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied without permission. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 00 0313 (Ed. 4-84) WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT SIGNED PRIOR TO LOSS. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The Information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective April 1, 2016 Policy No. CWD740921903 Insured INLAND PIPE REHABILITATIONHOLDING COMPANY, LLC Endorsement No. Insurance Company Countersigned by XL Specialty Insurance Company WC 00 0313 (Ed. 4-84) 0 1983 National Council on Compensation Insurance. Table of Contents 00 01 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section Title Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 21 13 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders (Rev 10/06/2015) 00 30 00 Bid Acknowledgment Form (Rev 10/06/2015) 00 30 01 Bid Form (Rev 03/23/2015) 00 30 02 Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 05 Disclosure of Interest 00 30 06 Non-Collusion Certification 00 45 16 Statement of Experience (Rev 10/06/2015) 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 10/06/2015) 00 61 13 Performance Bond (Rev 10/06/2015) 00 61 16 Payment Bond (Rev 10/06/2015) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev 3/23/2015) 00 72 01 Insurance Requirements (Rev 7/3/2014) 00 72 02 Wage Rate Requirements (Rev 06/12/2015) 00 72 03 Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 00 74 00 Special Conditions for Funding Agency Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances 01 29 00 Application for Payment Procedures (Rev 03/11/2015) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 31 13 Project Coordination 01 31 14 Change Management 01 33 00 Document Management 01 33 01 Submittal Register (Rev 7/3/2014) 01 33 02 Shop Drawings Table of Contents 00 01 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 Division / Section Title 01 33 03 Record Data 01 33 04 Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 05 Video and Photographic Documentation 01 34 01 Buy American Provisions (ARRA) 01 34 02 Buy American Certification (ARRA) 01 34 03 Buy American Provisions (TWDB) 01 34 04 Buy American Certification (TWDB) 01 35 00 Special Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Management 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 57 00 Temporary Controls 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements Part S Standard Specifications 021020 Site Clearing and Stripping 022020 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and Sewers 022100 Select Material 022420 Silt Fence 025404 Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions 026202 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure System 026210 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe 026214 Grouting Abandoned Utility Lines 027203 Vacuum Testing of Wastewater Manholes and Structures 027604 Disposal of Waste from Sanitary Sewer Cleaning Operations 028300 Fence Relocation 032020 Reinforcing Steel 037040 Epoxy Compounds 038000 Concrete Structures 055420 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers Part T Technical Specifications 000500-T Mobilization/Demobilization 020800-T Well Pointing, Dewatering and Disposal Table of Contents 00 01 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 Division / Section Title 021040-T Site Grading 021080-T Removing Old Structures 022030-T Trench Safety 025205-T Pavement Repair, Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk & Driveway Replacement 025215-T Cement Stabilized Limestone Base 025220-T Flexible Base – Limestone 025412-T Prime Coat 025424-T Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 025610-T Concrete Curb and Gutter 025612-T Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways 025614-T Concrete Curb Ramps 025802-T Temporary Traffic Controls Used During Construction 027200-T Control of Wastewater Flows 027205-T Fiberglass Manholes for Wastewater 027208-T Rehabilitation of Wastewater Manholes using Polymer Systems 027602-T Gravity Wastewater Lines 027606-T Service Lateral Replacement 027611-T Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Wastewater Lines 027618-T Wastewater Line Rehabilitation / Pipebursting 027620-T Point Repairs and Obstruction Removals 028020-T Seeding 020840-T Sodding 028200-T Mail Box Relocation 028250-T Wood Fences and Gates 028310-T Chain Link Fences and Gates 030020-T Portland Cement Concrete Appendix Title Attachment A Sample Site Location Maps END OF SECTION Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 1 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 – DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in this Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 2 – GENERAL NOTICE 2.01 The City of Corpus Christi, Texas (Owner) is requesting Bids for the construction of the following Project: CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PROJECT NO. E15209 This project consists of Wastewater Collection System rehabilitation improvements in the City of Corpus Christi. The scope of work includes, but is not limited to: rehabilitation and/or replacement of gravity collection lines by pipe bursting lines 6” to 24” in diameter, control of wastewater flows, cleaning and televised inspection of conduits, and temporary traffic controls. All work will be executed with multiple indefinite quantity delivery orders, as required, in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. The initial contract will be for a one (1) year (12-calendar months) base contract with four (4) optional (1) year (12- calendar months) extensions. 2.02 The Engineer’s Opinion of Probable Construction Cost for the Project is $1,875,000. The Project is to be substantially complete and ready for operation within 365 days. The Project is to be complete and eligible for Final Payment 30 days after the date for Substantial Completion. 2.03 Advertisement and bidding information for the Project can be found at the following website: www.CivCastUSA.com 2.04 Contract Documents may be downloaded or viewed free of charge at this website. This website will be updated periodically with Addenda, lists of interested parties, reports, or other information relevant to submitting a Bid for the Project. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 2 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 ARTICLE 3 – PRE-BID CONFERENCE 3.01 A non-mandatory pre-bid conference for the Project will be held on February 17, 2016 at 2:00 pm at the following location: City Hall Building – Capital Programs Conference Room 1 or 2 3rd floor, Capital Programs Department (formerly “Engineering Department”) 1201 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 ARTICLE 4 – COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.01 Obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents as indicated in SECTION 00 52 23 AGREEMENT. 4.02 Use complete sets of Contract Documents in preparing Bids; Bidder assumes sole responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Contract Documents. 4.03 OPT makes copies of Contract Documents available for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for completion of the Project and does not confer a license or grant permission or authorization for any other use. ARTICLE 5 – EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.01 Before submitting a Bid: A. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents, including any Addenda and related supplemental data. B. Become familiar with all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or the completion of Work. C. Carefully study and correlate the information available to the Bidder with the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. D. Notify the OAR of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder discovers in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. E. Determine that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. 5.02 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 5, that without exception the Bid is premised upon completion of Work required by the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data, that the Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data and the written resolutions provided Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 3 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 by the OAR are acceptable to the Bidder, and that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. ARTICLE 6 – INTERPRETATIONS AND ALTERNATE BIDS 6.01 Submit all questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data using the Owner’s Bidding Website at www.civcastusa.com. Responses to questions submitted will be posted on the website by the Owner for the benefit of all Bidders. Responses will be posted for questions submitted by 5:00 p.m. seven (7) days prior to the date of the bid opening. Inquiries made after this period may not be addressed. 6.02 Submit any offer of alternate terms and conditions, or offer of Work not in strict compliance with the Contract Documents to the OAR no later than 14 days prior to the date for opening of Bids. OAR and Designer will issue Addenda as appropriate if any of the proposed changes to the Contract Documents are accepted. A Bid submitted with clarifications or taking exceptions to the Contract Documents, except as modified by Addenda, may be considered non-responsive. 6.03 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Contract Documents, Addenda or the related supplemental data as deemed advisable by the Owner or Designer. Modifications to the Contract Documents prior to the award of contract can only be made by Addenda. Only answers in Addenda authorized by the Owner will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ARTICLE 7 – BID SECURITY 7.01 Bidders must submit an acceptable Bid Security with their Bid as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner within 10 days of Notice of Award of the Contract. The security must be payable to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas in the amount of 5 percent (5%) of the greatest amount bid. 7.02 Bid Security may be in the form of a Bid Bond or a cashier’s check, certified check, money order, or bank draft from a chartered financial institution authorized to operate in the State of Texas. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the CivCast System at www.CivCastUSA.com shall scan and upload a copy of Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft must be enclosed in a sealed envelope, plainly identified on the outside as containing bid documents, the bidder’s name and the job name and number and delivered as required in Article 7 below. 7.03 Bid Bond Requirements: 1. A Bid Bond must guarantee, without qualification or condition, that the Owner will be paid a sum equal to 5 percent (5%) of the greatest amount bid if, within 10 calendar days of Notice of Award of the Contract, the Bidder/Principal: a. fails to enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner; or b. fails to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds. 2. A Bid Bond may not limit the sum payable to the Owner to be the difference between the Bidder/Principal’s bid and the next highest bidder. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 4 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 3. The Bid Bond must reference the Project by name as identified in Article 1. 4. Bidders may provide their surety’s standard bid bond form if revised to meet these Bid Bond Requirements. 7.04 Failure to provide an acceptable Bid Security will constitute a non-responsive Bid which will not be considered. 7.05 Failure to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds will result in forfeiture of the Bid Security to the City as liquidated damages. 7.06 Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if the apparent Selected Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement or Amendments to the Agreement. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom the Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until the earlier of 7 days after the Effective Date of the Contract or 90 days after the date Bids are opened. 7.07 Bid Securities are to remain in effect until the Contract is executed. The Bid Securities of all but the three lowest responsible Bidders will be returned within 14 days of the opening of Bids. Bid Securities become void and will be released by the Owner when the Contract is awarded or all Bids are rejected. ARTICLE 8 – PREPARATION OF BID 8.01 The Bid Form is included with the Contract Documents and has been made available at the Owner’s Bidding Website. Complete all blanks on the Bid Form by typing or printing in ink. Indicate Bid prices for each Bid item or alternate shown. 8.02 Execute the Bid Acknowledgement Form as indicated in the document and include evidence of authority to sign. 8.03 Acknowledge receipt of all Addenda by filling in the number and date of each Addendum. Provide a signature as indicated to verify that the Addenda were received. A Bid that does not acknowledge the receipt of all Addenda may be considered non-responsive. 8.04 Provide the name, address, email, and telephone number of the individual to be contacted for any communications regarding the Bid in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 8.05 Provide evidence of the Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the State of Texas or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. ARTICLE 9 – DELIVERY OF BIDS 9.01 Complete and submit the Bid Form, the Bid Bond and the Bid Acknowledgement Form along with all required documents identified in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 9.02 Bids must be received no later than March 2, 2016 at 2:00 pm to be accepted. The Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at this time in the City Council Chambers or Staff Room, 1st floor of the City Hall Building. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. 9.03 Electronic Bids may be submitted to the CivCastUSA website at www.CivCastUSA.com. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 5 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 9.04 If submitting a hard copy bid or bid security by cashier’s check or money order, please address envelopes or packages: City of Corpus Christi City Secretary’s Office City Hall Building, 1st Floor 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid – City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B (Project No. E15209) All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 10 – CONFIDENTIALITY OF BID INFORMATION 10.01 In accordance with Texas Government Code 552.110, trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not open for public inspection. Bids will be opened in a manner that avoids disclosure of confidential information to competing Bidders and keeps the Bids from the public during considerations. All Bids are open for public inspection after the Contract is awarded, but trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not typically open for public inspection. The Owner will protect this information to the extent allowed by Laws and Regulations. Clearly indicate which specific documents are considered to be trade secrets or confidential information by stamping or watermarking all such documents with the word “confidential” prominently on each page or sheet or on the cover of bound documents. Place “confidential” stamps or watermarks so that they do not obscure any of the required information on the document, either in the original or in a way that would obscure any of the required information in a photocopy of the document. Photocopies of “confidential” documents will be made only for the convenience of the selection committee and will be destroyed after the Effective Date of the Contract. Original confidential documents will be returned to the Bidder after the Effective Date of the Contract if the Bidder indicates that the information is to be returned with the Bid, and arrangements for its return are provided by the Bidder. ARTICLE 11 – MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 11.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by a Bidder, provided an authorized individual of the Bidder submits a written request to withdraw the Bid prior to the time set for opening the Bids. 11.02 A Bidder may withdraw its Bid within 24 hours after Bids are opened if the Bidder files a signed written notice with the Owner and promptly, but no later than 3 days, thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid. The Bid Security will be returned if it is clearly demonstrated to the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in its Bid. A Bidder that requests to withdraw its Bid under these conditions may be disqualified from responding to a reissued invitation to Bid for the Work to be furnished under these Contract Documents. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 6 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 ARTICLE 12 – OPENING OF BIDS 12.01 Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at March 2, 2016 at 2:00 pm, at the following location: City Hall Building - City of Corpus Christi First Floor City Council Chambers or Staff Room 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 12.02 The Owner will read aloud the names of the Bidders and the apparent Bid amounts shown on the Bid Summary for all Bids received in time to be considered. ARTICLE 13 – BIDS REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 13.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days, but the Owner may, at its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 14 – STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 14.01 The three lowest Bidders must submit the information required in SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within 5 days of the date Bids are due to demonstrate that the Bidder meets the minimum requirements to complete the Work. ARTICLE 15 – EVALUATION OF BIDS 15.01 The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder’s responsibilities, the Bidder’s safety record, the Bidder’s indebtedness to Owner, the Bidder’s capacity to perform the Work, whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements. 15.02 Owner may conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to establish the responsibility of the Bidder and any Subcontractors, individuals, or entities proposed to furnish parts of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 15.03 Submission of a Bid indicates the Bidder’s acceptance of the evaluation technique and methodology as well as the Bidder’s recognition that some subjective judgments must be made by the Owner during the evaluation. Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the OPT and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any Bid. ARTICLE 16 – AWARD OF CONTRACT 16.01 The Bidder selected for award of the Contract will be the lowest responsible Bidder that submits a responsive bid. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, including without limitation, non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. The Owner reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous interpretation of the Bids submitted in the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating Bid prices and/or waive any or all formalities. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 7 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 16.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work shall be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. ARTICLE 17 – MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 17.01 Selected Contractor is required to comply with the Owner’s Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy as indicated in SECTION 00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY. 17.02 Minority participation goal for this Project has been established to be 45%. 17.03 Minority Business Enterprise participation goal for this Project has been established to be 15%. ARTICLE 18 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 18.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions and SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS sets forth the Owner’s requirements as to Bonds and insurance. When the Selected Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Bonds and evidence of insurance. 18.02 Provide Performance and Payment Bonds for this Project that fully comply with the provisions of Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Administration of Bonds will conform to Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 and the provisions of these Contract Documents. ARTICLE 19 – SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 19.01 The City Engineer or Director of Capital Programs will submit recommendation for award to the City Council for those project awards requiring City Council action. The Selected Bidder will be required to deliver the required Bonds and insurance certificates and endorsements along with the required number of counterparts (4) of the Agreement and attached documents to the Owner within 14 days. The Contract will be signed by the City Manager or his/her designee after award and the Bidder’s submission of required documentation and signed counterparts. The Contract will not be binding upon Owner until it has been executed by both parties. Owner will process the Contract expeditiously. However, Owner will not be liable for any delays prior to the award or execution of Contract. ARTICLE 20 – SALES AND USE TAXES 20.01 The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any City or State sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Assume responsibility for including any applicable sales taxes in the Contract Price and assume responsibility for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 8 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 20.02 It is the Owner’s intent to have this Contract qualify as a “separated contract.” ARTICLE 21 – WAGE RATES 21.01 This Contract is subject to Texas Government Code Chapter 2258 concerning payment of prevailing wage rates. Requirements for paying the prevailing wage rates are discussed in SECTION 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS. Bidders must pay not less than the minimum wage shown on this list and comply with all statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. ARTICLE 22 – BIDDER’s CERTIFICATION OF NO LOBBYING 22.01 In submitting its Bid, Bidder certifies that it has not lobbied the City or its officials, managers, employees, consultants, or contractors in such a manner as to influence or to attempt to influence the bidding process. In the event it reasonably appears that the Bidder influenced or attempted to influence the bidding process, the City may, in its discretion, reject the Bid. ARTICLE 23 – CONFLICT OF INTEREST 23.01 Bidder agrees to comply with Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code and file Form CIQ with the City of Corpus Christi City Secretary’s Office, if required. For more information on Form CIQ and to determine if you need to file a Form CIQ, please review the information on the City Secretary’s website at http://www.cctexas.com/government/city-secretary/conflict- disclosure/index. ARTICLE 24 - REJECTION OF BID 24.01 The following will be cause to reject a Bid: A. Bids which are not signed by an individual empowered to bind the Bidder. B. Bids which do not have an acceptable Bid Security, with Power of Attorney, submitted as required by Article 7. C. More than one Bid for same Work from an individual, firm, partnership or corporation. D. Evidence of collusion among Bidders. E. Sworn testimony or discovery in pending litigation with Owner which discloses misconduct or willful refusal by bidder to comply with subject contract or instructions of Owner. F. Failure to have an authorized agent of the Bidder attend the mandatory Pre-Bid Conference, if applicable. G. Bids received from a Bidder who has been debarred or suspended by Owner. H. Bids received from a Bidder when Bidder or principals are currently debarred or suspended by Federal, State or City governmental agencies. 24.02 The following may be cause to reject a Bid or cause to deem a Bid non-responsive or irregular. The City reserves the right to waive any irregularities and any or all formalities: A. Poor performance in execution of work under a previous City of Corpus Christi contract. B. Failure to achieve reasonable progress on an existing City of Corpus Christi contract. Evidence of Bidder’s recurring failure to complete an item of work within a timeframe Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 9 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 acceptable to the City or in accordance with a City-accepted schedule is evidence of Bidder’s failure to achieve reasonable progress under this subsection. C. Default on previous contracts or failure to execute Contract after award. D. Evidence of failure to pay Subcontractors, Suppliers or employees in accordance with Contract requirements. E. Bids containing omissions, alterations of form, additions, qualifications or conditions not called for by Owner, or incomplete Bids may be rejected. In any case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the Bid, OWNER reserves right to determine most advantageous Bid or to reject the Bid. F. Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda. G. Failure to submit post-Bid information specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within the allotted time(s). H. Failure to timely execute Contract after award. I. Previous environmental violations resulting in fines or citations by a governmental entity (i.e. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, etc.). J. Bidder’s Safety Experience. K. Failure of Bidder to demonstrate, through submission of the Statement of Experience, the experience required as specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, if that Section is included in the bidding documents. L. Evidence of Bidder’s lack of sufficient resources, workforce, equipment or supervision, if required by inclusion of appropriate requirements in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. M. Evidence of poor performance on previous Projects as documented in Owner’s project performance evaluations. N. Unbalanced Unit Price Bid: “Unbalanced Bid” means a Bid, which includes a Bid that is based on unit prices which are significantly less than cost for some Bid items and significantly more than cost for others. This may be evidenced by submission of unit price Bid items where the cost are significantly higher/lower than the cost of the same Bid items submitted by other Bidders on the project. O. Evidence of Bidder’s lack of capacity to perform the Work. Evidence of Bidder’s lack of capacity. Evidence of capacity to perform the Work will include a factual review of (i) all remaining work or incomplete work items under any existing city or non-city contract; (ii) ability to perform the Work with remaining sufficient resources, workforce, equipment and supervision/supervisory staff; (iii) ability in the past to timely complete the same or similar work in a good and workmanlike manner utilizing same or similar remaining resources or under the same or similar conditions. Evidence of incomplete work items under any existing City-awarded IDIQ or other contract for pipebursting or similar work may constitute a lack of capacity to perform the Work. END OF SECTION Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 1 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ARTICLE 1 – BID RECIPIENT 1.01 In accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and Contract Documents, this Bid Proposal is submitted by _______________________________________________ (type or print name of company) on: March 2, 2016 at 2:00 pm for Project E15209 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B]. 1.02 Submit Bids, Bid Security and all attachments to the Bid (See Section 7.01 below) to the City’s electronic bidding website at www.CivCastUSA.com. If submitting hard copy bids or bid security in the form of a cashier’s or certified check, please send to: The City of Corpus Christi, Texas City Secretary’s Office 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ Part B Project No. E15209 All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 2 – BIDDERS’S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 2.01 Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner on the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform all Work specified or indicated in Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated in this Bid or as modified by Contract Amendment. Bidder agrees to complete the Work within the Contract Times established in the Agreement or as modified by Contract Amendment and comply with the all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2.02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including those dealing with required Bonds. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the opening of Bids. 2.03 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. 2.04 Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Acknowledging Receipt Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 2 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 ARTICLE 3 – BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. 3.02 The Bidder understands the inherent diversity of the potential sites associated with this project and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.03 The Bidder is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.04 The Bidder has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: A. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; B. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; C. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; D. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and E. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. 3.05 The Bidder has considered the: A. Information known to Bidder; B. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; C. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and D. The Contract Documents. 3.06 The Bidder has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: A. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; B. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and C. Bidder’s safety precautions and programs. 3.07 Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.08 The Bidder is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 3 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 3.09 The Bidder has correlated the information known to the Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Bidder. 3.11 The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 3.12 Bidder’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 – BASIS OF BID 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the BID FORM. A. Extended amounts have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. B. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated quantities are shown for bid evaluation purposes only, are not guaranteed, and final payment for all Unit Price items will be based on actual quantities provided, measured as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Price and figures column will be used to compute the actual Bid price. ARTICLE 5 – EVALUATION OF BIDDERS 5.01 The contract may be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder’s responsibility, the Bidder’s safety record, the Bidder’s indebtedness to Owner, the Bidder’s capacity to perform the Work and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements to determine the lowest responsible Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities in determining the Bidders’ responsibility or value, and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements, and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. 5.02 The Owner has the right to accept a Bid, reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all irregularities in the Bids, or to reject non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid where circumstances and developments have, in the opinion of the Owner, changed the responsibility of the Bidder. 5.03 Material misstatements in the documentation submitted to determine the Bidder’s responsibility, including information submitted per SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, may be grounds for rejection of the Bidder’s Bid on this Project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the Contract to such Bidder, may be grounds for immediate termination of the Contract. Additionally, the Bidder will be liable to the Owner for Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 4 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 any additional costs or damages to the Owner resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney’s fees for collecting such costs and damages. ARTICLE 6 – TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 The Project is to be completed and ready for operation within 365 Calendar days. 6.02 Bidder agrees that the Work for each site will be completed according to the working time table found in section 01 35 00. ARTICLE 7 – ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID In compliance with the Bid Requirements in SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following are made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid Security. B. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and documentation of signatory authority. C. Bid Form. D. SECTION 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS. E. SECTION 00 30 04 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE. F. SECTION 00 30 05 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST. G. SECTION 00 30 06 NON-COLLUSION CERTIFICATION. ARTICLE 8 – DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 – VENUE 9.01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. ARTICLE 10 – SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS 10.01 Bidders must include their correct legal name, state of residency, and federal tax identification number in the Bid Form. 10.02 The Bidder, or the Bidder’s authorized representative, shall sign and date the Bid Form to accompany all materials included in the submitted Bid. Bids which are not signed and dated in this manner, or which do not contain the required documentation of signatory authority may be rejected as non-responsive. The individual(s) signing the Bid must have the authority to bind the Bidder to a contract, and if required, shall attach documentation of signatory authority to the Bid Form. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 5 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 10.03 Bidders who are individuals (“natural persons” as defined by the Texas Business Organizations Code §1.002), but who will not be signing the Bid Form personally, shall include in their bid a notarized power of attorney authorizing the individual designated as their authorized representative to submit the Bid and to sign on behalf of the Bidder. 10.04 Bidders that are entities who are not individuals shall identify in their Bid their charter or Certificate of Authority number issued by the Texas Secretary of State and shall submit with their Bid a copy of a resolution or other documentation approved by the Bidder’s governing body authorizing the submission of the Bid and designating the individual(s) authorized to execute documents on behalf of the Bidder. Bidders using an assumed name (an “alias”) shall submit a copy of the Certificate of Assumed Name or similar document. 10.05 Bidders that are not residents of the State of Texas must document their legal authority to conduct business in Texas. Nonresident Bidders that have previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State may submit a copy of their Certificate of Authority. Nonresident Bidders that have not previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State shall submit a copy of the Bidder’s enabling documents as filed with the state of residency, or as otherwise existing. ARTICLE 11 – BID SUBMITTAL 11.01 This Bid is submitted by: Bidder: (typed or printed full legal name of Bidder) By: (individual’s signature) Name: (typed or printed) Title: (typed or printed) Attest: (individual’s signature) State of Residency: Federal Tax Id. No. Address for giving notices: Phone: Email: (Attach evidence of authority to sign if the authorized individual is not the Bidder, but an individual signing on behalf of another individual Bidder, or if the authorized individual is a representative of a corporation, partnership, or joint venture.) Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 6 City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B REV 06-12-2015 City Project No. E15209 END OF SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 1 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Project Name: Project Number: Owner: Bidder: OAR: Designer: Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW1 Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance per lump-sum (Refer to T-000500 for mobilization payment)LS 1 -$ -$ WW2 Rehab ≤8” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 10000 -$ -$ WW3 Rehab ≤8” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 10000 -$ -$ WW4 Rehab ≤8” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 7500 -$ -$ WW5 Rehab ≤8” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 750 -$ -$ WW6 Rehab ≤8” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 750 -$ -$ WW7 Rehab 10” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 -$ -$ WW8 Rehab 10” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 -$ -$ WW9 Rehab 10” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 -$ -$ WW10 Rehab 10” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 600 -$ -$ WW11 Rehab 10” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 600 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Base Bid Basis of Bid CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B City of Corpus Christi LNV, Inc. E15209 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 2 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW12 Rehab 12” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ WW13 Rehab 12” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ WW14 Rehab 12” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ WW15 Rehab 12” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 -$ -$ WW16 Rehab 12” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (>18' Depth), complete in place per each LF 500 -$ -$ WW17 Rehab 15” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW18 Rehab 15” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW19 Rehab 15” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW20 Rehab 15” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW21 Rehab 15” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW22 Rehab 18” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW23 Rehab 18” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW24 Rehab 18” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW25 Rehab 18” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW26 Rehab 18” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW27 Rehab 24” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 3 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW28 Rehab 24” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW29 Rehab 24” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW30 Rehab 24” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW31 Rehab 24” Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 -$ -$ WW32 Service Re-connection for 8" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 750 -$ -$ WW33 Service Re-connection for 10" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 500 -$ -$ WW34 Service Re-connection for 12" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 75 -$ -$ WW35 Service Re-connection for 15" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 20 -$ -$ WW36 Service Re-connection for 18" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW37 Service Re-connection for 24" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW38 Point Repair ≤8” Wastewater Line (0’- 6’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW39 Point Repair ≤8” Wastewater Line (6’- 10’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW40 Point Repair ≤8” Wastewater Line (10’- 14’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW41 Point Repair ≤8” Wastewater Line (14’- 18’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW42 Point Repair ≤8” Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW43 Point Repair 10” Wastewater Line (0’- 6’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW44 Point Repair 10” Wastewater Line (6’- 10’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW45 Point Repair 10” Wastewater Line (10’- 14’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 4 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW46 Point Repair 10” Wastewater Line (14’- 18’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW47 Point Repair 10” Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW48 Point Repair 12” Wastewater Line (0’- 6’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW49 Point Repair 12” Wastewater Line (6’- 10’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW50 Point Repair 12” Wastewater Line (10’- 14’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW51 Point Repair 12” Wastewater Line (14’- 18’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW52 Point Repair 12” Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW53 Point Repair 15” Wastewater Line (0’- 6’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW54 Point Repair 15” Wastewater Line (6’- 10’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW55 Point Repair 15” Wastewater Line (10’- 14’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW56 Point Repair 15” Wastewater Line (14’- 18’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW57 Point Repair 15” Wastewater Line (>18’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW58 Point Repair 18” Wastewater Line (0’- 6’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW59 Point Repair 18” Wastewater Line (6’- 10’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW60 Point Repair 18” Wastewater Line (10’- 14’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place) per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW61 Point Repair 18” Wastewater Line (14’- 18’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 5 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW62 Point Repair 18” Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW63 Point Repair 24” Wastewater Line (0’- 6’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW64 Point Repair 24” Wastewater Line (6’- 10’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW65 Point Repair 24” Wastewater Line (10’- 14’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW66 Point Repair 24” Wastewater Line (14’- 18’ Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW67 Point Repair 24” Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 -$ -$ WW68 Excavation Safety for Wastewater Line Point Repair (All Line Sizes & Depths), complete in place per linear foot LF 1475 -$ -$ WW69 Obstruction Removal by Remote Device, complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW70 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 -$ -$ WW71 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 -$ -$ WW72 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 -$ -$ WW73 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 -$ -$ WW74 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (>18' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 -$ -$ WW75 Service Lateral Replacement (0' - 6' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc.) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW76 Service Lateral Replacement (6' - 10' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW77 Service Lateral Replacement (10' - 14' Depth Main,Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW78 Service Lateral Replacement (14' - 18' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 6 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW79 Service Lateral Replacement (>18' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 -$ -$ WW80 Well Pointing (0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW81 Well Pointing (6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW82 Well Pointing (10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW83 Well Pointing (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW84 Well Pointing (>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 -$ -$ WW85 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(Lines ≤8”), complete in place per day DAY 10 -$ -$ WW86 Bypass Force Main for Control of ≤8” Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 250 -$ -$ WW87 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping (10”-12” Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 -$ -$ WW88 Bypass Force Main for Control of 10"-12” Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ WW89 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(15”-18” Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 -$ -$ WW90 Bypass Force Main for Control of 15"-18” Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ WW91 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(24” Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 -$ -$ WW92 Bypass Force Main for Control of 24” Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ WW93 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(30” Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 -$ -$ WW94 Bypass Force Main for Control of 30” Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ WW95 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(36” Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 -$ -$ WW96 Bypass Force Main for Control of 36” Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 7 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW97 Furnish Vacuum Truck (Tandem), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW98 Furnish Vacuum Truck (Tanker) , complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW99 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (≤ 8"), complete in place per day DAY 100 -$ -$ WW100 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (10"), complete in place per day DAY 100 -$ -$ WW101 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (12"), complete in place per day DAY 100 -$ -$ WW102 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (14"), complete in place per day DAY 100 -$ -$ WW103 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (15"), complete in place per day DAY 75 -$ -$ WW104 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (18"), complete in place per day DAY 75 -$ -$ WW105 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (20"), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW106 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (30"), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW107 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (36"), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW108 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(Lines ≤8”), complete in place per linear foot LF 30000 -$ -$ WW109 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (Lines ≤8” ), complete in place per linear foot LF 30000 -$ -$ WW110 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(10”-12” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 16500 -$ -$ WW111 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines(10”-12” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 16500 -$ -$ WW112 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(15”-18” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 4000 -$ -$ WW113 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (15”-18” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 4000 -$ -$ WW114 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(24” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 2000 -$ -$ WW115 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (24” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 2000 -$ -$ WW116 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(30” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 8 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW117 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(36” Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 -$ -$ WW118 CCTV Reverse Set-up (Unable to Traverse Line on Initial Set-up), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW119 CCTV Set-ups, complete in place per each EA 25 -$ -$ WW120 Clean & CCTV Manhole / Manhole Inspection, complete in place per each EA 20 -$ -$ WW121 Remove Existing Manhole (All sizes), complete in place per each EA 60 -$ -$ WW122 Replace 4 ft Dia. Manhole (0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 40 -$ -$ WW123 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 60 -$ -$ WW124 Replace 5 ft Dia Manhole (0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW125 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 20 -$ -$ WW126 Replace 6 ft Dia Manhole (0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW127 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 20 -$ -$ WW128 4 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab(0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 60 -$ -$ WW129 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 90 -$ -$ WW130 5 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab(0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW131 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 -$ -$ WW132 6 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab(0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW133 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 -$ -$ WW134 4 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 40 -$ -$ WW135 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 60 -$ -$ WW136 5 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW137 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 -$ -$ WW138 6 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0’-6’ Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 9 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW139 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 -$ -$ WW140 Excavation Safety for Manholes(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 110 -$ -$ WW141 Extra Depth for Excavation Safety for Manholes(>6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 180 -$ -$ WW142 Manhole Connections (≤ 8"), complete in place per each EA 250 -$ -$ WW143 Manhole Connections (10" - 12"), complete in place per each EA 50 -$ -$ WW144 Manhole Connections (15" - 18"), complete in place per each EA 20 -$ -$ WW145 Manhole Connections (21" - 24"), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW146 Manhole Connections (30" - 36"), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW147 Remove & Replace 30" Manhole Ring & Cover (Includes S.S. inflow inhibitor and new HDPE adjustment rings), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW148 Remove & Replace 36" Manhole Ring & Cover (Includes S.S. inflow inhibitor and new HDPE adjustment rings), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW149 Reconstruct Manhole Top Corbel (Any Size), complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW150 Reconstruct Manhole Bench & Inverts as per specifications, complete in place per each EA 10 -$ -$ WW151 Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 sacks of cement per 1CY of sand), complete in place per ton TON 2500 -$ -$ WW152 Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement(Includes Base & Prime Coat), complete in place per square yard SY 2500 -$ -$ WW153 Additional HMAC Pavement Thickness (1/2" per SY), complete in place per square yard SY 750 -$ -$ WW154 Additional Limestone Base Thickness (1" per SY), complete in place per square yard SY 750 -$ -$ WW155 Select Backfill Material, complete in place per cubic yard CY 1500 -$ -$ WW156 Flowable Backfill, complete in place per cubic yard CY 1250 -$ -$ WW157 Cut & Restore Concrete Pavement (Includes Base), complete in place per square yard SY 250 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 10 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW158 Additional Concrete Pavement Thickness(1" per SY), complete in place per square yard SY 100 -$ -$ WW159 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail A), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW160 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail B), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW161 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail C), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW162 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail D), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW163 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail E), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW164 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail F), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW165 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail G), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW166 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail H), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW167 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail I), complete in place per 24-hour period DAY 25 -$ -$ WW168 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail J), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW169 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail K), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW170 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail L), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW171 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail M), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW172 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail N), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW173 Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS), complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW174 Flashing Arrow Boards, complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW175 Flagger, Complete in Place Per 24-hour Period, complete in place per day DAY 25 -$ -$ WW176 Removal & Replacement of Chain link Fencing, complete in place per linear foot LF 250 -$ -$ WW177 Removal & Replacement of Wood Fencing, complete in place per linear foot LF 250 -$ -$ WW178 Temporary Construction Entrance/Exit - All Weather Access Road, complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW179 Tree Removal (Up to 8" Dia. Trunk), complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW180 Tree Removal (Greater Than 8" Dia. Trunk), complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW181 Erosion Control –Sodding, complete in place per square yard SY 250 -$ -$ 00 30 01 BID FORM Bid Form City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 11 of 11 REV 10-14-2014 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW182 Erosion Control –Seeding, complete in place per square yard SY 250 -$ -$ WW183 Erosion Control - Temporary Sediment Control Fence (Silt Fence and/or Silt Barrier), complete in place per linear foot LF 1500 -$ -$ WW184 Inlet Protection, complete in place per each EA 25 -$ -$ WW185 Remove and Replace Driveway, complete in place per square foot SF 750 -$ -$ WW186 Remove and Replace Sidewalk, complete in place per square foot SF 1000 -$ -$ WW187 Remove and Replace Curb and Gutter or Valley Gutter, complete in place per linear foot LF 500 -$ -$ WW188 Remove and Replace Curb Ramp, complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW189 Grout Fill & Abandon in place, complete in place per cubic yard CY 100 -$ -$ WW190 Remove, Relocate, and Reinstall Mail Box, complete in place per each EA 5 -$ -$ WW191 Site Clearing and Stripping, complete in place per acre AC 1 -$ -$ WW192 Disposal of Contaminated Groundwater, Allowance per lump-sum LS 1 10,000.00$ 10,000.00$ Total Extended Unit Prices (Items WW1 thru WW192) - For Evaluation Purposes ONLY Emergency Coefficient To be applied to any and all items associated with an Emergency Delivery Order as defined in Measurement and Basis for Payment (01 29 01) 1.50 Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 02 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: “a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located.” “Nonresident bidder” refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. “Resident bidder” refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. ☐ Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of . ☐ Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller’s annual publication of other states’ laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: (typed or printed) By: (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Business address: Phone: Email: END OF SECTION SUPPLIER NUMBER __________ TO BE ASSIGNED BY CITY PURCHASING DIVISION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with “NA”. See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: CITY: ZIP: - FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 2. Partnership 3. Sole Owner 4. Association 5. Other ____________________________________ DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each “employee” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Job Title and City Department (if known) 2. State the names of each “official” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Title 3. State the names of each “board member” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Board, Commission or Committee 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a “consultant” for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Consultant FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Title: (Type or Print) Signature of Certifying Person: Date: DEFINITIONS a. “Board member.” A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. “Economic benefit”. An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. “Employee.” Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part - time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. “Firm.” Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. “Official.” The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. “Ownership Interest.” Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. “Constructively held” refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements.” g. “Consultant.” Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. Non-Collusion Certification 00 30 06 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 00 30 06 NON-COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B E15209 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. Company Name: (typed or printed) By: (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Business address: Phone: Email: END OF SECTION Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE ARTICLE 1 – REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE A STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 1.01 To be considered a responsive Bidder, the three lowest Bidders must complete and submit the Statement of Experience within 5 days after the date Bids are due to demonstrate the Bidders’ responsibility and ability to meet the minimum requirements to complete the Work. Failure to submit the required information in the Statement of Experience may result in the Owner considering the Bid non-responsive and result in rejection of the Bid by the Owner. The Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if Bidder fails to deliver the Statement of Experience in an attempt to be released from its Bid. Bidders may be required to provide supplemental information if requested by the Owner to clarify, enhance or supplement the information provided in the Statement of Experience. 1.02 Bidders must provide the information requested in this Statement of Experience using the forms attached to this Section. A copy of these forms can be provided in Microsoft Word to assist with the preparation of the Statement of Experience. Information in these forms must be provided completely and in detail. Information that cannot be totally incorporated in the form may be included in an attachment to the form. This attachment must be clearly referenced by attachment number in the form, and the attached material must include the attachment number on every sheet of the attachment. The attachment must include only the information that responds to the question or item number to which the attachment information applies. 1.03 The Bidder may also be required to supply a financial statement, prepared no later than 90 days prior to the City Engineer’s request, signed and dated by the Bidder’s owner, president or other authorized party, specifying all current assets and liabilities. ARTICLE 2 – EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 2.01 The Bidder agrees that, in addition to determining the apparent low Bid, the Owner will consider the responsiveness of the Bids and the responsibility of the Bidders in awarding a Contract for this Project. Information that indicates the Bidder or a Subcontractor is not responsible or that might negatively impact a Bidder’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time and for the Contract Price may result in the Owner rejecting the Bid. 2.02 If none of the three apparent low Bidders are deemed responsible, the Owner may notify the next apparent low Bidders in order, who will then be required to submit the Statement of Experience for review, until a Contract is awarded or all Bids have been rejected. 2.03 The Bidder is responsible for the accuracy and completeness of all of the information provided by the Bidder or a proposed Subcontractor in response to this Statement of Experience. 2.04 Provide general information about the organization as required in Table 1. Describe the organizational structure of the Bidder's organization as it relates to this Project in Table 2. 2.05 Provide resumes for the key personnel that will be actively working on this Project. A. Key personnel include the Project Manager, Project Superintendent, Safety Manager and Quality Control Manager. If key personnel are to fulfill more than one of the roles listed above, provide a written narrative describing how much time will be devoted to each function, their qualifications to fulfill each role, and the percentage of their time that will be devoted to each role. If the individual is not to be devoted solely to this Project, indicate how that individual’s time is to be divided between this Project and other assignments. B. The Bidder may provide resumes for an alternate individual if the Bidder is not able to commit to one individual for the Project at the time the Bid is submitted. Qualifications of these individuals will be considered in determining whether the experience of the Bidder meets the minimum requirements. The Bidder must provide the services of the proposed key personnel for the life of the Project as a condition of Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 qualification. Failure to provide the proposed Key Personnel may result in the disqualification of the Bidder and may void the award of the Contract. C. Provide information for each primary and alternate candidate that includes: technical experience, managerial experience, education and formal training and a work history which describes project experience, including the roles and responsibilities for each assignment. Additional information demonstrating experience that meets the minimum requirements should also be included. D. The Project Manager and Project Superintendent must have at least 5 years of recent experience in the management and oversight of projects of a similar size and complexity to this Project. This experience must include scheduling of manpower and materials, safety, coordination of Subcontractors, experience with the submittal process, Federal and State wage rate requirements and contract close-out procedures. The Project Superintendent is to be present at the Site at all times that Work is being performed. Foremen must have at least 5 years of recent experience in similar work and be subordinate to the Project Superintendent. Foremen cannot act as a superintendent without prior written approval from the Owner. 2.06 Provide information on the project experience and past performance of the organization. A. Provide information on projects that have been awarded to the Organization in the last 5 years in Table 3. Attach additional pages if necessary. Experience must include the satisfactory completion of at least five similar projects within the last 5 years for the Bidder's organization that are equal to or greater in size and magnitude than the current Project. B. In determining the responsibility of the Bidder, the Owner will consider the Bidder’s past projects and any substandard quality of workmanship on completed projects. The Owner will consider whether the Bidder’s past project experience shows substandard quality of workmanship, issues related to a substandard appearance of the completed work, the amount of warranty or rework required, problems with durability and maintainability of the completed project, and problems with the lack of quality of documentation provided. In addition to the work produced, the Owner may consider issues related to the quality of construction practices, responsiveness to the owner’s needs during construction, an inability to work in the spirit of partnering and any non-responsiveness of the Bidder to make warranty corrections. Information to make this determination will come from Owner's interviews with references provided for this project. By listing reference contact information in this Statement of Experience, Bidder indicates its approval for OPT to contact the individuals listed as a reference. ARTICLE 3 – PROVIDE INFORMATION TO DEMONSTRATE THE ABILITY OF THE BIDDER TO PROVIDE SUBCONTRACTING OPPORTUNITIES THAT WILL MEET THE OWNER’S ESTABLISHED GOALS FOR MINORITY, MBE, AND DBE PARTICIPATION IN THE PROJECT. LIST ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED MINORITY, MBE AND DBE-PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS IN TABLE 4. INCLUDE PERCENTAGES OF WORK SUBCONTRACTED TO EACH TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH OWNER'S STATED GOALS.STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 3.01 Provide one printed copy of the Statement of Experience using the referenced tables and narrative descriptions as described in Article 2. Pages are to be 8-1/2 x 11 pages using a minimum font size of 10. A limited number of 11 x 17 sheets may be used, and must be folded to the size of an 8-1/2 x 11 page. 3.02 Provide a digital copy of the Statement of Experience in Portable Document Format (PDF) on a CD, portable drive, or other digital recording device. This digital copy is to include all information required to evaluate the Bid and should match the content of the printed copy of the Bid. When creating the digital copy: A. Create PDF documents from native format files. B. Rotate pages so that the top of the document appears at the top of the file when opened in PDF viewing software. Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 C. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the original documents. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. D. Submit color PDF documents if color is used in the printed version of the documents. Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 1 – Organization Information Organization doing business as: Business Address of Principal Office Telephone No. Website Form of Business (check one) ☐ Corporation ☐ Partnership ☐ Individual If a Corporation State of Incorporation Date of Incorporation Chief Executive Officer’s Name President’s Name Vice President’s Name(s) Secretary’s Name Treasurer’s Name If a Partnership Date of Organization Form of Partnership: ☐ General ☐ Limited If an Individual Name Ownership of Organization List of companies, firms, or organizations that own any part of the organization. Names of Companies, Firms, or Organizations Percent Ownership Organization History List of names that this organization currently, has, or anticipates operating under including the names of related companies presently doing business. Names of Organizations From Date To Date Indicators of Organization Size Average number of current full-time employees Average estimate of revenue for the current year Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 1 – Organization Information Organization doing business as: Previous History with City of Corpus Christi List the 5 most recent projects that have been completed with the City of Corpus Christi. Project Name Year 1 2 3 4 5 Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Bidders Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years. Provide documentation of the EMR. Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Previous Bidding and Construction Experience Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been disqualified as a bidder within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been released from a bid or proposal in the past 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization ever defaulted on a project or failed to complete any work awarded to it? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been involved in claims or litigation involving project owners within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Have liens or claims for outstanding unpaid invoices been filed against the Bidder for services or materials on any projects begun within the preceding 3 years? Specify the name and address of the party holding the lien or making the claim, the amount and basis for the lien or claim, and an explanation of why the lien has not been released or that the claim has not been paid if yes. Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 2 – Project Information Organization doing business as: Proposed Project Organization Provide a brief description of the organizational structure proposed for this project indicating the names and functional roles of proposed key personnel and alternates. Provide resumes for Project Manager, Superintendent, Safety Manager and Quality Control Manager. Position Primary Alternate Project Manager Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Division of work between Bidder and Proposed Subcontractor and Suppliers Provide a list of Work to be self-performed by the Bidder and the Work contracted to Subcontractors and Suppliers for more than 10 percent of the Work (based on estimated subcontract or purchase order amounts and the Contract Price). Description of Work Name of Entity Performing the Work Estimated Percentage of Contract Price Subcontractor Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years for Subcontractors that will provide Work valued at 25% or more of the Contract Price. Provide documentation of the EMR. Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 3 – Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 3 – Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years – Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 9 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 3 – Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years – Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 10 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 4 – Demonstrated Minority, MBE, DBE Participation Organization doing business as Project Subcontractors and Suppliers Provide a list of anticipated Minority, MBE, DBE Subcontractors or Suppliers contracts that will be used to demonstrate compliance with the Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy Name Work to be Provided Estimated % of Contract Price Statement of Experience 00 45 16 - 11 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 Rev 10-6-2015 ARTICLE 4 – CERTIFICATION 4.01 By submitting this Statement of Experience and related information, Bidder certifies that it has read this Statement of Experience and that Bidder’s responses are true and correct and contain no material misrepresentations and that the individual signing below is authorized to make this certification on behalf of the Bidder’s organization. The individual signing this certification shall attach evidence of individual’s authority to bind the organization to an agreement. Bidder: (typed or printed) By: (individual’s signature) Name: (typed or printed) Title: (typed or printed) Designated Representative: Name: Title: Address: Telephone No.: Email: END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 – WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B E15209 ARTICLE 2 – DESIGNER AND OWNER’S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: LNV, Inc. 801 Navigation, Suite 300 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 2.02 The Owner’s Authorized Representative for this Project is: Name of Owner’s Authorized Representative Office Address City, State, Zip Code ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 365 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 30 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Agreement 00 52 23 ‐ 2   City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B  City Project No. E15209 REV 10‐6‐2015  Conditions.  Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties  involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if  the Work is not completed on time.  Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,  Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty):  1. Substantial Completion:  Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires  after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is  substantially complete.  2. Completion of the Remaining Work:  Contractor agrees to pay Owner $1000 for each  day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and  readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in  accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions.  3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final  Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently.  4. Milestones:  Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in  SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions.  5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract  Times.  B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue  its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in  accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.  ARTICLE 4 – CONTRACT PRICE  4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract  Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM.  Unit prices have been  computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions.  Contractor  acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of  comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities,  determined as provided in the Contract Documents.  Total Base Bid Price $ 1,875,000  ARTICLE 5 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES  5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions.   Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions.  5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage:  A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during  performance of the Work.  Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the  Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions.  B. Progress payments equal to 95 percent of the total earned value to date for completed  Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion.  The  balance will be held as retainage.  Agreement 00 52 23 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner’s option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion, the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner’s option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR’s estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 – INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; Agreement 00 52 23 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor’s safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 – ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper Agreement 00 52 23 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor’s records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor’s fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 3. Addenda. 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor’s Bid Form. 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 – CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES Four original duplicates of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR – Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. The Effective Date of the Contract is ______________________________[Insert date signed by City Manager or designee]. ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta City Secretary Jeffery Edmonds Director of Engineering Services Agreement 00 52 23 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Janet L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Performance Bond 00 61 13 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO.________________________ Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Contract Project name and number: Telephone (main number): Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Award Date of the Contract: Address: Contract Price: Bond Telephone: E-Mail Address: Date of Bond: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original. Performance Bond 00 61 13 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 10-6-2015 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 00 61 16 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV. 10-6-2015 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO._____________________ Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Contract Project name and number: Telephone (main number): Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Award Date of the Contract: Address: Contract Price: Bond Telephone: E-Mail Address: Date of Bond: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original. Payment Bond Form 00 61 16 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV. 10-6-2015 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ....................................................................................................... 6 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................... 6 1.02 Terminology ................................................................................................................................ 11 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ................................................................................................................... 12 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ............................................................................. 12 2.02 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................. 13 2.03 Before Starting Construction ...................................................................................................... 13 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ................................ 13 Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ................................................................. 13 3.01 Intent ........................................................................................................................................... 13 3.02 Reference Standards ................................................................................................................... 15 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...................................................................................... 15 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents ................................................................................. 16 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 16 Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work .............................................................................. 16 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............................................................. 16 4.02 Starting the Work ........................................................................................................................ 16 4.03 Progress Schedule ....................................................................................................................... 17 4.04 Delays in Contractor’s Progress .................................................................................................. 17 Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ................................................................................................................................................... 18 5.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................... 18 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ........................................................................................................ 18 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................................................................................ 19 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................... 19 5.05 Underground Facilities ................................................................................................................ 21 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ............................................................................. 22 Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................................. 24 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .................................................................................. 24 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................ 24 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 1 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 25 Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 25 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence .............................................................................................. 25 7.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................. 25 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 26 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .................................................................... 26 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 27 7.06 Permits ........................................................................................................................................ 28 7.07 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 28 7.08 Laws and Regulations .................................................................................................................. 28 7.09 Safety and Protection ................................................................................................................. 29 7.10 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 30 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................. 30 7.12 Emergencies ................................................................................................................................ 30 7.13 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ......................................................................... 30 7.14 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 31 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services ................................................................................ 32 Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ............................................................................................................... 33 8.01 Other Work ................................................................................................................................. 33 8.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................... 34 8.03 Legal Relationships ...................................................................................................................... 34 Article 9 – Owner’s and OPT’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 35 9.01 Communications to Contractor .................................................................................................. 35 9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members ...................................................................... 35 9.03 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 35 9.04 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................. 35 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ................................................................................... 35 9.06 Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 35 9.07 Modifications .............................................................................................................................. 35 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................... 35 9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 35 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ...................................................................... 36 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program ................................................................................................ 36 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 2 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 10 – OAR’s and Designer’s Status During Construction .................................................................. 36 10.01 Owner’s Representative .......................................................................................................... 36 10.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................. 36 10.03 Resident Project Representatives ........................................................................................... 36 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................ 36 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments......................................................................... 36 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................... 37 10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities ..................................... 37 Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work .................................................... 37 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents ....................................................... 37 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ................................................................................ 38 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................ 38 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................ 39 11.05 Change of Contract Times ....................................................................................................... 40 11.06 Change Proposals .................................................................................................................... 40 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................... 40 11.08 Notice to Surety ...................................................................................................................... 41 Article 12 – Claims ....................................................................................................................................... 42 12.01 Claims ...................................................................................................................................... 42 12.02 Claims Process ......................................................................................................................... 42 Article 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...................................................................... 43 13.01 Cost of the Work ..................................................................................................................... 43 13.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................. 46 13.03 Unit Price Work ....................................................................................................................... 46 13.04 Contingencies .......................................................................................................................... 47 Article 14 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work .................... 47 14.01 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................ 47 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ........................................................................................... 47 14.03 Defective Work ....................................................................................................................... 48 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................ 49 14.05 Uncovering Work .................................................................................................................... 49 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work ..................................................................................................... 49 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work ....................................................................................... 50 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 3 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ........................................ 50 15.01 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................. 50 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................ 52 15.03 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................... 52 15.04 Partial Utilization ..................................................................................................................... 53 15.05 Final Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 53 15.06 Final Payment .......................................................................................................................... 53 15.07 Waiver of Claims ..................................................................................................................... 54 15.08 Correction Period .................................................................................................................... 54 Article 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ..................................................................................... 55 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work ..................................................................................................... 55 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ............................................................................................ 55 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................ 56 Article 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes .................................................................................................... 57 17.01 Methods and Procedures ........................................................................................................ 57 Article 18 – Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................... 57 18.01 Computation of Times............................................................................................................. 57 18.02 Owner’s Right to Audit Contractor’s Records ......................................................................... 57 18.03 Independent Contractor ......................................................................................................... 58 18.04 Cumulative Remedies ............................................................................................................. 58 18.05 Limitation of Damages ............................................................................................................ 58 18.06 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................... 58 18.07 Severability .............................................................................................................................. 58 18.08 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................ 59 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries ................................................................................................... 59 18.10 Assignment of Contract........................................................................................................... 59 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity .......................................................................................... 59 18.12 Controlling Law ....................................................................................................................... 59 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue ..................................................................................... 59 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury............................................................................................................. 59 18.15 Attorney Fees .......................................................................................................................... 59 18.16 Compliance with Laws............................................................................................................. 59 18.17 Enforcement............................................................................................................................ 60 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 4 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 18.18 Subject to Appropriation ......................................................................................................... 60 18.19 Contract Sum........................................................................................................................... 60 18.20 Contractor’s Guarantee as Additional Remedy ...................................................................... 60 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 5 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. A term with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, has the meaning indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date – The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid - The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Requirements. 7. Bidding Documents - The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and Addenda. 8. Bidder - An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bidding Requirements - The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid Form and attachments, and required certifications. 10. Bid Security - The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National Bank will also be acceptable. 11. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 12. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 6 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 13. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 14. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. 15. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. 16. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 17. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 18. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in the Work. 19. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 20. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 7 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 21. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 22. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 23. Contractor’s Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 24. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 13. 25. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR’s recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 15.03 or 15.04. 26. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers or Registered Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 27. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 28. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 29. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 30. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 8 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 31. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner’s Indemnitees. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 33. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. 34. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 35. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 36. Notice of Award - The notice of Owner’s intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 37. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 38. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City’s officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 39. Owner’s Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 40. Owner’s Indemnitees - Each member of the OPT and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors. 41. Owner’s Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner’s Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 42. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 9 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 43. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 44. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 45. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. 46. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 47. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained by Contractor. 48. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 49. Selected Bidder - The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract. 50. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 51. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 52. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 53. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 54. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 55. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 56. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 57. Technical Data - Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 10 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 58. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 59. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 60. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 61. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to “at no additional cost to Owner,” “at Contractor’s expense,” or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms “day” or “calendar day” mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed,” or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 11 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. The use of the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” and “provide” have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide.” F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word “all” is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” “provide,” or similar words include the meaning of the phrase “The Contractor shall...” before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT’s project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 12 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements (Division 01 Sections of the Specifications) apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 13 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 14 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 3. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 00 72 00 - 15 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 4. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 5. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer’s or OAR’s interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor’s Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 16 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree. 4.04 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if OPT directly delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work. The Contractor agrees to make no Claim for damages for delay in the performance of the Contract occasioned by an act or omission to act of the OPT and agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor’s Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D.1, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8; and 3. Acts of war or terrorism. 4. Rain days in excess of the number of days allocated for rain as described in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 17 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor’s Team. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor’s Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor’s Team’s operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 18 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor’s Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner’s Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor’s safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor’s interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 19 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor’s cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR’s issuance of the OPT’s statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 20 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 2. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 3. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 4. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 5. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents, or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown General Conditions 00 72 00 - 21 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR’s issuance of OPT’s statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner’s Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor’s safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless this removal or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 22 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor’s Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor’s Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor’s Team that was not created by the Contractor’s Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR’s notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 23 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice, or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 24 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner’s consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. C. Do not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday without OAR’s consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year’s Day January 1 Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 25 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 15.01.B 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Document. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor’s reasonable objections. F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 26 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 days of Owner’s notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner’s initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers’ Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor’s Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor’s Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 27 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner’s exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 28 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor’s Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor’s Team. E. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor’s Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner’s safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner’s safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 29 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor’s warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 30 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 Indemnification A. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY’S FEES OR DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, VIOLATIONS OF LAWS OR REGULATIONS, OR BODILY INJURY, DEATH, OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN PART BY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE HEREUNDER, SUBJECT TO THE OWNER’S DEFENSES AND LIABILITY LIMITS UNDER THE TEXAS TORT CLAIMS ACT. HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE AGAINST A CLAIM, LOSS, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE CAUSED BY THE (I) NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT, (II) BREACH OR VIOLATION OF A STATUTE, ORDINANCE, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION, STANDARD OR RULE, OR (III) THE BREACH OF CONTRACT BY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES EACH OF OWNER’S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE. B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: (I) THE FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN, OR REMOVE A CONSTITUENT OF CONCERN BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OR A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM, (II) CONTRACTOR’S TEAM’S ACTION OR INACTION RELATED TO DAMAGES, DELAYS, DISRUPTIONS, OR INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OWNER’S EMPLOYEES, OTHER CONTRACTORS, OR UTILITY OWNERS PERFORMING OTHER WORK AT OR ADJACENT TO THE SITE, OR (III) THE CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH OBLIGATES THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNER’S AND OWNER’S INDEMNITEES OWN NEGLIGENCE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF OWNER’S INDEMNITEES. C. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS RESULTING FROM INFRINGEMENT ON PATENT RIGHTS OR COPYRIGHTS BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. D. The indemnification obligations under this paragraph are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor’s Team or other individuals or entities under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner’s Indemnitees by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor’s Team. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 31 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner’s Indemnitees from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner’s Indemnitees do not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor’s counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner’s Indemnitees as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner’s Indemnitees may assume and control the defense If Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner’s Indemnitees as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner’s Indemnitees may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner’s consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner’s Indemnitees to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner’s Indemnitees; b. Would require Owner’s Indemnitees to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner and Owner’s Indemnitees’ full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 32 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials, or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor’s design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor’s Work. This other work may be performed by Owner’s employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s General Conditions 00 72 00 - 33 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor’s Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT, other contractor, or utility owner: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor’s Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor or utility owner to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor’s Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner’s employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors or utility owners if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 34 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S AND OPT’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Paragraphs 15.01.D and 15.06.D. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPT’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 14.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 35 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT’s responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. ARTICLE 10 – OAR’S AND DESIGNER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner’s Representative A. OAR is Owner’s representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner’s representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer’s visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner’s quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner’s representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR’s visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives’ authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer’s authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer’s authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 36 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. OAR and Designer’s authority related to Modifications is described in Articles 11. D. OAR’s authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 13 and 15. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work, or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 14.04, if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design related changes are required. D. Contractor may appeal Designer’s decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer’s decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor’s Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor’s Team. ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 37 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer’s approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive are to be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive if negotiations are unsuccessful under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications, or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 38 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01 plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.D when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents or the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price without adjusting Contractor’s fee. D. Contractor’s Fee: Determine the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor’s fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2; b. The Contractor’s fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor’s fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 2) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.C.4, and 13.01.D; e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 39 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. The adjustment in Contractor’s fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.D.2.a through 11.04.D.2.e, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. B. Notify the OAR immediately if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. Submit the following as part of the Change Proposal: 1. Any proposed change in Contract Price, Contract Times, or other relief, accompanied by a statement that the requested Change Order is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled; 2. The reason for the proposed change; and 3. Supporting data, accompanied by a statement that the supporting data is accurate and complete. C. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor’s supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 40 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 12. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay, or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor’s agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor’s submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Bid, nor a warranty that the Bid will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. A Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor if the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07. 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 41 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. A demand or assertion by Owner to Contractor, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision by Designer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Contesting Designer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; d. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or e. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 2. A demand or assertion by Contractor to Owner, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Contesting OPT’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; or b. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OPT has declined to address. 12.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. B. Claims by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer, and the OAR within 7 days: 1. After the start of the event giving rise to the Claim; or 2. After a final decision on a Change Proposal has been made. C. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. D. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. E. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Times, Contractor must certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief, the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. F. The entity receiving a Claim is to review the Claim giving full consideration to its merits. The Owner and Contractor are to seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of actions taken on a Claim. G. Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time after initiation of a Claim. 1. The agreement to mediate suspends the Claim submittal and response process. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 42 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process after 60 days from the agreement to mediate and resume the Claim submittal and decision process as of the date of the termination. The Claim process resumes as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator, if the mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs. H. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part or denies it in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes within 30 days of this action. I. Notify the OAR if efforts to resolve the Claim are not successful, and the Claim is denied. A denial of the Claim is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes within 30 days of the denial. J. The results of the agreement or action on the Claim is to be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times if the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim. ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 13.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 13.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor’s employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 13.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 43 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers’ compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers’ field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 44 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 e. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; f. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor’s Team; g. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; h. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; i. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and j. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor’s Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor’s fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor’s indemnification of Owner’s Indemnitees. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 13.01.C. E. The Contractor’s fee is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis. 2. In accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C for Work covered by a Modification determined on the basis of Cost of the Work. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting General Conditions 00 72 00 - 45 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 13.01. 13.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 13.02.B.1 and 13.02.B.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR’s decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03.E. E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR’s decision under Paragraph 13.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Agreement; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 46 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 13.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Agreement. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 13.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Agreement. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor’s selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor’s safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination General Conditions 00 72 00 - 47 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 14.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 48 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 for costs associated with OPT’s evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT’s observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. 2. Submit a Change Proposal for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times directly attributable to this uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction if the uncovered Work is found to be not Defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 49 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner’s right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor’s Team or surety. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy the following deficiencies after 7 days’ notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 15. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payments are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in the Contract Documents. 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 2.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 50 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 13.01, 13.02 and 13.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor’s conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor’s Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or Employees; j. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; k. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; l. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; m. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; n. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 51 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 o. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; p. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; q. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or r. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work after Contractor’s notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 52 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor’s coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner’s assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor’s obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor’s access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 15.04 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 15.05 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted under Paragraph 15.04 is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 15.06 Final Payment A. Make Application for Final Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT’s reasons for not recommending final payment. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 53 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR’s recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05; 3. Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 17 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 15.08 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or longer periods of time prescribed by the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 15.08.A and 15.08.B corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR’s instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. D. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or systems are placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. The correction period is extended for an additional period of 1 year for Defective Work corrected after the date of Substantial Completion or after the accepted date the correction period starts to run as described in Paragraph 15.08.E. This extended correction period starts to run when Defective Work has been satisfactorily corrected under this Paragraph 15.08. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 54 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 G. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 15.08 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.08 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor’s creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor’s insolvency; 5. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; or 6. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of OPT. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 16.02.A.4. Owner may terminate this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR’s request for this information. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 55 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days’ notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of the Contract under this Paragraph 16.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 16.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. This cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner are to be reviewed as to their reasonableness and incorporated in a Change Order by OAR. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days’ notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.D.; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 56 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. The Owner or Contractor may appeal a Claim, approved or denied in part or in full, by: 1. Electing to invoke the dispute resolution process if one is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; 2. Agreeing with the other party to submit the dispute to a dispute resolution process; or 3. Notifying the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to. ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 18.02 Owner’s Right to Audit Contractor’s Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Example of Contractor written and electronically stores records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondences, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 57 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Agreement Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor’s records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner’s designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Section in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 18.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor’s Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor’s Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership, or formal business organization of any kind. 18.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 18.03 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 18.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner’s Indemnitees are not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor’s Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. 18.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision, affect the enforceability of that provision, or the enforceability of the remainder of this Contract. 18.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 58 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 18.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees, and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 18.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the consent of the Owner. 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. 18.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 18.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys’ fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney’s fees. 18.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 59 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Comply with all applicable federal, state, and city laws, rules and regulations. 18.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee, are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 18.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract, with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 18.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 18.20 Contractor’s Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor’s guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release, or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00 - 60 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1 – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE AMOUNTS A. Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises - Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products / Completed Operations Hazard 6. Contractual Liability 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate Business Automobile Liability - Owned, Non-Owned, Rented and Leased $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Workers’ Compensation Statutory Employer’s Liability $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Contractor’s Pollution Liability / Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. $2,000,000 Per Claim ☐ Required X Not Required Builder’s Risk (All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Contract Price ☐ Required X Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price ☐ Required X Not Required Owner’s Protective Liability Equal to Contractor’s liability insurance ☐ Required X Not Required 1.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with Article 6 of the General Conditions and this Section. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Section. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT’s failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor’s full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor’s obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16 of the General Conditions if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner’s Indemnitees in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the “other insurance” clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor’s insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers’ compensation policy and Contractor’s professional liability policy. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers’ compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers’ compensation obligations. Provide an “All Other States” endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. Provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; 4. By any other person for any other reason; and 5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor’s commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Section. Insurance is to remain in effective for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. Eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody, and control of Contractor. Provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor in lieu of elimination of the exclusion, or if required by this Section. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or “All Peril” policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor’s Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixture, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor’s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14 of the General Conditions, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, “Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. E. Purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor’s commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors for each named insured or additional insured; 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor’s operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor’s pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Section must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Section or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not by rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 1.04 OWNER’S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain an Owner’s Protective Liability insurance policy with the Owner as the named insured and other members of the OPT as additional insureds. Provide a policy that will protect the OPT from claims which arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Provide this coverage in the same amounts required for the Contractor’s liability insurance and from the same company that provides the Contractor’s liability insurance. 1.05 PROPERTY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Section or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 1.06. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder’s risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder’s risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04 of the General Conditions. Maintain the builder’s risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Section. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 1.06 WAIVER OF RIGHTS A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Section are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner’s Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contains provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner’s Indemnitees, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder’s risk insurance and other property insurance. 1.07 OWNER’S INSURANCE FOR THE PROJECT A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 – EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE 2.01 ACCEPTABLE EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of “Additional Insureds” for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days’ notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy’s terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 2.02 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 2.03 INSURANCE POLICIES A. Provide a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles if requested by the Owner. B. Owner may require the deletion, revision, or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions (except where policy provisions are established by Laws or Regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter of any such policies). Comply with these requests and submit a copy of the replacement certificate of insurance to Owner at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested change. 2.04 CONTINUING EVIDENCE OF COVERAGE A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Section prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 2.05 NOTICES REGARDING INSURANCE A. Submit notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: City of Corpus Christi – Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. ARTICLE 3 – TEXAS WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE REQUIRED NOTICE 3.01 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage (“certificate”) - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers’ compensation insurance coverage for the person’s or entity’s employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 9 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 2. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor’s/person’s Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project (“Subcontractor” in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. “Services” include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. “Services” does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor’s current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers’ Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 10 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 07-03-2014 I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers’ compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission’s Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor’s failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. END OF SECTION Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1 – PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor is required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. 1.02 RECORDS A. In accordance with Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.024, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 1.03 LIABILITY; PENALTY; CRIMINAL OFFENSE A. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.003 – Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.053(b) – Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed or each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.058 – Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 1.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 Wage Determination (WD) No Construction Type Project Type TX-31 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) TX-40 Highway Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). General Decision Number: TX150031 01/02/2015 TX31 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20140031 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy Counties: Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 * SUTX1987-001 12/01/1987 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excluding Form Setting).........................$ 9.05 Concrete Finisher................$ 7.56 Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 13.37 2.58 Laborers: Common......................$ 7.25 Utility.....................$ 7.68 Power equipment operators: Backhoe.....................$ 9.21 Motor Grader................$ 8.72 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ General Decision Number: TX150040 07/31/2015 TX40 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20140040 State: Texas Construction Type: Highway Counties: Aransas, Calhoun, Goliad, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 1 07/31/2015 * SUTX2011-010 08/08/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (Paving & Structures)...$ 12.64 FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving & Curb...............$ 10.69 Structures..................$ 13.61 LABORER Asphalt Raker...............$ 11.67 Flagger.....................$ 8.81 Laborer, Common.............$ 10.25 Laborer, Utility............$ 11.23 Pipelayer...................$ 11.17 Work Zone Barricade Servicer....................$ 11.51 PAINTER (Structures).............$ 21.29 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Asphalt Distributor.........$ 14.25 Asphalt Paving Machine......$ 13.44 Mechanic....................$ 17.00 Motor Grader, Fine Grade....$ 17.74 Motor Grader, Rough.........$ 16.85 TRUCK DRIVER Lowboy-Float................$ 16.62 Single Axle.................$ 11.61 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 - 9 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 REV 06-12-2015 U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF SECTION Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 72 03 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY ARTICLE 1 – PARTICIPATION POLICY 1.01 POLICY A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives of the Affirmative Action Policy Statement of the City dated October 1989, and any amendments thereto. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s). Minority person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise, must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 72 03 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. F. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 1.03 GOALS A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor’s aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be as specified in SECTION 00 11 16 INVITATION TO BID. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor’s percentage is prohibited. 1.04 COMPLIANCE A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi-weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas LNV, Inc. B. Paragraph 1.01.A.54 “Substantial Completion” is more specifically defined for this Project as the point where the value of the billable work, as approved by the Owner or OAR, is equivalent to the annual contract amount of $1.875M. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor’s progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 3. A total of [50] rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after [50] rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS “5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, or drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, are known to Owner.” SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE “5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner.” ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: “The Contractor must perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." END OF SECTION Summary of Work 01 11 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. CITY WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B; PROJECT NO E15209 a. This project consists of Wastewater Collection System rehabilitation improvements in the City of Corpus Christi. The scope of the work includes, but is not limited to: rehabilitation and/or replacement of gravity collection lines by pipe busting methods up to 24-inches in diameter, gravity line point repairs, dewatering through well pointing, control of wastewater flows, cleaning and televised inspection of conduits, and temporary traffic controls. All work will be executed with multiple indefinite quantity delivery orders as required, in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. The initial contract will be for a one (1) year (12-calender month) extensions. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. Summary of Work 01 11 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate, and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. Allowances: 1. Include specified allowance amount in the Contract Price. 2. The amount of each allowance includes: a. The cost of the product to the Contractor less any applicable trade discounts. b. Delivery to the Site. c. Applicable taxes. 3. Include in the Contract Price all costs for: a. Handling at the Site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage per SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION. b. Cost for labor and equipment for installation and finishing. c. Cost for related products not specifically listed in the allowance required for installation, including consumable supplies and materials. d. All overhead, profit, and related costs. 4. Assist Owner in the selection of products. a. Identify qualified Suppliers. b. Obtain bids from qualified Suppliers. c. Present available alternates to the Owner through the OAR. Notify OAR of: 1) Any objections to a particular Supplier or product. Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2) Effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated by the selection of each option. 3) Cost of each option. 5. Upon selection of the product: a. Purchase and install the product. b. Contractor’s responsibilities for products shall be the same as for products selected by the Contractor. 6. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to adjust Contract Price if the net cost of the product is more or less than the specified amount. a. Adjust the unit cost applied to the quantities installed per the method of payment described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for products specified as Unit Price Work. b. Do not perform Work until selection of alternate has been approved by the Owner. c. Provide actual invoices for the materials. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES 1. None. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES 1. None 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Section. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer’s facilities or on Site; 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor’s use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor’s safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Submit approval using the Consent of Surety Company to Payment Procedures form provided. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Progress Schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 2. Project photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 3. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner’s Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form for Attachment A - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. Use each unit price line item in the Agreement as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials, or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor’s overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other cost associated with the item in the Agreement. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 1.03 SCHEDULE OF ANTICIPATED PAYMENTS AND EARNED VALUE A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. 1.04 BASIS FOR PAYMENTS A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 1.02.E.3 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Agreement. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05. 2. Measure the Work described in the Agreement for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 1.05 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment show in the Application for Payment on Attachment A or Attachment B - Tabulation of Work on Approved Contract Modifications will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value show in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on Attachment D - Tabulation of Values for Materials and Equipment. Include invoice numbers on Attachment D so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on Attachment D. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value; and provide documents, satisfactory to the City, that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor’s obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 1.06 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES A. Include amounts for specified Alternate Work in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. B. Include amounts for specified Allowances for Work in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. 1.07 RETAINAGE AND SET-OFFS A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include Attachment C – Tabulation of Set-Offs in the Application for Payment. 1.08 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line item for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the Set off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 1.09 RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER’S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT’s reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR’s recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR’s recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 03-11-2015 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 1.10 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. C. Submit the final Application for Payment per the General Conditions, including the final Change Order. Provide the following with the Final Application for Payment: 1. Evidence of payment or release of liens on the forms provided and as required by the General Conditions. 2. Consent from Surety to Final Payment. 1.11 PAYMENT BY OWNER A. Owner is to pay the amount recommended for monthly payments within 30 days after receipt of the OAR’s recommended Application for Payment. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A-1 - Mobilization: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Bonds and insurance; b. Transportation and setup for equipment; c. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; d. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; e. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. Payment for mobilization will be based on the earned value of Work completed. B. Bid WW2-WW31 – Rehab Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting): 1. Measuring for payment is on a per linear foot basis for each size and depth range installed 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required for trenching, installing new line, surface restoration, clean-up, and other work as required. C. Bid Item WW32-WW37 – Service Re-connection for Pipe Bursting: 1. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis for each main size specified 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required for trenching required to re-connect the service. D. Bid Item WW38-WW67 – Point Repair Wastewater Line: 1. Measuring for payment is on a linear foot basis for each size and depth range installed with a maximum of 50LF. 2. Measurement shall include excavation, hauling away and lawful disposal of excess excavated materials and debris, pipe, pipe fittings, adapters and concrete collars, and all other necessary work to complete. E. Bid Item WW68 – Excavation Safety for Wastewater Line Point Repair (All Line Sizes & Depths): 1. Measuring for payment is on a linear foot basis. 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required for installing and removing trenching and excavation safety equipment required to complete the work. F. Bid Item WW69 - Obstruction Removal by Remote Device: 1. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis. 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, and incidentals required to remove obstruction identified in a wastewater line segment which could inhibit satisfactory CCTV or cause a non-uniform linear pipe installation. G. Bid Item WW70-WW74 – Obstruction Removal by Excavation 1. Measuring for payment is on a per each basis for each depth range 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, and equipment (other than point repair) required to remove obstruction through excavation when installation of wastewater line is in progress. H. Bid Item WW75-WW79 - Service Lateral Replacement: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per linear foot basis for each mainline depth specified for each tap/lateral/service line being replaced. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Measurement shall include the line from the tee on the main to, and including the clean-out at the property line and shall include all labor materials, equipment, trench safety and incidents necessary for wastewater service lines (any size) required to complete the project. I. Bid Item WW80-WW84 – Well Pointing for Manhole or Point Repair: 1. Measuring for payment shall be measured by the linear foot of trench being dewatered. 2. Measurement shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to furnish, install, operate and maintain the well point system. J. Bid Item WW85, WW87, WW89, WW91, WW93, WW95 – Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per day basis for each line size specified 2. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the bypass design, planning, coordination, operation, maintenance, and removal. K. Bid Item WW86, WW88, WW90, WW92, WW94, WW96 – Bypass Force Main for Control of Wastewater Flows 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per linear foot basis for each line size specified 2. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment, and installation of force main L. Bid Item WW97-WW98 – Furnish Vacuum Truck: 1. Measuring for payment shall be a on a per day basis 2. Measurement shall include all material, labor, disposal, and equipment required. This bid item shall not be used in conjunction with the CCTV bid items. M. Bid Item WW99-WW104 - Plugs and/or Flow-thru plugs: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per day basis for each line size to be plugged 2. Measurement shall include all material, labor, equipment required for installation and removal of plugs as required for the work. N. Bid Item WW108, WW110, WW112, WW114, WW116,WW117 – PRE CCTV- Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per linear feet basis for each line size specified 2. Measurement shall include all labor, equipment, materials and supervision necessary to complete the clean and CCTV for those lines specified in delivery orders in accordance with T-027611. Measurement shall include an inspection of all manholes entered, crossed, or associated with the line being inspected O. Bid Item WW109,WW111,WW113,WW115 – POST CCTV – Televise Wastewater Lines: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a linear feet basis for each line size specified Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Measurement shall include all labor, equipment, materials and supervision necessary to complete the Clean and CCTV for those lines specified in delivery orders in accordance with T-027611 P. Bid Item WW118 – CCTV Reverse Set-up (Unable to Traverse Line on Initial Set-up): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis in the event an obstruction is encountered during initial set-up requiring the Contractor to relocate to another manhole upstream or downstream of the original manhole 2. Measurement shall include all labor, equipment, materials and supervision necessary to complete the item Q. Bid Item WW119 – CCTV Set-ups: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis in the event that an individual site requires less than 200 feet of televising 2. Measurement shall include all labor, equipment, materials and supervision necessary to complete the item R. Bid Item WW120 – Clean & CCTV Manhole / Manhole Inspection: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis when used as a stand-alone manhole inspection without Wastewater Line Inspection 2. Measurement shall include all labor, equipment, materials and supervision necessary to complete the item S. Bid Item WW121– Remove Existing Manhole (All sizes): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all labor, equipment, materials, disposal, and supervision necessary to complete the removal of the entire manhole T. Bid Item WW122, WW124, WW126 – Replace Manhole (0’ – 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis per diameter 2. Measurement shall include all but not be limited to all foundation, manhole assembly, connection, cast iron frame and cover, concrete work, backfill, testing, and other work as required to complete the manhole. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment, and other incidentals required to complete the work. U. Bid Item WW123, WW125, WW127 – Extra Depth for Manhole (Over 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per vertical foot basis for each foot over 6’ Depth 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and other incidentals required to replace wastewater manhole over 6’ Depth V. Bid Item WW128, WW130, WW132 – Polymer System Manhole Rehab (0’ – 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis per diameter 2. Measurement shall include but not be limited to surface preparation, material installation, inspection, testing, and other work as required to complete the rehabilitation work including bench, pipe connections, cementitious wall repairs, Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 polymer lining and inflow inhibitor. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment, and other incidentals required to complete the work W. Bid Item WW129, WW131, WW133 – Extra Depth for Polymer System Manhole Rehab (Over 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per vertical foot basis for each foot over 6’ Depth 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and other incidentals required to rehabilitate the wastewater manhole over 6’ Depth X. Bid Item WW134, WW136, WW138 –Manhole FRP Rehab (0’ – 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis per diameter 2. Measurement shall include, but not be limited to excavation, concrete foundation, manhole assembly, connections, inflow inhibitor, frame and cover, concrete work, backfill, testing and other work as required to complete the fiberglass manhole. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and other incidentals required to complete the work Y. Bid Item WW135, WW137, WW139 – Extra Depth for Manhole FRP Rehab (Over 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a vertical foot basis for each foot over 6’ Depth 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and other incidentals required to rehabilitate the wastewater manhole over 6’ Depth Z. Bid Item WW140 – Excavation Safety for Manholes (0’ – 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for work safety in excavations AA. Bid Item WW141 – Extra Depth for Excavation Safety for Manholes ( > 6’ Depth): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per vertical foot basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for work safety in excavation over base 6’ Depth BB. Bid Item WW142-WW146 – Manhole Connections: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis for the specified line sizes 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor, and incidentals as required to make connection to manhole, including wall cut out, connection, adapter, grout, etc. CC. Bid Item WW147-WW148 – Remove & Replace Manhole Ring & Cover: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis for each diameter specified 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials including s.s. inflow inhibitor and new HDPE adjustment rings, labor, and incidentals required to complete the work DD. Bid Item WW149 – Reconstruct Manhole Top Corbel (any size): Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor, and incidentals required to complete the work EE. Bid Item WW150 – Reconstruct Manhole Bench & Inverts: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor, and incidentals required to complete the work FF. Bid Item WW151 – Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 sacks of cement per 1CY of sand): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per ton basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidentals to backfill to the road base as specified on the plans GG. Bid Item WW152 – Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement (Includes Base & Prime Coat): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per square yard basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidentals to cut & restore HMAC pavement according to the plans HH. Bid Item WW153 – Additional HMAC Pavement Thickness (1/2” per SY) 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per square yard basis per ½” additional thickness 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidentals to cut & restore HMAC pavement according to the plans II. Bid Item WW154 – Additional Limestone Base Thickness (1” per SY) 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per square yard basis per 1” additional thickness 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidentals to provide base material according to plans. JJ. Bid Item WW155 – Select Backfill Material: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per cubic yard basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidental to provide backfill according to plans KK. Bid Item WW156 – Flowable Backfill: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per cubic yard basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidental to provide backfill according to plans LL. Bid Item WW157– Cut & Restore Concrete Pavement (includes Base) 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per square yard basis 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidentals to cut & restore concrete pavement according to the plans MM. Bid Item WW158 – Additional Concrete Pavement Thickness (1” per SY) Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1. Measurement for payment shall be on a per square yard basis per 1” additional thickness 2. Measurement shall include all work, equipment, materials, labor and incidentals to cut & restore concrete pavement according to the plans NN. Bid Item WW159-WW172 – Signing & Traffic Control: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per day basis 2. Measurement shall include furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining all temporary traffic controls including barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary striping and markers, flag-men and such temporary devices and relocation of existing signs and devices and all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to provide a safe condition and to complete the work OO. Bid Item WW173 – Portable Message Signs (PCMS): 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per day basis 2. Measurement shall including furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining signs and all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work PP. Bid Item WW174 – Flashing Arrow Boards: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per day basis 2. Measurement shall including furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining boards and all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work QQ. Bid Item WW175 – Flagger: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per day basis RR. Bid Item WW176-WW177 – Removal & Replacement of Fencing 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per linear foot basis 2. Measurement shall include furnishing and erecting all fence materials and all labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work SS. Bid Item WW178 – Temporary Construction Entrance/Exit – All Weather Access Road: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work TT. Bid Item WW179-WW180 - Tree Removal: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work UU. Bid Item WW181-WW182 – Sodding & Seeding: 1. 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per square yard basis Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Measurement shall include excavation, transporting, storing, and placing of sod/seed, application of fertilizer and water and all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work VV. Bid Item WW183 – Erosion Control – Temporary Sediment Control Fence 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a linear foot basis 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to install temporary fence WW. Bid Item WW184 – Inlet Protection 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete work XX. Bid Item WW185-WW186 – Remove and Replace Driveway/Sidewalk: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per square foot basis 2. Measurement shall include all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals required to complete the work YY. Bid Item WW187 – Remove and Replace Curb and Gutter or Valley Gutter: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per linear foot basis 2. Measurement shall include all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals required to complete the work ZZ. Bid Item WW188 – Remove and Replace Curb Ramp: 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals required to complete the work AAA. Bid Item WW189 – Grout Fill & Abandon in place: 1. Measurement shall be on a per cubic yard basis 2. Measurement shall include all equipment, materials and incidentals required to mix, transport, and place the grout and restore surface at pump ports. BBB. Bid Item WW190 – Remove, Relocate, and Reinstall Mail Box: 1. Measurement shall be on a per each basis 2. Measurement shall include all labor, materials, equipment, etc. required to complete the work CCC. Bid Item WW191 – Site Clearing and Stripping 1. Measurement shall be on a per acre basis 2. Measurement shall include all labor, materials, equipment, etc. required to complete the work. Work is anticipated to be limited to utility easements ranging from 10 to 15 feet in width DDD. Bid Item WW192 – Disposal of Contaminated Groundwater Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 9 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1. Payment will be based on the Contractor’s actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with dewatering 2. Measurement includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth as required in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1. Provide copies of Supplier’s printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in Record Drawings. 1.04 PERMITS A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.06 ACCESS TO THE SITE A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Roadways may not be approved for construction traffic. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.07 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF SITE A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures as discussed in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. E. Park employees’ vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner’s property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 1.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Coordinate Work with local utility company and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 1.09 DISRUPTION TO SERVICES / CONTINUED OPERATIONS A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner or utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action in accordance with SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES if facilities must be taken out of operation. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Drawings as required in SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 1.11 REFERENCE DATA AND CONTROL POINTS (NOT REQUIRED) A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 1.12 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier’s storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier’s instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier’s required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.13 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 1.14 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ACCESS A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner’s approval of a street closing. The request shall state: 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction, with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 1.15 AREA ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner’s Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner’s Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner’s Traffic Engineering Department. 1.16 OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WIRES A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 1.17 BLASTING A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 1.18 ARCHAEOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.19 ENDANGERED SPECIES RESOURCES A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 1.20 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. C. For the Contractor’s convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 826-3500 Project Engineer 361-883-1984 Logan Burton, P.E. – LNV, Inc. 361-883-1984 Traffic Engineering 826-3540 Police Department 882-2600 Water Department 826-1881 (826-1888 after hours) Wastewater Department 826-1800 (826-1818 after hours) Gas Department 885-6900 (885-6913 after hours) Storm Water Department 826-1875 (826-3140 after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 826-3461 Streets and Solid Waste Services 826-1940 AEP 1-877-373-4858 SBC / AT&T 881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) City Street Div. for Traffic Signal/ Fiber Optic Locate 826-1946 826-3547 Cablevision 857-5000 (857-5060 after hours) ACSI (Fiber Optic) 887-9200 (Pager 800-724-3624) KMC (Fiber Optic) 813-1124 (Pager 888-204-1679) ChoiceCom (Fiber Optic) 881-5767 (Pager 850-2981) Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 9 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number CAPROCK (Fiber Optic) 512-935-0958 (Mobile) Brooks Fiber Optic (MAN) 972-753-4355 Regional Transportation Authority 289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Eng. 855-6153 TxDOT Area Office 808-2384 Corpus Christi ISD 886-9005 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 1.03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. E. Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor’s project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. d. Contractor’s organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor’s superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor’s detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre- Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 1.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.06 DECISION AND ACTION ITEM LOG A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 1.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action items if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 1.07 NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use “Notification by Contractor” form provided. 1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor’s field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Change Management 01 31 14 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUESTS FOR CHANGE PROPOSAL A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 1.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 1.02 CHANGE PROPOSALS A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT’s description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for labor by classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; 9) Home office cost; and 10) Other items of cost. d. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work Change Management 01 31 14 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 13 of the General Conditions for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 1.03 DESIGNER WILL EVALUATE THE REQUEST FOR A MODIFICATION. A. Designer will issue a Modification per the General Conditions if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the Owner. Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor’s risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.04 EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list “or equal” or “or approved equal” products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow the procedures in Paragraph 1.05 for a substitution. B. Contractor may submit other manufacturers’ products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase “or equal” or “or approved equal.” 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT’s responsibility to prove the product is not equal. Change Management 01 31 14 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer’s published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 4. A Change Proposal is not required for any product that is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the product is not in full compliance, it may be offered as a Substitution. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 1.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to request approval of a substitution. B. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer’s responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. C. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. Change Management 01 31 14 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. D. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Document Management 01 33 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. 1.04 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Document Management 01 33 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for “Drop Metadata.” Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing file size i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 1.05 DOCUMENT NUMBERING A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor Document Management 01 33 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 Prefix Description Originator SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter “A” designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 1.06 DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Specification Section Application for Payment 01 29 00 Change Proposal 01 31 14 Certified Test Report 01 33 02 for approval of product 01 40 00 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor 01 31 13 Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 Progress Schedules 01 33 04 Record Data 01 33 03 Request for Information 01 31 13 Shop Drawing 01 33 02 Schedule of Values 01 29 00 Substitutions 01 31 14 Suppliers and Subcontractors 01 31 13 and 01 33 03 Document Management 01 33 00 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 33 01 Submittal Register Submittal Register City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 01 33 01-1 07-03-2014 Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 026210 PVC Pipe 032020 Reinforcing Steel 037040 Epoxy Compounds T-027205 Fiberglass Manholes for Wastewater T-027205 Polymer Rehab of Wastewater Manholes T-027611 CCTV Report Format T-027618 Pipebursting Rehabilitation T-027620 Point Repair Accessories Sheet 8-11 of 39 Manhole Accessories Sheet 12 of 39 Corbel Reconstruction Paragraph No. Specification Section Specification Description Types of Submittals Required Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 1.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each time a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawing; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawing are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawing related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer’s attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 1.10. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor’s risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner’s option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. 1.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product’s intended use. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 1.08.A. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for “Drop Metadata.” Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing file size. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier’s standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of “or equal” products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14 day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 SAMPLE AND MOCKUP SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner’s option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 1.09 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 1.10 DESIGNER RESPONSIBILITIES A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Section for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 3. Designer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor’s markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is “Approved as Noted,” but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked “Approved as Noted” and “Resubmit with corrections made.” These Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 9 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as “At Variance With” (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as “Not Approved” if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires as change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 1.10.B that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 10 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer’s review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Record Data 01 33 03 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 33 03 RECORD DATA 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents required be submitted for record purposes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description 01 31 13 Contractor Record Drawing 02 76 11 CCTV DVD footage and reports B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; Record Data 01 33 03 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 1.04 RECORD DATA REQUIREMENTS A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: Record Data 01 33 03 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 RECORD DATA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Record Data 01 33 03 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for “Drop Metadata.” Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing file size. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of “or equal” products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 DESIGNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 1.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. Record Data 01 33 03 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. Document will be given the status of “Filed as Received” and not further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Submit Shop Drawing.” No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Revise and Resubmit.” Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked “Filed as Received.” When Record Data is filed, no further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Cancel - Not Required.” No further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked “Filed as Received.” 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Take the requirements of SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES into consideration when preparing schedule. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedules updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 1.03 SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years’ minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor’s program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revise when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT indicating: 1. Specific dates each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific dates each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of the each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 1.04 SCHEDULE REVISIONS A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor’s plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 1.05 FLOAT TIME A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Video and Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Video and Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photograph in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 2.02 VIDEO RECORDING A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 01 35 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. The completion times for delivery orders issued under this contract will be based upon production rates shown in the table below: WORKING TIME TABLE Description Time Non- Emergency Emergency Mobilization 3 days / D.O. 1 day / D.O. Rehab Wastewater Line Pipeburst (≤ 14’ Depth) 5 days / 600 LF 3 days / 600 LF Rehab Wastewater Line Pipeburst (> 14’ Depth) 7 days / 600 LF 5 days / 600 LF Point Repair Wastewater Line (≤ 14’ Depth) 3 days / EA 1 day / EA Point Repair Wastewater Line (> 14’ Depth) 4 days / EA 2 days / EA Well Pointing 2 days / 50 LF 1 day / 50 LF Control of Wastewater Flows 1 day / D.O. 0 days / D.O. Clean & CCTV Wastewater Lines 1 day / 1200 LF 1 day / 1200 LF Remove & Replace Wastewater Manhole 3 days / EA 2 days / EA Rehab Wastewater Manhole 2 days / EA 1 day / EA Remove & Replace Driveway or Sidewalk 2 days / 400 SF 1 day / 400 SF NOTE: 1. WORKING TIME IS SHOWN IN THIS TABLE IS IN CALENDER DAYS 2. EMERGENCY DELIVERY ORDERS REQUIRE A 3 HOUR RESPONSE Special Procedures 01 35 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION (NOT REQUIRED) A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS (NONE) A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Critical Operation Max. Time Out of Operation Hours Operation can be Shut Down Liquidated Damages ($ per hour) B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner’s normal operations have been restored. Special Procedures 01 35 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the [for operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations]. 2. Loss of [operation of the existing distribution system] [other description of critical nature of operations] can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: 1. Critical Operation 1 - [Title from Table Above]: a. [Provide detailed description of Critical Operation 1.] 2. Critical Operation 2 - [Title from Table Above]: a. [Provide detailed description of Critical Operation 2.] 3. Critical Operation 3 - [Title from Table Above]: a. [Provide detailed description of Critical Operation 3.] 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE (NONE) 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Quality Management 01 40 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 40 00 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review the OPT’s Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT’s use in performing inspections and testing; Quality Management 01 40 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT’s Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work though Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings required by SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan, the OPT’s Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed, or might be damaged by corrective actions. 1.02 QUALITY MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES BY THE OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor’s Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 1.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 1.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor’s Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; Quality Management 01 40 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT’s acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT’s acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT’s acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT’s quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF OPT’S TEST REPORTS A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT’s anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT’s quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these tests results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT’s quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT’s Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implementing the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor’s Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Quality Management 01 40 00 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents they are not in compliance and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1.05 STANDARDS A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) “Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications.” B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 1.07 VERIFICATION TESTING FOR CORRECTED DEFECTS A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 1.08 TEST REPORTS A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; Quality Management 01 40 00 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the test was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; l. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 1.09 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 1.10 LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 1.11 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Submit the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. Use Contractor’s Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be Quality Management 01 40 00 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor’s Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 1.11.B.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 1.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor’s Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. Quality Management 01 40 00 - 7 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 IMPLEMENT CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Includes the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. Quality Management 01 40 00 - 8 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work one month prior to the expiration of the correction period prescribed in the General Conditions with the OPT. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT’s field office and the Contractor’s field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT’s field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT’s field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES (NOT REQUIRED) A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. The field office must be furnished with a telephone (with 24-hour per day answering service) and fax machine paid for by the Contractor. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor’s use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 15 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT’s field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor’s and the OPT’s field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi’s Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the “Plan”). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPT’s field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT’s field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled “STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS” and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.05 PERMITS A. Submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent, SWPPP, and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre-construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 4 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner’s operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.10 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than “well pointing” to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Owner, at the Owner’s expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Owner, at the Owner’s Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 5 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to Pumping groundwater from a trench to the sanitary sewer system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a “no cost” permit from the Owner’s Waste Water Department. Owner will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.11 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor’s actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with dewatering. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner’s requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine, which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner’s sanitary sewer system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.13 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION (NOT REQUIRED) A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by IBC 2009. [Contractor] [Owner] shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 6 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 1 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative procedures in closing out the Contract. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit certifications and releases on forms provided. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (NOT APPLICABLE) A. Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer’s notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. Notify the Designer when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 2 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within a reasonable time after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 1.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. 1.05 REINSPECTION FEES A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. 1.06 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL A. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 1.07 TRANSFER OF UTILITIES A. Transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 1.08 WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND SERVICES AGREEMENTS A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS or by the individual Specification Sections. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the General Conditions. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 3 City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B City Project No. E15209 11-25-2013 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1 year correction period specified in the General Conditions and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name, with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or services agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the General Conditions for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty bond and service agreement; h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds and services agreements within 10 days after equipment or components placed in service. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Part S - Standard Specifications SECTION 021020 SITE CLEARING AND STRIPPING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for clearing, grubbing and stripping of objectionable matter as required to complete the project, and shall include removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter from the project site. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Tree stumps and roots shall be grubbed to a minimum depth of 2 feet below natural ground or 2 feet below base of subgrade, whichever is lower. Areas that underlie compacted backfill shall be stripped of all vegetation, humus and other objectionable matter encountered within the top six (6) inches of the soil. All material removed from the site under this operation shall become the Contractor's responsibility. The material shall be disposed of either at a disposal site indicated on the drawings or at a disposal site obtained by the Contractor. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site clearing and stripping or clear right-of-way shall be measured by the acre. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary for removing, handling, and disposing of objectionable matter from the site as indicated above. 021020 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022020 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for excavation and backfill for utilities required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION (1) Unless otherwise specified on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, all pipe and conduit shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Trenches shall be sheathed and braced as necessary throughout the construction period. Sheathing and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor (refer to Section 022022 “Trench Safety for Excavations” of the City Standard Specifications). Trenches shall have a maximum width of one foot beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall not have more than 200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the plans and specifications. No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours. For all utility conduit and sewer pipe to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one foot above the top of the pipe or conduit, after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable material is encountered during the excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the drawings. If the unstable condition is a result of ground water, the Contractor, prior to additional excavation, shall control it. After stable conditions have been achieved, unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of 2 feet below the bottom of pipe for pipes 2 feet or more in height; and to a depth equal to the height of pipe, 6 inches minimum, for pipes less then 2 feet in height. Such excavation shall be carried at least one foot beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. All unstable soil so removed shall be replaced with suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Engineer, and each layer shall be wetted, if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable condition. For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing and bracing, any additional excavation and backfill required shall be done at the Contractor's expense. (2) Shaping of Trench Bottom. The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the class of bedding indicated on the plans and specifications. 022020 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 (3) Dewatering Trench. Pipe or conduit shall not be constructed or laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed from the trench sufficiently prior to the pipe or conduit planing operation to insure a relatively dry (no standing water), firm bed. The trench shall be maintained in such dewatered condition until the trench has been backfilled to a height at lease one foot above the top of pipe. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing, pumping, or by installation of well-points, as conditions warrant. Removal of well- points shall be at rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well-point). The Contractor shall prevent groundwater from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system. Groundwater from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, if applicable, and disposed of, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022021 "Control of Ground Water". (4) Excavation in Streets. Excavation in streets, together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface, shall be in accordance with drawing detail or as required by other applicable specifications. (5) Removing Abandoned Structures. When abandoned masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. When abandoned inlets or manholes are encountered and no plan provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new utility, such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. In each instance, the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. Where the trench cuts through utility lines which are known to be abandoned, these lines shall be cut flush with the sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. (6) Protection of Utilities. The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. Particular care shall be exercised to avoid the cutting or breakage of water and gas lines. Such lines, if broken, shall be restored promptly by the Contractor. When active wastewater lines are cut in the trenching operations, temporary flumes shall be provided across the trench while open, and the lines shall be restored when the backfilling has progressed to the original bedding line of the sewer so cut. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay. The Contractor shall not hold the City liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because of utility adjustments or conflicts. (7) Excess Excavated Material. All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed by the Contractor from the job site promptly following the completion of work involved. 022020 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 (8) Backfill A. Backfill Procedure Around Pipe (Initial Backfill) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes or conduits are properly laid. In addition to the specified pipe bedding material, the backfill around the pipe as applicable shall be granular material as shown on the standard details or as described in the applicable specification section, and shall be free of large hard lumps or other debris. If indicated on the plans, pipe shall be encased with cement-stabilized sand backfill as described below. The backfill shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench, in layers not to exceed ten (10) inches (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to a density comparable to the adjacent undisturbed soil or as otherwise specified on the plans, but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A thoroughly compacted material shall be in place between the external wall of the pipe and the undisturbed sides of the trench and to a level twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe. B. Backfill Over One Foot Above Pipe (Final Backfill) UNPAVED AREAS: The backfill for that portion of trench over one (1) foot above the pipe or conduit not located under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains and reinforced concrete storm water pipe) shall be imported select material or clean, excess material from the excavation meeting the following requirements: Free of hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris, No clay lumps greater than 2" diameter Moisture Content: +/-3% Backfill material shall be placed in layers not more than ten (10) inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density, unless otherwise indicated. Flooding of backfill is not allowed. Jetting of backfill may only be allowed in sandy soils and in soils otherwise approved by the Engineer. Regardless of backfill method, no lift shall exceed 10 inches and density shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A period of not less than twenty-four (24) hours shall elapse between the time of jetting and the placing of the top four (4) feet of backfill. If jetting is used, the top four (4) feet of backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 10 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). PAVED AREAS: At utility line crossings under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains, and reinforced concrete storm water pipe), and where otherwise indicated on the drawings, trenches shall be backfilled as shown below: From top of initial backfill (typically twelve (12) inches above top of the pipe) to three (3) feet below bottom of road base course, backfill shall be select material meeting the requirements of 022100 “Select Material”. 022020 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 Asphalt Roadways The upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course shall be backfilled to the bottom of the road base course with cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 2 sacks of Standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Concrete Roadways The Contractor may elect to backfill the upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course with cement stabilized sand as noted above, or in the case of storm water pipe or box installation the Contractor may backfill and compact select material to 98% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) following City Standard Specification Section 022100. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, excavation and backfill for utilities, including select material or cement-stabilized sand backfill, shall not be measured and paid for separately. It shall be considered subsidiary to the items for which the excavation and backfill is required. 022020 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 022100 SELECT MATERIAL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the use of Select Material to be used to treat designated sections of roadways, embankments, trenches, etc. Select material shall be non-expansive sandy clay (CL) or clayey sand (SC), in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Select Material shall meet the following requirements: Free of vegetation, hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris No clay lumps greater than 2” diameter Liquid Limit (L.L.): < 35 Plasticity Index (P.I.) Range: 8 to 20 Moisture Content: as specified in the drawings 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Select material shall be mixed uniformly and placed in layers as indicated, not to exceed 10 inches loose depth (or 12 inches maximum for sanitary sewer trench backfill per City Standard Details for Sanitary Sewers). Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. The finished surface of the select material shall conform to the grade and section shown on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, select material shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 022100 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022420 SILT FENCE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for providing and installing silt fencing required to control sedimentation and erosion during construction of the project. 2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Geotextile shall meet the requirements for temporary silt fence per AASHTO M288. B. Fence Reinforcement Materials: Silt fence reinforcement shall be one of the following systems. Type 1: Self-Supported Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8- 1/2 feet apart, and geotextile without net reinforcement. Fence posts shall be a minimum of 42 inches long, embedded at least one (1) foot into the ground, and constructed of either wood or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inches in cross section and essentially straight. Hardwood posts shall be a minimum of 1.5 x 1.5 inches in cross section. Fabric attachment may be by staples or locking plastic ties at least every 6 inches, or by sewn vertical pockets. Steel posts shall be T or L shaped with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. Attachment shall be by pockets or by plastic ties if the posts have suitable projections. Type 2: Net-Reinforced Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8-1/2 feet apart, and geotextile with an attached reinforcing net. Fence posts shall meet the requirements of Self-Supported Fence. Net reinforcement shall be galvanized welded wire mesh of at least 12.5-gauge wire with maximum opening size of 4 x 2 inches. The fabric shall be attached to the top of the net by crimping or cord at least every 2 feet, or as otherwise specified. Type 3: Triangular Filter Dike - This system consists of a rigid wire mesh, at least 6-gauge, formed into an equilateral triangle cross-sectional shape with sides measuring 18 inches, wrapped with geotextile silt fence fabric. The fabric shall be continuously wrapped around the dike, with a skirt extending at least 12 inches from its upslope corner. C. Packaging Requirements: Prior to installation, the fabric shall be protected from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture by either wrappers or inside storage. 022420 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 D. Certification and Identification: Each lot or shipment shall be accompanied by a certification of conformance to this specification. The shipment must be identified by a ticket or by labels securely affixed to the fabric rolls. This ticket or label must list the following information: a. Name of manufacturer or supplier b. Brand name and style c. Manufacturer's lot number or control number d. Roll size (length and width) e. Chemical composition 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, silt fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall be at the bid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, placing, maintaining and removing the silt fence. 022420 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025404 ASPHALTS, OILS AND EMULSIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for asphalt cement, cut-back and emulsified asphalts, performance-graded asphalt binders, and other miscellaneous asphaltic materials required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS When tested according to Texas Department of Transportation Test Methods, the various materials shall meet the applicable requirements of TxDOT Specification Item 300, “Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions” (Latest Edition). 3. STORAGE, HEATING AND APPLICATION TEMPERATURES Store and apply asphaltic materials in accordance with TxDOT Item 300 (Latest Edition) at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for any agitation requirements in storage and in application and storage temperatures. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, asphalts, oils and emulsions shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 025404 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026202 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for hydrostatic testing the completed pressure system. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, materials, labor, etc., as necessary, except as noted, and accomplish all testing under this specification. 2. MATERIALS Water for filling the line and making tests will be furnished by the Contractor through a standard meter connection. A meter and gauges for testing shall be supplied by the Contractor. A test pump with appropriate connector points as approved by the Water Superintendent for the installation of meter and gauge shall be furnished by the Contractor. The meter shall be directly connected to the main or pipe being tested by the use of copper tubing or an approved reinforced hose. The meter shall be protected against extreme pressures by the use of a one-inch (1") safety relief valve set at the test pressure plus ten pounds per square inch (psi) and furnished by the Contractor. 3. TEST PROCEDURE Tests shall be made only after completion of backfill as specified, and not until at least thirty-six (36) hours after the last concrete thrust block has been cast. Contractor shall coordinate hydrostatic testing with the proposed construction sequencing and phasing. Each section of pipeline shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied. During the filling of the pipe and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. During the test, all exposed pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and joints shall be carefully examined. If found to be leaking, they shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. If the leaking is due to cracked or defective material, the defective material shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. All pipes shall be subjected to two hydrostatic tests. The first hydrostatic test shall be a two-hour test at a pressure of 150 psi. The second test shall be no less than 48 hours after successful completion of the first hydrostatic test. The second hydrostatic test shall be for a 24-hour period at City operating pressure for waterlines or at 50 psi for wastewater force mains and effluent lines. 026202 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 The maximum allowable leakage shall be as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe, AWWA C600 L = S D (P)½ or L = N D (P)½ 133,200 7,400 Asbestos - Cement Pipe, AWWA C603 L = N D (P)½ 4,000 PVC Pipe - Uni-bell equation 99 L = N D (P)½ 7,400 WHERE: L = Maximum Allowable Leakage (gallons/hour) S = Length of Pipe Tested (feet) N = Number of Joints in Tested Line (pipe and fittings) D = Nominal Diameter of Pipe (inches) P = Average Test Pressure (psi) If the pressure system fails to meet the leakage requirements, the Contractor shall make the required repairs to the system and the system shall be retested. This procedure shall be repeated until the system complies with leakage requirements. The cost of each retest shall be $100. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hydrostatic testing of pressure systems will not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the installation of the pressure system component. 026202 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026210 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and Wastewater Force Mains) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all PVC pipe (AWWA C900 and C905) required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL PVC pipe shall be made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defined in ASTM D1784 with an established hydrostatic-design-basis of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F. 3. DIMENSIONS Pipe shall be manufactured to ductile iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. 4. JOINT Pipe shall have a gasket bell end with a thickened wall section integral with the pipe barrel. The use of solvent weld pipe shall not be allowed. 5. GASKETS Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F477 (High Head). 6. PIPE PRESSURE CLASS AND DIMENSION RATIO Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, pipe shall have a dimension ratio (DR) of 18 and in accordance with: Pipe Size Designation 4" to 12" AWWA C900 Over 12" AWWA C905 7. CAUSE FOR REJECTION Pipe shall be clearly marked in accordance with AWWA Requirements. Unmarked or scratched pipe shall be rejected. 026210 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 8. CERTIFICATION The contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification, to include gaskets. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, PVC pipe (AWWA C900 or C905) will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to, but not include, the fittings. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation, backfilling and testing of the PVC pipe, together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place, per linear foot. 026210 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 026214 GROUTING ABANDONED UTILITY LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for grouting abandoned utility lines in place. 2. MATERIALS A. Flowable Grout: Flowable grout (or flowable fill) shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand, water, and “Darafill” admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days), to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/ CY Portland Cement 300 lbs/ CY Fly Ash 2100 lbs/ CY Sand 250 lbs/ CY Water 6 oz/ CY "Darafill" admixture, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. B. Raw Soil: Soil shall be typical clayey soil of the area. It shall be from the project site or other approved source not suspected of being contaminated. The soil shall have a Plasticity Index over 15 and a Liquid Limit not to exceed 65. C. Lime: Lime shall be hydrated lime, calcium hydroxide, in accordance with AASHTO M 216. D. Water: Water shall be potable. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Flowable Grout: Mix Portland cement, sand, fly ash, “Darafill” and water in the amounts shown above to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing flowable grout. B. Soil-Lime Mix Design: The following is given as a typical mix design for soil-lime mixture for trial mix. The mix design is based on damp soil with an initial water content of about 15%. The proportions of soil and lime shall not be altered. The Contractor shall determine the amount of water to be added as required to produce a mix at its liquid limit. 026214 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 Trial Mix Design: Damp Soil 1000 lb. Lime 50 lb. Water (approximate) 48 gal. Consistency shall be checked with liquid limit apparatus. C. Placement: The Contractor shall grout abandoned lines as indicated on the drawings. Temporary pumping and venting ports shall be placed as required to provide complete filling of the abandoned line and proper placement of the grout. If segregation or "sand packing" is experienced during pumping, the Contractor shall reduce the water content of the mix or obtain other soil source (for soil-lime mixture), as required. Any damage resulting from pumping operation shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, grouting abandoned utility lines shall be measured by the linear foot of abandoned-in-place pipe. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals required to mix, transport, and place the grout and restore surface at pump ports. 026214 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 027203 VACUUM TESTING OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification governs all work and materials necessary to perform vacuum testing of new or existing wastewater manholes. Manholes may be tested after installation with all connections (existing and/or proposed) in place. Vacuum testing may be performed prior to or after backfilling by the installer. Final acceptance, in accordance with the requirements of this specification, will consist of vacuum testing of the completed and installed structure (manhole) in place to include manhole/adjustment rings and manhole casting. 2. MATERIALS Vacuum testing shall consist of a minimum of the following: (a) Engine. (b) Vacuum Pump. (c) Hose. (d) Test Head device capable of sealing opening in manhole casting as required. (e) Pneumatic Test Plugs - these plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than the diameter of the connecting pipe to be sealed. 3. PROCEDURE (a) The test head shall be placed at the top of the manhole in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. (b) A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole, the valve on the vacuum line of the test head closed, and the vacuum pump shut off. The time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches of mercury. (c) The manhole shall pass if the time for the vacuum reading to drop from 10 inches of mercury to 9 inches of mercury meets or exceeds the values indicated in Table 1. (d) If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made by an approved method. The manhole shall then be retested until a satisfactory test is obtained. 027203 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 - Minimum Test Times for Various Manhole Diameters (ASTM C1244) Depth Diameter (inches) (feet) 42 48 54 60 72 Time (seconds) 8 17 20 23 26 33 10 21 25 29 33 41 12 25 30 35 39 49 14 30 35 41 46 57 16 34 40 46 52 67 18 38 45 52 59 73 20 42 50 53 65 81 22 46 55 64 72 89 24 51 59 64 78 97 26 55 64 75 85 105 28 59 69 81 91 113 30 68 74 87 98 121 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION (a) Testing shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer or his designated representative. All manholes and structures shall be tested as finished and completed for final acceptance. (b) ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor and retested. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise indicated on the Bid Form, vacuum testing of wastewater manholes and structures will not be measured for pay. Such items shall be considered subsidiary to pay items applicable for Fiberglass Manholes, complete and in-place. 027203 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 027604 DISPOSAL OF WASTE FROM WASTEWATER CLEANING OPERATIONS 1. SCOPE: This specification governs all work required for disposal of waste from wastewater cleaning operations required to complete the project. 2. METHODS: Grit, rubble, dislodged bricks and other such inorganic waste that is removed during cleaning shall not be allowed to continue down stream of the operation. Organic solids that remain in suspension would be allowed to continue downstream through the wastewater system. A weir or other suitable trap shall be installed and maintained by the Contractor for the collection of such waste. This material shall be de-watered and delivered by the Contractor to a facility that is authorized to receive it. If this material is free of organic sludge and is sufficiently de-watered to pass the paint filter test, it would be acceptable for disposal at the Elliott Sanitary Landfill subject to prior approval of the facility and the associated disposal fees. The Contractor has the option of using the City’s de-watering facilities. The City has six drying beds, each with a 1-foot high containment wall each with an area of about 2,300 square feet. These drying beds are at the Greenwood Wastewater Treatment Plant, 1541 Saratoga. The Contractor would be required to haul and handle the material to, at and from the facility as well as the restoration of drying beds. Restoration of the drying beds includes the removal of all the de- watered material and the replacement of the existing sand bed with new sand. All work required within the treatment plant, including the replacement of sand shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth by the Plant Supervisor. The use of the drying beds would be subject to prior approval of the facility and the associated de-watering fees. If the City’s facilities are used for de-watering or disposal of waste, the Contractor shall be responsible for making contact with the appropriate Solid Waste or Wastewater Officials or both, making all arrangements for the use of City facilities, scheduling of delivery and pickup, etc. Materials and handling operations shall meet the requirements set forth by said Officials. Failure to meet these requirements shall be cause for rejection of the materials by either the landfill or the treatment plant operations. Proper disposal of this waste shall be responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with written documentation of the proper disposal of this waste. 3. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT: Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, this work shall be considered subsidiary to the project. 027604 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 028300 FENCE RELOCATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to accomplish the relocation of any fence that needs to be moved to complete this project. The necessity and the time schedule for relocation of any given fence shall be determined by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS Whenever possible, all or part of the existing fence materials shall be used in constructing the relocated fence. Any materials damaged or destroyed as a result of removal of the fence from its existing location shall be replaced with materials of equal or better quality at the expense of the contractor. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS It is the intent of this specification that fences be reconstructed to original condition (condition at time just prior to commencement of construction on this project). Unless otherwise specified, no fence shall be replaced until the area surrounding its new location has been worked to its finished grade. Any fence that is damaged while being removed shall be repaired prior to being reset or replaced with like kind. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, fence relocation shall be measured by the linear foot of relocated fence (not fence removed from original location). Payment shall constitute full compensation for removal, replacement, necessary repairs, and all other work related to the relocation of fences. 028300 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 032020 REINFORCING STEEL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity designated on the plans and in accordance with these specifications. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 615, Grades 60 or 75, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grade 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM Specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed) bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the plans, and shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace. Bars shall be rolled from billets reduced from ingots and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 306, Grade 65 minimum (references to ASTM Designation: A 29 is voided). Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 615, or ASTM Designation: A 615, Grade 60, except for deformations. Wire shall be cold-drawn from rods that have been hot-rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 185. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded. 032020 Page 1 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification are as follows: Bar Size Number Nominal Diameter, In. Nominal Area, Sq. In. Weight per Linear Foot, Pounds 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.6 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 Smooth round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars larger than No. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. When wire is ordered by gauge numbers, the following relation between gauge number and diameter, in inches, shall apply unless otherwise specified: Gauge Number Equivalent Diameter, Inches Gauge Number Equivalent Diameter, Inches 0 0.3065 8 0.1620 1 0.2830 9 0.1483 2 0.2625 10 0.1350 3 0.2437 11 0.1205 4 0.2253 12 0.1055 5 0.2070 13 0.0915 6 0.1920 14 0.0800 7 0.1770 032020 Page 2 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 3. BENDING The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend: Grade 60 #3, #4, #5 4d #6, #7, #8 5d All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above: Grade 60 Grade 75 #3 thru #8 6d -- #9, #10 8d -- #11 8d 8d #14, #18 10d -- 032020 Page 3 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 4. TOLERANCES Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be within 3 percent of specified or as follows: 5. STORING Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports, and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection, provided the minimum dimensions, cross- sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 6. SPLICES No splicing of bars, except when provided on the plans or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered a minimum of two splice lengths. 032020 Page 4 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Minimum Lap Requirements Lap Uncoated Coated Lap in inches > 40d 60d Where: d = bar diameter in inches Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the plans or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the drawings and industry standards. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than one foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a 20-diameter lap with the new bars. For box culvert extensions with more than one foot of fill, a minimum of 6 inches lap will be required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 7. PLACING Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-twelfth of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-quarter inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inch or as otherwise shown on the plans. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre-cast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on the project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. Precast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or 032020 Page 5 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the first paragraph of Article 7 of this specification. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforcing steel is considered subsidiary to the various items shown in the Bid Form and shall not be measured and paid for as a separate item. 032020 Page 6 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 037040 2/20/9 Page 1 of 2 SECTION 37040 EPOXY COMPOUNDS (S-44) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and apply Epoxy compounds. 2. MATERIALS (USE - TYPE) (1) Epoxy Bonding Compound for bonding new concrete to hardened concrete or other structural material: Epoxy Bonding Compound shall be a two component, 100% solids, moisture insensitive system. Epoxy shall be "FX-752 Bonding Agent" as manufactured by Fox Industries Inc. of Baltimore, Maryland or "Sikastix 370, Sikadur Hi-Mod" as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation of Lyndhurst, New Jersey or approved equal. (2) Epoxy Grout for Epoxy patch on non-horizontal surfaces to concrete: Epoxy Compound shall be a low-modulus, high viscosity, moisture insensitive system. Epoxy shall be "Sikastix 360, Skadur Lo-Mod Gel" as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation, or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (1) Bond new concrete to existing concrete: a. Surface Preparation: The existing concrete or structural surface to which the new concrete is to be bonded shall be cleaned. The existing surface shall be made free from dust, laitance, grease, curing compounds, waxes and all foreign material. Cleaning shall be done by sandblasting, mechanical abrasion, or (by washing only if authorized by the Engineer). During application of bonding compound, surface may be dry, moist, or wet, but surface shall be free of standing water. b. Proportioning and Mixing: The epoxy shall be proportioned and mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The epoxy shall be used in a neat condition (without aggregate filler). c. Application of Epoxy: The epoxy bonding compound shall be applied to the prepared surface with the minimum allowable coverages as follows: Concrete (float finished, cleaned by washing) 75 SF/gal Concrete (rough finish, cleaned by sandblast or mechanical abrasion) 50 SF/gal Other surfaces as specified on the drawings d. Concrete Overlay: The concrete overlay shall be in accordance with the drawings or 030020 of standard specifications. The concrete overlay shall be applied over the epoxy within a period of time which SHALL NOT EXCEED 60% of the tack free time of the epoxy. It is important for the Contractor to note that these times vary with the temperature and pot time. The following allowable times (60% of tack free time, where the tack free time is the period of time from initial mixing of the two components until the thin film of epoxy hardens) are provided below. The allowable times must be 037040 2/20/9 Page 2 of 2 determined from the tack free times which are provided by the manufacturer. The following allowable times are averages and provided only as an aid to the Contractor: Temperature Allowable Elapse Time from Mixing Epoxy Until Placing Concrete Overlay 90oF 40 min. 80oF 12 hrs. 70oF 22 hrs. 60oF 32 hrs. If the allowable period of time is allowed to elapse before concrete overlay can be placed, another layer of epoxy shall be applied prior to placement of the concrete. (2) Epoxy Grout for patch to non-horizontal surfaces to concrete: a. Surface Preparation: The surface shall be prepared as described in (1) Bond new concrete to existing concrete Part a. b. Proportioning and Mixing: The epoxy shall be proportioned and mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturer instruction. The epoxy may be mixed with dry masonry sand. Sand shall conform to A.S.T.M. C-144 with 100% passing a No. 8 sieve and not more than 15% to 35% passing a No. 50 mesh sieve. The amount of sand filler shall not exceed 3/4 to 1 (loose sand to epoxy by volume). c. Application: Epoxy shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions. Area adjacent to work shall be cleaned free of epoxy spills as to provide a neat appearance before work will be accepted. 4. GENERAL PRECAUTION The Contractor is advised to become familiar with type of epoxy, method of application, and its basic limitations prior to using the epoxy. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Epoxy Compounds shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. SECTION 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for construction of all types of structures involving the use of structural concrete, except where the requirements are waived or revised by other governing specifications. All concrete structures shall be constructed in accordance with the design requirements and details shown on the plans; in conformity with the pertinent provisions of the items contracted for; the incidental specifications referred to; and in conformity with the requirements herein. 2. MATERIALS (1) Concrete. All concrete shall conform to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". The class of concrete for each type of structure or unit shall be as specified on the plans or by pertinent governing specifications. (2) Expansion Joint Material. (a) Preformed Fiber Material. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the plans. The material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the plans: 1. Preformed Bituminous Fiber Materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)". 2. Preformed Non-Bituminous Fiber Material shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)", except that the requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. 3. Redwood. (b) Joint Sealing Materials. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. 038000 Page 1 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 1. Class 1-a. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Extruded Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self-leveling. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 24 hours. For performance requirements see under 2.(2)(b)2. below. 2. Class 1-b. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Pourable, Self-Leveling Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: Class 1-a and Class 1-b joint materials, when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-525-C, shall meet the above curing times and the following requirements: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 degrees F. Penetration, 77º F.: 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max., cm.................. 0.90 Bond and Extension 75%, Oº F, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Wet Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Steel Blocks...(Primed if specified by manuf.). Pass Flow at 200º F................................. None Water Content % by weight, max................. 5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured)................. 50 Oven aged at 158º F min. % .................... 50 For Class 1-a Material Only: Cold Flow (10 min.)............................ None (c) Asphalt Board. Asphalt Board shall consist of two liners of 0.016-inch asphalt impregnated paper, filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. Boards shall be smooth, flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-524-C, the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch in three and one-half inches (1" in 3½"). (d) Rebonded Neoprene Filler. Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed- cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness, of the dimensions shown on plans. Filler material shall have the following physical properties and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1752 “Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction”, Type 1, where applicable: 038000 Page 2 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 PROPERTY METHOD REQUIREMENT Color ASTM D1752, Type 1 Black Density ASTM D1752, Type 1 40 lb./ft3 Min. Recovery ASTM D1752, Type 1 90% Min. Compression ASTM D1752, Type 1 50 to 500 psi Extrusion ASTM D1752, Type 1 0.25 inch Max. Tensile Strength ASTM D1752, Type 1 20 psi Min. Elongation 75% Min. The manufacturers shall furnish the Engineer with certified test results as to compliance with the above requirements and a 12 inch x 12 inch x 1 inch sample from the shipment for approval. (3) Curing Materials. (a) Membrane curing materials shall comply with ASTM Designation: C 309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete", Type 1 clear or translucent, or Type 2 white-pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash-point of 80 degrees F when tested by the "Pensky-Martin Closed Cup Method". It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 degrees F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous, uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage specified herein, be dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours, and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-219-F. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the 038000 Page 3 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 following: 24 hours after application............2 percent 72 hours after application............4 percent Type 1 (Resin Base Only) curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. (b) Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 1 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the plans. All open joints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. The joint shall be blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. Where preformed fiber joint material is used, it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out. The top one inch (1”) of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 4. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. The term “monolithic placement” shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Engineer, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the plans. The 038000 Page 4 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 material will be specified on the plans without referenced to joint type. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material, and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 5. FORMS (1) General. Except where otherwise specified, forms may be of either timber or metal. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Engineer. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified. Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. For job fabricated forms, an additional live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used by the Texas Department of Transportation for the design of structures. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment, shear or end reaction. The maximum working load shall include a live load of 35 pounds per square foot of horizontal form surface, and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. Forms shall be practically mortar-tight, rigidly braced and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports, and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Forms shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent warping and shrinkage. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16”). Deflections due to cast-in-place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram shall be taken into account in the setting of slab forms. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 038000 Page 5 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (2) Timber Forms. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one side and two edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch in thickness, with no form lining required. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists. Plywood used for forming surfaces that remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior, of the U. S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards and Technology, latest edition. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. Any lumber which is split, warped, bulged, marred, or has defects that will produce inferior work, shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. Studs and joists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Wales shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. A row of wales shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise provided, forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring three-quarter inch (3/4”) on the sides. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork. All moldings, panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 038000 Page 6 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the concrete surface. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the face of the concrete. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. Adequate clean-out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. Prior to placing concrete, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. (3) Metal Forms. The foregoing requirements for timber forms regarding design, mortar-tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, reuse and wetting shall also apply to metal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 6. PLACING REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be placed carefully and accurately and rigidly supported as provided in the City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Reinforcing steel supports shall not be welded to I-beams or girders. 7. PLACING CONCRETE-GENERAL The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50 degrees F. 038000 Page 7 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum amount. Fog spray for this purpose may be applied with hand operated fogging equipment. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time Non-Agitated Concrete: Above 80 degrees F 15 minutes Up to 80 degrees F 30 minutes Agitated Concrete: Above 90 degrees F 45 minutes 75 degrees F to 90 degrees F 60 minutes 35 degrees F to 74 degrees F 90 minutes The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the above temperature-time maximums by 30 minutes for direct traffic culverts, and one hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed 30 minutes for non-agitated concrete. Before starting work, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. Concrete shall not be placed in any unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done during daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finished work. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature, the provisions set forth in Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. The placing of concrete shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 038000 Page 8 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than 5 feet, except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Engineer. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps or other acceptable methods. When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. Chutes, troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clear of the concrete. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36 inches in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold joint. Not more than one hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. Unauthorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one continuous operation. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold joints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. Openings in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. At least one stand-by vibrator shall be 038000 Page 9 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 provided for emergency use in addition to those required for placement. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically, at points 18 to 30 inches apart, and slowly withdrawn. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation, and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced, but not long enough to cause segregation. Vibration may be supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary, to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four (4) full curing days. If carts are used, timber planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. After concrete has attained its initial set, at least one (1) curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs generally shall be avoided and, when permitted, shall be limited to quantities and distribution that will not induce excessive stresses. 8. PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (1) Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete may be placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 35 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32 degrees F. Aggregates shall be free from ice, frost and frozen lumps. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature, the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: The water temperature shall not exceed 180 degrees F, and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F before introduction of the cement. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: (a) The temperature of slab concrete of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40 degrees F for an additional 72 hours. 038000 Page 10 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (b) The temperature at the surface of all concrete in piers, culverts walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, bottoms of slabs, and other similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. (c) The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32 degrees F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. Curing as specified under Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. When impending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before permission is granted to begin placement. Sufficient extra test specimens will be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed, prior to form removal and acceptance. (2) Precast Concrete. A fabricating plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the concrete when placed in the forms, and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities, may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: (a) The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one hour after the concrete is placed. This shall not be construed to be one hour after the last concrete is placed, but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one hour. (b) Steam heat shall keep the air surrounding the concrete between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F for a minimum of three hours prior to beginning the temperature rise which is required for steam curing. (c) For fabricating plants without the above facilities and for job site precast products, the requirements of the Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall apply. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer for placing concrete during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 038000 Page 11 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 9. PLACING CONCRETE IN WATER Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the plans or with written permission by the Engineer. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie, closed bottom-dump bucket, or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. The concrete surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. The tremie shall consist of a water-tight tube 14 inches or less in diameter. It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Bottom-dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel; the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. 10. PLACING CONCRETE IN BOX CULVERTS In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 feet in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1) nor more than two (2) hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finished as specified for roadway slabs in Article "Finish of Roadway Slabs". Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonably smooth float finish. 11. PLACING CONCRETE IN FOUNDATIONS AND SUBSTRUCTURE Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. Placing of concrete footings upon seal concrete courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete course cleaned. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 038000 Page 12 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing; in which case, measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions shown on the plans. 12. TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS All unformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. After the concrete has been struck off, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. Sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish, or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the Engineer. Other surfaces shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine- grained texture. 13. FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working, the surface shall be approximately leveled, struck off and screeded, carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of all low spots. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. The screeds shall be provided with a metal edge. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw-like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. The surface of the concrete shall be screeded a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. If necessary, the screeded surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled 10-foot straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be removed and all depressions over one-sixteenth inch (1/16”) in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. Surface Texturing. Perform surface texturing using a either carpet drag or metal tining as indicated on the drawings. Complete final texturing before the concrete has attained its initial set. Draw the carpet drag 038000 Page 13 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 longitudinally along the pavement surface with the carpet contact surface area adjusted to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A metal-tine texture finish is required using a tining machine unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the metal-tine finish immediately after the concrete surface has set enough for consistent tining. Operate the metal-tine device to obtain grooves spaced at 1 in., approximately 3/16 in. deep, with a minimum depth of 1/8 in., and approximately 1/12 in. wide. Do not overlap a previously tined area. Use manual methods for achieving similar results on ramps and other irregular sections of pavements. Repair damage to the edge of the slab and joints immediately after texturing. Do not tine pavement that will be overlaid. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen, the surface shall be given a broom or burlap drag finish. The grooves of these finishes shall be parallel to the structure centerline. It is the intent that the average texture depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than 0.035 inch with a minimum texture depth of 0.030 inch for any one test when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. After the concrete has attained its final set, the roadway surface shall be tested with a standard 10- foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be placed parallel to the centerline of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch (1/8”), making proper allowances for camber, vertical curvature and surface texture. Occasional variations, not exceeding three-sixteenth of an inch (3/16”) will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Engineer it will not affect the riding qualities. When directed by the Engineer, irregularities exceeding the above requirements shall be corrected. In all roadway slab finishing operations, camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 14. CURING CONCRETE The Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts; and shall have the proposed methods, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. Inadequate curing and/or facilities, therefore, shall be cause for the Engineer to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken. All concrete shall be cured for a period of four (4) curing days except as noted herein. 038000 Page 14 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 EXCEPTIONS TO 4-DAY CURING Description Required Curing Upper Surfaces of Bridge Slabs and 8 curing days (Type I or III) cement Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts 10 curing days (Type II cement) Concrete Piling (non-prestressed) 6 curing days When the air temperature is expected to drop below 35 degrees F, the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete above 40 degrees F for the entire 24 hours). The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table 1 and the following requirements for each method of curing. (1) Form Curing. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. (2) Water Curing. All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. The water used for curing shall meet the requirements for concrete mixing water as specified in the specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Seawater will not be permitted. Water which stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. (a) Wet Mat. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. (See Article, "Placing Concrete" of this specification.) Damp burlap blankets made from nine-ounce stock may be placed on the damp concrete surface for temporary protection prior to the application of the cotton mats which may be placed dry and wetted down after placement. The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats and anchored positively to the forms or to the ground so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. (b) Water Spray. This curing method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. (c) Ponding. This curing method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two inches (2”) of clean granular material, kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one-inch 038000 Page 15 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (1”) depth of water. Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a dam to retain the water or saturated granular material. (3) Membrane Curing. This consists of curing concrete pavement, concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement-stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the plans by impervious membrane method. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the plans, either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1-D (Resin Base Only) will be required for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. TABLE 1 REQUIRED PERMITTED STRUCTURE UNIT DESCRIPTION WATER FOR CURING MEMBRANE FOR INTERIM CURING WATER FOR CURING MEMBRANE FOR INTERIM CURING 1 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts X X 2 Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.). Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) X 3 Concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. X* X* 4 All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, manholes, retaining walls X* X* *Polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene mats or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to water or membrane curing for items 3 and 4. 038000 Page 16 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 Membrane curing shall not be applied to dry surfaces, but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. Unless otherwise noted herein or on the plans, the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of curing compound will be permitted on any one structure. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed, and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand-powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface. If the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on the newly-coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental 038000 Page 17 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 to the work, the Contractor, when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. 15. REMOVAL OF FORMS Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one day (24 hours) when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half day (12 hours) when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. 16. FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES Concrete shall be finished as required in the specification Section for the respective item or as otherwise specified on the plans. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: After form removal, all porous or honey-combed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. Feather edges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. If judged repairable by the Engineer, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Engineer. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch (1/2") and the surface repaired. All fins, runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces which remain exposed. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashing of asphalt, paint or other similar material shall be removed. Repairs shall be dense, well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces which remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. 038000 Page 18 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 17. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, no direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done or the equipment to be furnished under this specification, but it shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract documents. 038000 Page 19 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 055420 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS AND COVERS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the furnishing and installation of frames, grates, rings and covers for inlets, manholes and other structures in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”. 2. MATERIALS Welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the member size, dimensions and details shown on the plans and shall be welded into an assembly in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36. Castings, whether Carbon-Steel, Gray Cast Iron or Ductile Iron, shall conform to the shape and dimensions shown on the plans and shall be clean substantial castings, free from burnt-on sand or blow holes, and shall be reasonable smooth. Runners, risers, fins, and other cast-on pieces shall be removed from the castings and such areas ground smooth. Bearing surfaces between manhole rings and covers or grates and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter contact area. Pairs of machined castings shall be matchmarked to facilitate subsequent identification at installation. Steel castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A27 "Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application". Grade 70-36 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Cast Iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A48 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings", Class 30. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A536 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings". Grade 60-40-18 shall be used otherwise specified. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be constructed of the materials as specified and in accordance with the details shown on the plans, and shall be placed carefully to the lines and grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All welding shall conform to the requirements of the latest American Welding Society Specifications. Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be given one coat of a commercial grade red lead and oil paint and two coats of commercial grade aluminum paint. 055420 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 Painting on gray iron castings will not be required, except when used in conjunction with structural steel shapes. Commercial grade galvanized bolts and nuts shall be used. The zinc coating shall be uniform in thickness, smooth and continuous. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, frames, grates, rings and covers will not be measured for payment, but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 055420 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 Part T - Technical Specifications T-000500 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 1 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B MOBILIZATION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-000500 MOBILIZATION / DEMOBILIZATION 1. Description Move personnel, equipment, and supplies to and from the project or the vicinity of the project site to begin work or complete Delivery Orders, including all “As-Built” drawings as required for record purposes. It is the intent that the Contractor shall provide “As-Built” drawings, as per Specification Section 01 33 03 (Record Data), within 7 days of completion of EACH Delivery Order site. Failure to provide drawings as required may result in the Contractor’s progress payment being withheld, until compliance. 2. Measurement This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 3. Payment Partial payments of the lump sum bid for “Mobilization / Bonds / Insurance” will be as follows: A. Payment ‘Z’ will be made as part of Delivery Order No. 1, upon presentation of a paid invoice for the payment bond, performance bond, and required insurance. The combined payment for bonds and insurance will be no more than 10% of the mobilization lump sum or 1% of the total Contract amount, whichever is less. B. The “Mobilization / Bonds / Insurance” bid item shall be paid for up to thirty (30) Delivery Order mobilizations involving actual utility improvement work and excludes stand alone delivery orders for “Clean & CCTV Wastewater Lines” work. C. Max mobilization fee shall not exceed 10% of the 1 Year Base Contract amount of $1,875,000. D. The mobilization bid item will be paid for per year as follows, for each delivery order: 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑃𝑃𝑀𝑀𝑃𝑃𝑀𝑀𝑃𝑃𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀=(X −Z)Y1,875,000 −X WHERE: X = Mobilization / Bonds / Insurance Bid Item Total Y = Cost of Each Delivery Order site excluding Mobilization Payment Z = Payment made for Bonds and Insurance T-020800 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 5 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WELL POINTING, DEWATERING AND DISPOSAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-020800 WELL POINTING, DEWATERING AND DISPOSAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Description This item shall govern all operations necessary for the temporary dewatering of trenches, holes, and other open-cut excavations for the installation of utility lines and appurtenances. Work, in general shall include: A. Designing, furnishing, installing, testing, operating, monitoring and maintaining a system to control ground water and surface water as required to comply with the project specifications. B. Controlling, removing, and disposing of seepage and surface water from the excavation, including excavation slope erosion control. C. Prevention of surface water from entering the trench and diverting the surface water away from the site. D. Removal of the temporary dewatering system after completion of the specified portion of work. Due to the nature of this ID/IQ project with a city-wide project area and unknown locations of each future delivery order, no geotechnical or soils investigations have been performed for this project. As a result, no specific groundwater levels have been determined and it is unknown if and how those groundwater levels will impact any of the required excavations. 1.2 Environmental Requirements A. Comply with the requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with the State of Texas Commission on Environmental Quality’s (TCEQ’s) regulations. C. When necessary, obtain permit from Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), under the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. T-020800 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 5 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WELL POINTING, DEWATERING AND DISPOSAL D. Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of storm drains and natural water sources. 1.3 Contractor’s Responsibility A. It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to identify groundwater conditions and to provide for the lowering, handling, and control of groundwater as necessary to develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations and to monitor the effectiveness of its installed system including effects on adjacent utilities or facilities. B. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to operate, maintain, and modify the system(s) as required to conform to these plans, specifications and contract documents. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the failure of all components of the dewatering system(s) and for all damages to the work, adjacent property, equipment, personnel, and the public in the project area caused by its failure to design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor, and maintain the system. The Contractor shall restore all damaged items to a condition as good as or better than existed prior to the occurrence or failure and at no additional cost to the City. D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor(s) to adhere to all applicable OSHA rules and regulations while performing dewatering efforts on any and all City- related projects or jobs (to include, but not necessarily limited to “Confined Space Entry”. 2. REFERENCES 2.1 Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 2.2 Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol. 55, No. 222) Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES), Para. 122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge. 3. PRODUCTS 3.1 Equipment and Materials A. Equipment and materials are at the option of the Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for well pointing, dewatering and disposal work. Proposed equipment and materials may include pumps, eductors, well points and piping, and other desired material. See paragraph 4.1, Pre-Installation Submittal Requirements. T-020800 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 5 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WELL POINTING, DEWATERING AND DISPOSAL B. All equipment must be maintained in good repair and operating order. C. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be provided and maintained to ensure continuous and uninterrupted operation of the dewatering system. 4. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Pre-Installation A. Prior to commencement of work, submit complete drawings and layouts showing the proposed dewatering plans and water analysis indicating any impacts to the environment if discharged to surface waters. Sufficiently detail the submittal (general arrangements, procedures to be used, disposal requirements, etc.) to allow the Engineer to evaluate the proposed dewatering system(s). At a minimum, the submittal shall include: • 24-hour Contact information for responsible Contractor personnel • Equipment and instrumentation sizes, flow rates, operating hours, arrangement and depths for the dewatering system(s) • Discharge location and details • Well point system layout • Disposal considerations • Any required permits 4.2. During Operations A. Submit the following records on a weekly basis: • Records of flow rates and water level elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering 5. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Execution A. The Contractor shall conduct site investigations to identify construction impacts of groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of dewatering systems. B. The Contractor shall design, furnish, install, operate, monitor and maintain a dewatering system that is compatible with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1926 to produce the following results: • Effectively reduce the groundwater level to facilitate construction • Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations T-020800 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 5 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WELL POINTING, DEWATERING AND DISPOSAL • Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, environment and other work • Prevent the loss and discharge of fine sediments and the development of seepage, boils, quick conditions, or softening of the foundation strata • Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. The Contractor shall continue to daily operate, monitor, and maintain the dewatering system in all required areas, until the work is completed (including nights, weekends and holidays) and then remove all components of the system when the dewatering is no longer required. D. Storm water must be prevented from the excavation site. Install berms or other devices to prevent stormwater intrusion. E. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged onto private property. It is the intent that Contractor discharge groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream. F. The Contractor shall ensure that all water seeping, falling, or running into the excavation as it is dug, and until the dewatering system is removed, is promptly pumped out. G. The Contractor shall obtain all permits prior to construction that are necessary for the dewatering operations and file copies of all such permits with the Engineer and City. H. The Contractor shall protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, wash out and other hazards created by the dewatering system. In the case of damage, Contractor shall restore any and all facilities to a condition as good as or better than existed prior to the performance of the work on the Project at no additional cost to the City. 5.2 Construction Testing A. After construction has started and any required permits have been submitted and approved, continued testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by City, at the City’s cost, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the City, at the City’s expense, a minimum of once a week. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City, on all testing. Test will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. T-020800 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 5 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WELL POINTING, DEWATERING AND DISPOSAL 5.3 Disposal A. The Contractor shall dispose of all seepage and surface water removed from the Project—regardless of the source, in a manner approved by the Engineer. B. In some instances, the Contractor shall have the option of disposing of groundwater by pumping to the nearest Wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater system or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Engineer on a case by case basis. Prior to pumping groundwater from the trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact the Wastewater Pretreatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a “no cost” permit from the Wastewater Department. The Contractor must provide any water quality testing or water analysis required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. 6. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT “Well Pointing” shall be paid for ONLY if required to achieve a dry excavation and stable subgrade for utility installation. All costs, including labor, equipment, materials, permitting, supervision, etc., associated with well pointing work shall be included in the amount bid for the item “Well Pointing”, as identified in the Proposal Form for various depths. All dewatering methods other than “well pointing” is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items where dewatering is need to keep the excavation dry. “Well Pointing” shall be measured and paid by the linear foot of trench being dewatered, along the centerline of the trench for the depths specified in the proposal. THE MINIMUM FOOTAGE TO BE AWARDED FOR ANY PARTICULAR DELVERY ORDER WILL BE 10 FEET. T-021040 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 1 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SITE GRADING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-021040 SITE GRADING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for backfill and grading of the site to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to site grading, the site shall be cleared in accordance with Standard Specification Section 021020 (Site Clearing and Stripping). Unless specified otherwise on drawings, the existing surface shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than six (6) inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with fill required to bring the site to the required grades and elevations indicated on the plans. Fill shall be uniform as to material, density, and moisture content. Fill shall be free of large clods, large rocks, organic matter, and other objectionable material. No fill that is placed by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated into a layer in that position; all such piles and windrows shall be moved by blading or similar method. All fill shall be placed in layers approximately parallel to the finish grade and in layers not to exceed six (6) inches of uncompacted depth, unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The fill shall be compacted to a density which approximates that of natural ground unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction. All irregularities, depressions, and soft spots which develop shall be corrected by the Contractor. Excess material from excavation, which is not incorporated into the site as fill, shall become property of the Contractor and disposed of away from the job site, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Site Grading shall not be measured for payment but shall be considered subsidiary to the project. This item shall include, but not be limited to, supplying, placing, and compacting of fill material; and removing and disposing of excess material. T-021080 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 3 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REMOVING OLD STRUCTURES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-021080 REMOVING ABANDONED STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall provide for the demolition, removal and disposal of abandoned structures or portions of abandoned structures, as noted on the drawings, and shall include all excavation and backfilling necessary to complete the removal. The work shall be done in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. 2. METHOD OF REMOVAL Culverts or Sewers. Pipe shall be removed by careful excavation of all dirt on top and the sides in such manner that the pipe will not be damaged. Removal of sewer appurtenances shall be included for removal with the pipe. Those pipes, which are deemed unsatisfactory for reuse by the Engineer, may be removed in any manner the Contractor may select. Concrete Structures. Unwanted concrete structures or concrete portions of structures shall be removed to the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure outside of the limits designated for removal which is damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to its original condition at the Contractor's entire expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer, in writing. Portions of the abandoned structure shall be removed to the lines and dimensions shown on the plans, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure, outside of the limits designated for removal, damaged during the operations of the Contractor, shall be restored to its original condition entirely at the Contractor’s expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer, in writing. Concrete portions of structures below the permanent ground line, which will not interfere in any manner with the proposed construction, may be left in place, but removal shall be carried at least five (5) feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Reinforcement shall be cut off close to the concrete. Steel Structures. Steel structures or steel portions of structures shall be dismantled in sections as determined by the Engineer. The sections shall be stored, if the members are to be salvaged and reused. Rivets and bolts connecting steel railing members, steel beams of beam spans and steel stringers of truss spans shall be removed by butting the heads with a "cold cut" and punching or drilling from the hole, or by such other method as will not injure the members for re-use and will meet the approval of the Engineer. The removal of rivets and bolts from connections of truss members, bracing members, and other similar members in the structure will not be required unless T-021080 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 3 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REMOVING OLD STRUCTURES specifically called for on the plans or special provisions and the Contractor shall have the option of dismantling these members by flame-cutting the members immediately adjacent to the connections. Flame Cutting will not be permitted, however, when plans or special provisions call for the structure unit to be salvaged in such manner as to permit re-erection. In such case, all members shall be carefully matchmarked with paint in accordance with diagram furnished by the Engineer prior to dismantling and all rivets and bolts shall be removed from the connections in the manner specified in the first portion of this paragraph. Timber Structures Timber structures or timber portions of structures to be reused shall be removed in such manner as to damage the timber for further use as little as possible. All bolts and nails shall be removed from such lumber as deemed salvable by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, timber piles shall be either pulled or cut off at the point not less than five (5) feet below ground line, with the choice between these two methods resting with the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. Brick or Stone Structures. Unwanted brick or stone structures or stone portions of structures shall be removed. Portions of such structures below the permanent ground line, which will not in any manner interfere with the proposed construction, may be left in place, but removal shall be carried at least five (5) feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Salvage. All material such as pipe, timbers, railings, etc., which the Engineer deems as salvable for reuse, and all salvaged structural steel, shall be delivered to a designated storage area. Materials, other than structural steel, which are not deemed salvable by the Engineer, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed to suitable disposal sites off of the right-of-way arranged for by the Contractor, or otherwise disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Where temporary structures are necessary for a detour adjacent to the present structure, the Contractor will be permitted to use the material in the old structure for the detour structure, but he shall dismantle and stack or dispose of the material as required above as soon as the new structure is opened for traffic. Backfill. All excavations made in connection with this specification and all openings below the natural ground line caused by the removal of abandoned structures or portions thereof shall be backfilled to the level of the original ground line, unless otherwise provided on the drawings. Backfill in accordance with applicable requirements of Sections 022020 “Excavation and Backfill for Utilities” and 022080 “Embankment”. All open ends of abandoned pipe or other structures shall be filled or plugged as specified. That portion of the backfill which will support any portion of the roadbed, embankment, levee, or other structural feature shall be placed in layers of the same depth as those required for placing embankment, maximum 10” loose lifts unless otherwise specified. Material in each layer shall be wetted uniformly, if required, and shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor T-021080 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 3 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REMOVING OLD STRUCTURES density, unless otherwise specified. In places inaccessible to blading and rolling equipment, mechanical or hand tamps or rammers shall be used to obtain the required compaction. That portion of the backfill which will not support any portion of the roadbed, embankment, or other structural feature shall be placed as directed by the Engineer in such manner and to such state of compaction as will preclude objectionable amount of settlement, maximum 10” loose lifts to minimum 95% Standard Proctor density unless otherwise specified. 3. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Removal of Existing Manholes shall be measured and paid for by each. Removal of Existing Wastewater Lines, Sidewalks, Driveways, Curb & Gutter, Fence, and Pavement shall be considered subsidiary to the replacement cost. All other items shall not be measured or paid for separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the project. T-022030 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 1 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TRENCH SAFETY SECTION T-022030 TRENCH SAFETY 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for providing for worker safety in excavations and trenching operations required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - Excavations. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the City or Engineer or Consultant, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineer and Consultant from all damages and costs that may result from failure of methods or equipment used by the Contractor to provide for worker safety. Trenches, as used herein, shall apply to any excavation into which structures, utilities, or sewers are placed regardless of depth. Trench Safety Plan, as used herein, shall apply to all methods and materials used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project. 3. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Measurement for Excavation Safety for Manholes and Point Repairs shall be per each excavation at the depths specified in the proposal. Excavations include, but are not limited to, those for manholes, point repairs, vaults, pits and other such structures that are required to perform utility work. Payment shall be at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all work, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. END OF SECTION T-025205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PAVEMENT REPAIR, CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK & DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025205 PAVEMENT REPAIR, CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK & DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the removal and replacing of all types of pavement and surfacing required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on the plans, materials and proportions used along with this specification shall conform to the respective following specifications: T-025220 "Flexible Base Limestone"; T-025424 "Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement"; T-025610 "Concrete Curb and Gutter"; and T-025612 "Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways", Class “A” concrete per T-030020 "Portland Cement Concrete"; 032020 "Reinforcing Steel"; 038000 “Concrete Structures”. 3. METHOD OF CUTTING The outline of the repair shall be marked upon the surface of the pavement to be cut, and all cuts into the pavement shall be saw cut as nearly vertical as it is possible to make them. All unwanted materials removed shall be disposed of by the contractor and shall not be used as backfill material. Mechanical saw with hardened blade shall be used to make neat, square, and vertical cuts. 4. BACKFILL OF TRENCH Excavation and backfilling of trench shall be in accordance with Specification 022020 “Excavation & Backfill Utilities and Sewers.” 5. REPLACING STREET AND OTHER PAVEMENT All pavements, driveways, sidewalks, and curbs and gutters which are saw cut shall be replaced in a workmanlike manner, with like or better or per pavement repair details in drawings. 6. REPLACING DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT On all concrete driveway pavements, the replacement shall consist of a reinforced Class “A” concrete slab with a minimum thickness of six (6) inches. The type of finish for the replaced section shall be the same as that appearing on the old pavement. Reinforcement shall be #4 bars at 12" each way with additional diagonal bars as indicated on the drawings. Any other type shall T-025205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PAVEMENT REPAIR, CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK & DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT be replaced with like or better replacement. Replacement shall, in general, be to original joint or score mark. 7. REPLACING SIDEWALKS On all sidewalk pavements, the replacement shall consist of a reinforced Class "A" concrete slab four (4) inches thick. The type of finish for the replaced section shall be the same as that appearing on the old sidewalk. Replacement shall, in general, be to original joint or score marks. Reinforcement shall be 4" x 4" - W2.9 x W2.9 welded wire fabric located at mid-depth in the slab. 8. REPLACING CURB AND GUTTER On all curb and gutter, the replacement shall consist of a section conforming in all details to the original section or to City of Corpus Christi Standard curb and gutter section, if required by the Engineer. Cuts through the curb shall be replaced with Class "A" concrete. Preserve the original steel reinforcing and reinforce all new curbs with 3 - #4 bars. Adjust grades for positive drainage. Replacement shall, in general, be to original joint or score mark. For jointed concrete roadways, the joints in curb or in curb and gutter should match the concrete roadway joints. 9. REPAIRING STREET SHOULDERS AND UNIMPROVED STREETS On streets or roads without curb and gutter, where a shoulder is disturbed it shall be restored to like or better condition. The shoulder surface shall be rolled to an acceptably stable condition. 10. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the proposal, Pavement Repair shall be measured by the square yard, curb and gutter replacement shall be measured by the linear foot, sidewalk and driveway replacement shall each be measured by the square foot. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for the completed work and will include all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals, required to complete the work. T-025215 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 6 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025215 CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required to furnish and place all cement stabilized limestone base for this project. 2. MATERIALS 1. Raw Limestone Base: Sample for testing shall be taken prior to mixing with cement. Furnished aggregate material shall be from single source throughout the work. Material shall be well graded and meet the requirements of TxDOT 247, Type A, Grade 1 when tested in accordance with Tex-110-E: The material passing the No. 40 sieve, soil binder, shall meet the following requirements: a. Liquid limit shall not exceed 45 when tested in accordance with AASHTO T89. b. Plasticity index shall not exceed 20 when tested in accordance with AASHTO T90. c. Linear shrinkage shall not exceed 10 when tested in accordance with THD TEX-107-E. (Note: The linear shrinkage shall be calculated from the volumetric shrinkage at the liquid limit.) Coarse aggregate shall have an abrasion loss of not more than 55% when subjected to the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, AASHTO T96. 2. Water: Water shall be free of substances deteriorative to curing of the treated base and shall be approved by the City Engineer. T-025215 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 6 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE 3. Cement: Cement shall be Type 1 Portland Cement in accordance with ASTM C- 150. Cement shall be applied in the amount necessary to produce the desired compressive strength in the finished and cured base, depending on raw limestone used. In most cases, acceptable raw limestone will require cement in the following amount: Percent by Weight - 7 lb. per sq. yd. for 1" depth - 5.57 In the absence of more precise data, the above amount has been used to estimate the quantity of Portland Cement in the proposal. The Engineer may increase or decrease the amount of cement at his discretion, after representative samples of the limestone have been tested. 4. Asphalt Seal: Asphalt Seal shall be MC70 in accordance with City-Standard Specification Section 025404 “Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions”. 3. EQUIPMENT Equipment necessary for the proper construction of the work shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer, both as to type and condition, prior to the start of construction operations. The Contractor shall at all times provide sufficient equipment to enable continuous prosecution of the work and its completion in the required number of working days. Portland Cement treatment for materials in place may be constructed with any machine or combination of machines and auxiliary equipment that will produce results as outlined in this specification. Mixing may be accomplished by: (1) a multiple-pass traveling mixing plant or (2) a single-pass traveling mixing plant. The equipment provided by the Contractor shall be operated by experienced and capable workmen and shall be that necessary to provide a cement treatment meeting the requirements herein specified. T-025215 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 6 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 1. General: It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a complete course of treated material containing a uniform Portland cement mixture free form laminations or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work to process a sufficient quantity of material to provide full depth as shown on plans, to use the proper amount of Portland cement, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Cement treatment shall not be mixed or placed when the air temperature is below 40º and is falling, but may be mixed or placed when the air temperature is above 35º F and is rising, the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat and with the further provisions that cement treatment shall be mixed or placed only when weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are suitable. 2. Test Section: The Contractor shall be required to construct a "Test Section". The first section of cement treated base shall serve as a test section. Its length shall be between 300 and 500 linear feet, typically one block. Evaluation of the equipment and procedure will be done during this section. In case it is found that the work is not satisfactory with respect to the specification requirements, the Contractor shall revise his procedures and augment or replace equipment as necessary to assure work completed in accordance with the specifications. Additional test sections may be required as directed by the Engineer. Test sections not conforming to the requirements of the specifications shall be reconstructed. 3. Placing of Base Material: After approval of the previous course, base material shall be delivered on the road and placed in windows of uniform sections, then accurately bladed and shaped to required crown and grade to provide a base of compacted depth required by the plans. 4. Final Preparation of Section: On the day immediately preceding processing, water, as required, shall be added and uniformly mixed full depth with the base material. This operation shall precede cement spreading by at least 12 hours. The section shall then be accurately bladed and shaped to required grade and section. T-025215 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 6 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE 5. Application of Cement: The specified quantity of Portland Cement required for the full depth of treatment shall be uniformly spread over the surface. Each pass of the cement spreader shall be positioned by either the curb line or a string line. Cement shall be applied only to such areas as can be completed as herein specified within the daylight hours of the same day. No equipment, except that used in spreading and mixing, will be allowed to pass over the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the base material. 6. Mixing and Processing: Either method (a) or (b) below may be used at the option of the Contractor. (a) Multiple-Pass Traveling Mixing Plant: After the cement has been applied, it shall be mixed with the base material. Mixing shall continue until the cement has been sufficiently blended with the base material to prevent the formation of cement balls when water is applied. Any mixture that has not been compacted and finished shall not remain undisturbed for more than 30 minutes. Immediately after the mixing of base material and cement is completed, water, as necessary, shall be uniformly applied and incorporated into mixture. Proper care shall be exercised to insure proper moisture distribution at all times. After the last increment of water has been added, mixing shall continue until a thorough and uniform mix has been obtained. (b) Single-Pass Traveling Mixing Plant: After the cement has been applied, it shall be sufficiently mixed with the base material to prevent the formation of cement balls when water is applied. Unpulverized soil lumps in mixture will not be allowed. Should this condition prevail, the Contractor shall "pre- wet" the raw base material as necessary to correct this condition. The mixer shall be provided with means for visible and accurately gauging the water application. The water shall be applied uniformly through a pressure spray bar. After cement is spread, mixing operations shall proceed as follows: The mixer shall, in one continuous operation, mix the base material and cement full depth, add the required moisture uniformly, thoroughly moist- mix the material, cement, and water, spread the completed mixture evenly over the machine processed width of the subgrade, and leave it in a loose condition ready for immediate compaction. The mixture shall not remain undisturbed, after mixing and before compacting, for more than 30 minutes. T-025215 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 6 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE 7. Completion and Finishing: The material shall be compacted to not less than 98 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by AASHTO T99 Method D. The moisture content of the mixture shall be within 3% of optimum on the wet side. The surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with typical sections and to the established lines and grades. Any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross section and in a length of 16 feet measured longitudinally shall be corrected. All irregularity, depressions, or weak spots which develop shall be corrected by re- priming. All sections of cement stabilized base shall be processed full width each day without longitudinal construction joints. Any portion which has a density below that specified herein and which has not properly hardened after a suitable time interval shall be removed and replaced to meet this specification at the expense of the Contractor. 8. Asphalt Seal: The compacted cement treated base course shall be protected against rapid drying by priming the surface in accordance with 025412. This curing seal shall be applied as soon as practicable, but not later than eight hours after the completion of final compaction. The surface shall be kept moist until the curing seal is applied. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the primed surface until surface course is applied. 9. Traffic: The Contractor shall not be permitted to drive heavy equipment over completed portions, but pneumatic-tired equipment required for hauling cement, and water may be permitted after the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent the equipment from marring the surface, provided protection and cover specified herein are not impaired. The cement stabilized base may be opened to local traffic as soon as the asphalt seal has been applied and sanded or cured as necessary to prevent it from being picked up by traffic. It may be opened to all traffic after 7 days. Surface coarse shall be applied prior to opening to through traffic. 10. Maintenance: The Contractor shall be required to maintain at his own expense the entire cement stabilized base within the limits of his contract in good condition satisfactory to the Engineer from the time he first starts work until all work shall have been completed. T-025215 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 6 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CEMENT STABILIZED LIMESTONE BASE Maintenance shall include immediate repairs of any defect that may occur after construction, which work shall be done by the Contractor at his own expense and repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact. Repairs are to be made in a manner to insure restoration of a uniform surface of good quality cement stabilized base. Faulty work shall be replaced for the full depth of base. Any low area shall be remedied by replacing the material for the full depth of treatment, rather than adding a thin layer of base material to the completed work. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Cement Stabilized Limestone Base and Portland Cement actually incorporated in the completed work shall not be measured and paid for separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the project. T-025220 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 3 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FLEXIBLE BASE - LIMESTONE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025220 FLEXIBLE BASE - LIMESTONE 1. DESCRIPTION This Specification shall govern all work for furnishing and placing Flexible Base Limestone required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL The material shall consist of argillaceous limestone, crushed stone, crushed gravel and sand, and shall be free of vegetation. The material shall be approved by the Engineer. All acceptable material shall be screened and the oversize shall be crushed and returned to the screened material in such a manner that a uniform product will be produced. Percentage (a) Gradation Limits (Before & After Compaction) Passing 2" Sieve 100 Passing 1" Sieve ................................................................... 75-95 Passing 3/8" Sieve ................................................................ 40-75 Passing No. 4 Sieve .............................................................. 30-60 Passing No. 10 Sieve ............................................................ 20-45 Passing No. 40 Sieve ............................................................ 15-30 Passing No. 200 Sieve .......................................................... 5-15 (b) A representative sample of the material (raw limestone) shall be slaked for twenty-four (24) hours and then the washed minus 40 material shall have: Liquid Limit (L.L.) ............................................................... 45 max. Plasticity Index (P.I.) ............................................................ 16 max. (c) A representative sample of the material shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C-131 for abrasion loss. The maximum loss shall not exceed 55%. (d) All "Flexible Base-Limestone" shall be stabilized with lime at a minimum application rate of 1.8 lb. of lime per square yard for each 1" of in place thickness. Lime slurry for admix shall be 3.3 pounds minimum of CA(OH)2 per gallon of slurry. 3. TESTING T-025220 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 3 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FLEXIBLE BASE - LIMESTONE The City will engage a laboratory and pay for one test each gradation, L.L., P.I., before and after lime admixing and moisture-density relation, and necessary field densities. The Engineer may call for additional tests at any time. The cost of all retests, in case of failure to meet specifications, will be deducted from the Contractor's payment. The City will pay for proctor and soil constants and abrasion tests, with or without lime admix, at the rate of one test for each 1,500 square yards. If material changes and this ratio of tests increases, the Contractor shall pay the cost of additional tests required by the Engineer. The Engineer may waive testing and/or lime admix for small amounts for unimportant uses. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placement of base, the surface of the previous course shall be finished true to line and grade as established and in conformity with the typical section shown on the plans. Grade tolerance shall be generally 1/2 inch, and highs and lows must approximately balance. Limestone shall be delivered and spread the same day if possible (no later than the next day). Piles and windrows shall be broken down to the bottom and all nests of coarse or loose material shall be corrected. Mix uniformly, prior to the addition of lime. Lime slurry admix shall be spread at rate required and shall be placed only on that area where mixing can be completed that day. Material shall be mixed with pulverizing type mixer, so designed for this specific purpose, until mixed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Material shall be shaped and rolled after mixing and allowed to set at least 48 hours before compaction. Moisture content must be maintained in the material during the 48-hour period. Material shall be sprinkled or aerated to optimum moisture and compacted in layers (6 inches maximum loose) by approved power-drawn roller to uniform density of 95% modified proctor (AASHTO T180) on the set side of optimum. Use mechanical tamps in areas inaccessible to rollers. The surface of the compacted base shall be prime coated, as per Technical Specification Section T- 025412, after meeting moisture/density requirements. On completion of compaction and priming, the surface shall be smooth and conform to lines, grades, and sections shown on the plans. Areas with any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross- section and in lengths of 16 feet measured longitudinally shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, reshaping, and re-compacting by re-priming and rolling. Moisture and density shall be maintained until the paving is complete. T-025220 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 3 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FLEXIBLE BASE - LIMESTONE 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Flexible Base Limestone shall not be measured and paid for separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the item(s) “Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement” and “Cut & Restore Concrete Pavement. Payment includes all materials, royalty, hauling, labor and equipment to complete. T-025412 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PRIME COAT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025412 PRIME COAT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of an application of asphalt material on the completed base course and/or other approved area in accordance with this specification. Prime Coat shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 60ºF and falling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50ºF and is rising, the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphalt material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. 2. MATERIALS The asphalt material used for the prime coat shall be MC-30 medium-curing cutback asphalt or AE-P asphalt emulsion prime, unless otherwise specified, and when tested by approved laboratory methods shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". Blotter material shall be native sand. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the area and/or base is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the surface shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, and other deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to application of the asphalt material. The asphalt material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor so operated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of the asphalt material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphalt material with foreign material. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage-heating unit at all times. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning of the work, should the yield on the asphalt material applied appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. T-025412 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PRIME COAT Prime shall be applied at a temperature within the recommended range per City Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that range being 70 to 150 degrees F. Application rate shall be not less than 0.15 gallon per square yard, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the Engineer accepts the work. No traffic hauling or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Engineer. Spread blotter material before allowing traffic to use a primed surface. Allow sufficient time for the prime coat to cure properly before applying surface treatment or asphaltic concrete pavement. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Prime Coat shall not be measured or paid for separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the item “Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement”. Payment shall include furnishing, heating, hauling and distributing the asphalt material as specified; for all freight involved; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025424 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and laying Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete (HMAC) surface, binder and base courses required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Aggregate: The aggregate shall consist of a blend of course aggregate, fine aggregate and, if required, a mineral filler. 2.1.1 Coarse Aggregate shall consist of that fraction of aggregate retained on a No. 10 sieve and shall consist of crushed furnace slag, crushed stone, or crushed gravel. Deleterious material in coarse aggregate shall not exceed 2% per TEX-217- F. Course aggregate shall be crushed such that a minimum of 85% of the particles have more than one crushed face, unless noted otherwise on plans. Los Angeles abrasion losses for course aggregate shall not exceed 40% by weight for the surface course and 45% for the binder and base courses per TEX-410-A. Polish Value not less than 30 for aggregate used in the surface course per TEX-438-A. 2.1.2 Fine Aggregate is defined as the fraction passing a No. 10 sieve and shall be of uniform quality. Fine aggregate shall consist of screenings of material that passes the Los Angeles abrasion requirements per above. Screenings shall be blended with a maximum of 15% un-crushed aggregate or field sand for Type D mixes or a maximum of 10% uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type A, B, and C mixes. Grading of fine aggregate shall be as follows: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight No. 10 100 No. 200 0-15 T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) 2.1.3 Filler shall consist of dry stone dust, Portland cement, hydrated lime, or other approved by the Engineer. Grading of filler shall be as follows: Sieve Size Minimum Percent Passing by Weight No. 30 95 No. 80 75 No. 200 55 2.2 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP): Reclaimed asphalt pavement may be incorporated into the hot mix asphalt concrete furnished for the project, provided that the mixture is designed per the TX DOT Methods and meets the applicable provisions of said TX DOT Item 340 and this specification. 2.3 Asphalt: Asphalt Material shall be in accordance with Section 025404 "Asphalt, Oils, and Emulsions" and AASHTO. 2.3.1 Paving Mixture: APPLICATION ASPHALT GRADE Residential or low volume PG 64-22 Collector Surface Course PG 70-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Arterial Surface Course PG 76-22 Binder Course PG 64-22 Base Courses PG 64-22 2.3.2 Tack Coat shall consist of an emulsion, SS-1 diluted with equal volume of water and applied at a rate ranging from 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard. 3. PAVING MIXTURE 3.1 Mix Design: The mixture shall be designed in accordance with TX DOT Bulletin C- 14 and TEX-204-F to conform to the requirements of this specification. The Contractor shall furnish the mix design for the job-mix to be used for the project, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. The mix design shall be submitted prior to placement of mixture. T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) The design procedures are actually intended to result at a job-mix with properties in compliance with these specifications and when properly placed the job-mix will be durable and stable. The sieve analysis of the job-mix shall be within the range of the Master Gradation and Tolerances specified herein. The job-mix shall meet the density and stability requirements as specified and shall be included with the mix design as submitted per above. If the specific gravity of any of the types of aggregates differ by more than 0.3, use volume method. Plot sieve analysis of job-mix; percent passing versus size on four-cycle semi-log paper or other appropriate type paper. Show tolerance limits and Limits of Master Gradation. 3.2 Master Gradation of Aggregate: The aggregate for the type of mix specified shall be within the following tabulated limits per TEX-200-F (Dry Sieve Analysis): Sieve Size Type A B C D Coarse Base Fine Base Course Surface Fine Surface 1-1/2" 100 1-1/4" 95-100 1" 100 7/8" 70-90 95-100 100 5/8" 75-95 95-100 1/2" 50-70 100 3/8" 60-80 70-85 85-100 1/4" No. 4 30-50 40-60 43-63 50-70 No. 10 20-34 27-40 30-40 32-42 No. 40 5-20 10-25 10-25 11-26 No. 80 2-12 3-13 3-13 4-14 No. 200 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* 1-6* VMA % minimum 11 12 13 14 * 2-8 when Test Method Tex-200-F, Part II (Washed Sieve Analysis) is used. T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) 3.3 Tolerances: The mixture delivered to the job site shall not vary from the job-mix by more than the tolerances specified below. The gradation of the produced mix shall not fall outside the Master Grading Limits, with the following exceptions: for Type B material courser than 3/8" and for Type D material courser than #4. Variations from job-mix shall not exceed the following limits, except as noted above: Item: Tolerances Percent by Weight or Volume 1" to No. 10 Plus or Minus 5.0 No. 40 to No. 200 Plus or Minus 3.0 Asphalt Weight Plus or Minus 0.5 Asphalt Volume Plus or Minus 1.2 3.4 Mix Properties: The mixture shall have a minimum Hveem stability of 40 for Type A,B, and C mixes and 35 for Type D mixes per TEX-208-F at an optimum density of 96% (plus or minus 1.5) of theoretical maximum per TEX-227-F and TEX-207-F. 3.5 Sampling and Testing of raw materials: The Contractor shall sample materials as necessary to produce a mix in compliance with these specifications. 4. EQUIPMENT 4.1 Mixing Plants. Mixing plants shall be either the weight batching type or the drum mix type. Both types shall be equipped with satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment, aggregate screens and bins (weigh batch only), and pollution control devices as required. 4.2 Truck Scales. A set of truck scales, if needed for measurement, shall be placed at a location approved by the Engineer. 4.3 Asphalt Material Heating Equipment. Asphalt material heating equipment shall be adequate to heat the required amount of material to the desired temperature. Agitation with steam or air will not be permitted. The heating apparatus shall be equipped with a recording thermometer with a 24-hour continuous chart that will record the temperature of the asphalt at the highest temperature. 4.4 Surge-Storage System. A surge-storage system may be used provided that the mixture coming out of the bins is of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer. The system shall be equipped with a gob hopper, rotating chute, or other devices designed to minimize segregation of the asphalt mixture. 4.5 Laydown Machine. The laydown machine shall be capable of producing a surface that will meet the requirements of the typical cross section, of adequate power to T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) propel the delivery vehicles, and produce the surface tolerances herein required. It shall be wide enough to lay a 28-foot back-back street in a maximum of two passes. 4.6 Rollers. All rollers shall be self propelled and of any type capable of obtaining the required density. Rollers shall be in satisfactory operating condition and free from fuel, hydraulic fluid, or any other fluid leaks. 5. STORAGE, PROPORTIONING, AND MIXING 5.1 Storage and Heating of Asphalt Materials. Asphalt cement shall not be heated to a temperature in excess of that recommended by the producer. Asphalt storage equipment shall be maintained in a clean condition and operated in such a manner that there will be no contamination with foreign matter. 5.2 Feeding and Drying of Aggregates. The feeding of various sizes of aggregate to the dryer shall be done in such a manner that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the required proportions will be maintained. In no case shall the aggregate be introduced into the mixing unit at a temperature in excess of 350 degrees F. 5.3 Proportioning. All materials shall be handled and proportioned in a manner that yield an acceptable mixture as herein specified and as defined by the job-mix. 5.4 Mixing. 5.4.1 Weight Batch Plant. In charging the weigh box and in charging the pugmill from the weigh box, such methods or devices shall be used as necessary to minimize segregation of the mixture. 5.4.2 Drum Mix Plant. The amount of aggregate and asphalt cement entering the mixer and the rate of travel through the mixer shall be coordinated so that a uniform mixture of the desired gradation and asphalt content will be produced. 5.4.3 The mixture produced from each type of plant shall not vary from the job- mix by more than the tolerances and restrictions herein specified. The mixture when discharged from the plant shall have a moisture content not greater than one percent by weight of total mix when determined by Test Method TEX-212-F. 5.4.4 The mixture produced from each type of plant shall be at a temperature between 250 and 325 degrees F. After a target mixing temperature has been established, the mixture when discharged from the mixer shall not vary from this temperature by more than 25 degrees F. T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 6.1 Construction conditions. For mat thicknesses greater than 1.5 inches, the asphalt material may be placed with a laydown machine when the air temperature is 40 degrees F. and rising but not when the air temperature is 50 degrees and falling. In addition, mat thickness less than and including 1.5 inches shall not be placed when the temperature of the surface on which the mat is placed is below 50 degrees F. 6.2 Prime Coat. If a prime coat is required, it shall be applied and paid for as a separate item conforming to the requirements of the specification, "Prime Coat", except the application temperature shall be as provided above. The tack coat or asphaltic concrete shall not be applied on a previously primed flexible base until the primed base has completely cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.3 Tack Coat. Before the asphalt mixture is laid, the surface upon which the tack coat is to be placed shall be thoroughly cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The surface shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using materials and rates herein specified and/or as shown on the plans. The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller as necessary. Tack coat is required before any pavement course not placed immediately following the previous course placement. 6.4 Transporting Asphalt Concrete. The asphalt mixture shall be hauled to the job site in tight vehicles previously cleaned of all foreign matter. In cool weather or for long hauls, canvas covers and insulated truck beds may be necessary. The inside of the bed may be given a light coating of lime water or other suitable release agent necessary to prevent from adhering. Diesel oil not allowed. 6.5 Placing. The asphalt mixture shall be spread on the approved prepared surface with a laydown machine or other approved equipment in such a manner such that when properly compacted, the finished surface will be smooth or uniform density, and meet the requirements of the typical cross sections as shown on the plans. 6.5.1 Flush Structures. Adjacent to flush curbs, gutters, liners and structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted, it will be slightly above the edge of the curb and flush structure. 6.5.2 Construction joints of successive courses of asphaltic material shall be offset at least six inches. Construction joints on surface courses shall coincide with lane lines, or as directed by the Engineer, but shall not be I the anticipated wheel path of the roadway. 6.6 Compacting. The asphalt mixture shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with the necessary rollers to obtain the required density and surface tolerances herein described and any requirements as shown on the plans. Regardless of the method of T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 7 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) compaction control followed, all rolling shall be completed before the mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. 6.7 In-Place Density. In-place density control is required for all mixtures except for thin, irregular level-up courses. Material should be compacted to between 96% and 92% of maximum theoretical density or between 4% and 8% air voids. Average density shall be greater than 92% and not individual determination shall be lower than 90%. Testing shall be in accordance with TEX-207-F and TEX-227-F. Pavement specimens, which shall be either cores or sections of the compacted mixture, will be tested as required to determine the percent air voids. Other methods, such as nuclear determination of in-place density, which correlate satisfactorily with actual project specimens may be used when approved by the Engineer. 6.8 Thickness. The total compacted average thickness of the combined HMAC courses shall not be less than the amount specified on the drawings. No more than 10% of the measured thicknesses shall be more than 1/4" less than the plan thickness(es). If so, the quantity for pay shall be decreased as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 6.9 Surface smoothness criteria and tests. The pavement surface after compaction, shall be smooth and true to the established lines, grade, and cross-section. The surface shall be tested by the City with the Mays Roughness Meter. The Mays Roughness Value for each 600-foot section shall not exceed ninety inches per mile per traffic lane. For each 600-foot section not meeting this criteria, the Engineer shall have the option of requiring that section to be reworked to meet the criteria, or paying an adjusted unit price for the surface course. The unit price adjustment shall be made on the following basis: Adjusted Unit Price = (Adjustment Factor) X Surface Course Unit Bid Price The adjustment factor shall be: For Residential Streets: Adjustment Factor = 1.999 - 0.0111 M For All Other Class Streets (Non Residential) Adjustment Factor = 1.287 - 0.0143 M Where M - Mays Roughness Value T-025424 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 8 of 8 January 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (CLASS A) In no case shall the Contractor be paid more than the unit bid price. If the surface course is an inverted penetration (surface treatment) the Mays Roughness Value observed will be reduced by ten inches per mile, prior to applying the above criteria. Localized Defects (obvious settlements, humps, ridges, etc.) shall be tested with a ten-foot straightedge placed parallel to the roadway centerline. The maximum deviation shall not exceed 1/8 inch in ten feet. Areas not meeting this criteria shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pavement areas having surface irregularities, segregation, raveling, or otherwise deemed unacceptable by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor in a manner approved by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. 6.10 Opening to Traffic. The pavement shall be opened to traffic when directed by the Engineer. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all construction traffic allowed on pavement open to the public will be subject to the State laws governing traffic on highways. If the surface ravels, it will be the contractor's responsibility to correct this condition at his expense. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement shall not be measured or paid for separately but shall be considered subsidiary to the item “Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement”. All templates, straightedges, scales, and other weights and measuring devices necessary for the proper construction, measuring and checking of the work shall be furnished, operated and maintained by the Contractor at his expense. T-025610 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025610 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of Portland Cement combined concrete curb and gutter or separate concrete curb with or without reinforcing steel as required, constructed on an approved subgrade or foundation material in accordance with these specifications, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and details shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on plans, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this specification shall conform the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under specification, Section T-030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel, if required, shall conform to the requirements as specified in the specification, Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood material meeting the requirements specified in specification, Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The foundation shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade per typical cross section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. If dry, the subgrade or foundation material shall be sprinkled lightly with water and compacted to not less than 98% Standard Proctor density, or as required on the drawings. Flexible base shall be compacted to specified density and moisture immediately before concrete is deposited thereon. Outside forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp and a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. They shall be securely staked to line and grade, and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. Inside forms for the curb shall be approved material, shall be of such design as to provide the curb required and shall be rigidly attached to the outside forms. For reinforced concrete roadways, all jointing must be reflected through the curb, including redwood expansion joints and construction joints. Driveway gutter shall be placed integrally with the driveway as shown on the City Standard Details. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the typical sections. Care shall be exercised to keep all steel in its proper location. Concrete for curb and gutter shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The curb and gutter shall be placed in sections of the length indicated on the plans, and each section shall T-025610 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of cross-section specified for the curb and gutter, and of the thickness indicated on the drawings. After the concrete has been struck off and after it has become sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden float. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on plans. All exposed surfaces of curb and gutter, or curb, shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. The completed curb and gutter shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented, curing compound unless shown otherwise on plans. Other methods of curing as outlined in the specification, Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. The area behind the curb shall be backfilled, tamped, and sloped as directed as soon as possible and no later than 48 hours after the removal of forms. Backfill shall be placed to the full height of the curb, or as otherwise specified. 4. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Remove & Replace Curb and Gutter or Valley Gutter will be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall each be full compensation for removal and disposal of existing curb & gutter, preparing the subgrade; furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion material; for furnishing, placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. T-025612 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025612 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 1. DESCRIPTION The specification shall consist of sidewalks and driveways, with or without reinforcing steel, composed of Portland cement concrete, constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and the details shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Materials and proportions used in construction under this item shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" concrete under the specification Section T-030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel, if required, shall conform to the requirements as specified in the specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be premoulded material meeting the requirements specified in the specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". Cap seal shall be Greenstreak or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be excavated, compacted and shaped to line, grade and cross-section and hand tamped and sprinkled with water. Subgrade under concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. The subgrade shall be within 0-3% of optimum moisture content at the time the concrete is placed. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. They shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. The reinforcing steel, if required, shall be placed in position as shown on the plans. Care shall be exercised to keep all steel in its proper location. Driveways shall incorporate the gutter in a unified concrete placement as shown in the City Standard Detail for driveways. Sidewalks shall be constructed in sections of the lengths shown on plans. Unless otherwise provided by the plans, no section shall be a length less than 8 feet and any section less than 8 feet shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense. The different sections shall be separated by a premoulded insert or board joint of the thickness shown on the plans, placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. Where T-025612 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS the sidewalk or driveways abut a curb or retaining wall, approved expansion joint material shall be placed along their entire length. Similar expansion material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through sidewalks or driveways. Concrete shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden float to a gritty texture. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with approved tools to the radii shown on plans. 5-foot wide sidewalks shall be marked into separate sections, each 5 feet in length, by the use of approved jointing tools. For other widths of sidewalk, joints to be spaced longitudinally to match the transverse width. When completed, the sidewalks and driveways shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented curing compound. Other methods of curing as outlined in the specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. 4. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways will be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed sidewalks, driveways, or sidewalks and driveways as indicated in the plans. Payment shall be full compensation for removal and disposal of existing concrete, preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials, including all reinforcing steel and expansion joint materials; and all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. T-025614 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONCRETE CURB RAMPS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025614 CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for constructing Concrete Curb Ramps required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete shall be class "A" in accordance with Section T-030020 of the Technical Specifications. Reinforcement shall be 4x4 - W2.9xW2.9 welded wire fabric or #4 steel reinforcing bars spaced at 12 inches each way in accordance with Section T-030020 of the Technical Specifications. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be shaped to line, grade, cross section, and shall be of uniform density and moisture, when concrete is placed. The subgrade shall be hand tamped and sprinkled with water to achieve the desired consistency and uniform support. Subgrade compaction shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Ramps shall be constructed of Class “A” concrete to line and section as shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, ramps shall have a minimum concrete thickness in excess of 5 inches, prior to application of the detectable warning surfacing. Slopes, S, shall be as follows unless shown otherwise on the Drawings: RAMPS Ramp in direction of travel . . . . . S < 1:12 Side slope of ramp (flare) . . . . . S < 1:10 Cross Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:100 < S < 1:50 ADJOINING AREAS Landings adjacent to ramp . . . . . . S < 1:50 Driveways abutting tied sidewalk . . S < 1:10 Width of ramp shall be 60 inches (minimum), exclusive of flare, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. No ramp shall be less than 36 inches wide under any circumstances. Obstructions shall be removed or relocated, as appropriate, or the location of the ramp may be shifted, if authorized. Detectable warning surface shall be polymer composite material detectable warning panels as shown on the drawings. Surfacing shall be flush with abutting areas and placed using a template T-025614 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONCRETE CURB RAMPS as required to achieve an esthetic well-defined edge. Surfacing shall be subsidiary work and will not be measured for separate pay. Pavement markings for street crossings shall be placed such that the crosswalk is properly aligned with respect to the curb ramp. See striping details for proper alignment of pavement markings with respect to intersection and curb ramp. Properly constructed curb ramp shall be true to line, section and grade, and shall be free of loose material and irregularities. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Concrete curb ramps shall be measured per each, including side flares when used. Adjoining curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and driveways will be excluded from said measurement. Measurement shall include, but not be limited to subgrade prep, form-work, concrete, rebar, granite surfacing, borders, molding and curing required to complete the curb ramp. Payment shall include all labor, materials, equipment and other incidentals required to complete the concrete curb ramp complete in place and will be made at the unit price bid for Concrete Curb Ramps when included in the proposal. T-025802 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-025802 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for Temporary Traffic Controls during construction. The work shall include furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining all temporary traffic controls including, but not limited to, barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary detours, temporary striping and markers, flagger, temporary drainage pipes and structures, blue business signs, and such temporary devices as necessary to safely complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Traffic control devices shall conform to the latest edition of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, unless indicated otherwise, in the Traffic Control Plans. 3. METHODS Sufficient traffic control measures shall be used to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists. If the Traffic Control Plan (TCP) is included in the drawings, any changes to the TCP by the Contractor shall be prepared by a Texas licensed professional engineer and submitted to the City Traffic Engineer for approval, prior to construction. If the TCP is not included in the drawings, the Contractor shall provide the TCP prepared by a Texas licensed professional engineer and submit the TCP to the City Traffic Engineer for approval, prior to construction. The Contractor is responsible for implementing and maintaining the traffic control plan and will be responsible for furnishing all traffic control devices, temporary signage and ATSSA certified flaggers. The construction methods shall be conducted to provide the least possible interference to traffic so as to permit the continuous movement of traffic in all allowable directions at all times. The Contractor shall cleanup and remove from the work area all loose material resulting from construction operations at the end of each workday. All signs, barricades, and pavement markings shall conform to the BC standard sheets, TCP sheets and the latest version of the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices". The Contractor may be required to furnish additional barricades, signs, and warning lights to maintain traffic and promote motorists safety. Any such additional signs and barricades will be considered subsidiary to the pay item for traffic control. All signs, barricades, and posts will be either new or freshly painted. T-025802 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION The contractor and any traffic control subcontractor must be ATSSA certified for Traffic Control. A competent person, responsible for implementation of the TCP and for traffic safety, shall be designated by the Contractor. The name and off-hours phone number of the competent person shall be provided in writing at the Pre-Construction Conference. The competent person shall be on site, during working hours and on call at all times in the event of off-hour emergency. The contractor must provide temporary blue sign boards that direct traffic to businesses and driveways during each phase of construction – see example below. The sign boards may be either skid mounted or barrel mounted. The City will assist the contractor in determining which businesses and driveways will receive signage during various construction phases. The provision, installation, and removal of signage will be considered to be subsidiary to the contract items provided for “Traffic Control.” 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Temporary Traffic Controls shall be measured and paid on a per day basis. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing, installing, moving, replacing, and maintaining all temporary traffic controls including, but not limited to, barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary striping and markers, flag-men and such temporary devices and relocation of existing signs and devices and all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to provide a safe condition and to complete the work. T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-027200 CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOWS (TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS) 1. GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work necessary for designing, installing, implementing, operating, and maintaining a control of flow through temporary bypass pumping and flow control system, as provided by the Contractor for the purpose of diverting wastewater flow around the work area for the duration necessary to complete the work (i.e., control of wastewater flows). The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, equipment, power, maintenance, and incidentals required to maintain continuous and reliable wastewater service in all lines for the duration of the project. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Bypass Pumping Plan Form: It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to legibly and thoroughly complete, in its entirety, the attached Bypass Pumping Plan Form and submit it to the Engineer and/or the appropriate City staff for review and approval, prior to the installation of any pumping system proposed for use. Unless the bypass pumping is associated with an emergency work order, the standard approval protocol is as follows: The Contractor prepares and submits the plan to the Engineer a minimum of 7 days prior to mobilizing to site. The Engineer reviews the bypass plan and coordinates approval with Engineering Services and the Operating Department. Engineer and City will put forth a reasonable level of effort to expedite the review and approval process. No deviation from the procedure shall be allowed. B. Bypass Pumping Plan Schematic: In addition to the above referenced form, the Contractor shall also furnish a sufficiently detailed schematic drawing identifying the approximate location of all bypass pumping system components. The schematic drawing shall clearly label parallel/crossing streets, identify landmark structures, and depict the locations of all pumps and piping. At a minimum, the bypass pumping plan schematic drawing and associated attachments should include the following items: 1) Pump curves showing designed operation point for this specific project 2) Approximate location of bypass system pumping components 3) Location of manhole or access point for suction and discharge T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING 4) Configuration, routing, location and depth of the suction and discharge piping 5) General arrangement/type of additional support equipment. 6) Temporary pipe supports, anchoring and thrust restraint blocks, if required 7) Traffic Control Plan and Traffic Department permit if the bypass is within the right-of-way. 8) Description of the method for removing pressure and all wastewater from existing force mains being taken out of service, if necessary. 9) All other City-department and Regulatory requirements. 10) Sewer plugging locations, method, and types of plugs 11) Method of protecting discharge manholes or structures from erosion and damage. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY / AUTHORITY A. It is essential to the operation of the existing wastewater system that there is no interruption in the flow of wastewater throughout the duration of the project. The Contractor shall be completely responsible for designing, scheduling, providing, installing, operating, fueling and maintaining the temporary bypass pumping system in a manner that does not cause or contribute to overflows, releases, or spills of wastewater from the wastewater or bypass system. The Contractor shall neither anticipate nor expect any assistance from the City of Corpus Christi departments for any of the bypass operation. B. Contractor shall provide a responsible employee to man the bypass system 24 hours per day, 7 days per week during operation. The monitoring employee shall be properly trained, experienced, and mechanically qualified such that they can quickly and effectively address any potential emergency and non-emergency situations associated with the bypass system which must remain in operation. The wastewater and bypass systems should be inspected at least once every 2 hours. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the wastewater collection system is not compromised during bypass installation or operation, and contractor shall ensure that the system operates properly during this period. C. The Contractor shall consider and be responsible for the impacts on the collection system area, both upstream and downstream of the bypass and shall maintain the system in a manner that will protect public and private property from damage and flooding. Upstream impacts may include, but are not limited to backups and overflows. Downstream impacts may include, but are not limited to surcharges and overflows. D. Contractor shall make all effort to minimize spills of raw wastewater during the improvements and bypassing. All spills and sanitary sewer overflows shall immediately be reported to the City at 361-826-2489 and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for wash down, clean-up and disinfection of said spillages or T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING overflows to the satisfaction of the owner at no additional cost to the City of Corpus Christi. E. The City is permitted through the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality to operate the wastewater system. The final authority comes from the City as to the operation of the wastewater system and as such it reserves the right to halt the bypassing operation at any time in order to maintain public health and safety without any cost impacts to the City. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Bypass Pumps a. Pumps shall be fully automatic self-priming pumps that do not require the use of foot-valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps may be electric or diesel powered. Pre-approved manufacturers are Godwin or Rain- for-Rent. Approved equals may be considered by the Engineer if they meet all requirements in this specification but Contractor shall provide submittal package for Engineer’s review and approval prior to installation. Pumps shall be equipped with critically silenced, sound attenuated enclosures with a maximum 65 dB (10-feet from pump), a diesel day tank with a minimum 24- hour runtime without refuel, and automatic start/stop controls for each pump. b. Pumping capacity of the bypass pump shall be capable of handling the flow conditions at all times and shall provide a minimum of 1.5 times the existing capacity of whatever line or lift station is being bypassed. c. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or breakdown. In critical installations, as determined by the Engineer, one standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be installed at the mainline flow bypassing locations, ready for use in the event of primary pump failure. B. Suction and Discharge Piping: Determined according to pump size, flow calculations, system operating conditions, manhole depth, and length of suction piping in accordance with the pump manufacturers specifications and recommendations. In order to prevent the accidental spillage of flows, all discharge systems shall be temporarily constructed of heavy-duty pipe with positive restrained joints. a. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING i. Homogeneous throughout, free of visible cracks, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. Defective areas shall be cut out and butt-fusion welded as per manufacturer’s recommendations. ii. Assembled and joined at site using couplings, flanges, or butt-fusion method to provide leak proof joint, as per manufacturer’s recommendations and ASTM D-2657. iii. Fusing must be performed by personnel certified as fusion technicians by manufacturer of HDPE pipe and/or fusing equipment. Fused joints shall be watertight and have tensile strength equal to that of pipe. iv. HDPE is required to be used in or adjacent to environmentally sensitive areas. b. Polyethylene Plastic Pipe (PE) i. High density solid wall and following ASTM F714 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-DR) based on outside diameter, ASTM D1248 and ASTM D3550 ii. Homogeneous throughout, free of visible cracks, discoloration, pitting, varying wall thickness, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. c. Quick-Disconnect Steel Galvanized Pipe and Heavy-Duty Flexible Hoses i. Must consist of heavy-duty steel with high tensile strength, x-ray welded, abrasion resistant and suitable for intended service with a maximum pressure rating of at least 174 PSI ii. Bauer quick-disconnect fittings/joints shall be restrained and watertight. Joints shall consist of vacuum sealing O-rings to help pumps prime faster and perform at their designed flow rates with no leaks, even at high pressure ratings iii. Joints shall provide 30-degree articulation at every coupling and shall not require perfect alignment to make each connection. iv. The galvanized couplings shall not be hindered by sand, mud, and grit. d. Valves and Fittings i. Contractor shall provide valves and fittings as necessary and in accordance with the approved pipe materials shown above. e. Plugs i. Selected and installed according to size of line to be plugged, pipe, manhole configurations, and based on specific application. ii. Prior to use, Engineer may inspect plugs for defects which may lead to failure. iii. Contractor shall provide additional plugs in the case of failure f. Miscellaneous T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING i. When temporary piping crosses local streets/roadways and private driveways, Contractor shall provide traffic ramps or covers designed, installed, and maintained for H-20 loading requirements while in use. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULING & COORDINATION A. Unless the bypass pumping is associated with an emergency work order, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 48 hour notice to the Engineer and Wastewater Department for the startup of bypass operations once the completed bypass plan has been approved by the design engineer. Unless needed otherwise for emergency work, no bypassing shall be initiated on Friday, Saturday or Sunday, or the day immediately preceding a City holiday. B. Inclement Weather: The Contractor shall not be allowed to commence bypass operation should inclement weather be forecast for the period of the scheduled improvements. C. Under special circumstances, as identified by the Engineer, where critical lines with large service areas are being bypassed, the Contractor is responsible for setting up a meeting between the Engineer/City/Operating Department to affirm and coordinate the approved bypass plan and to verify the intended site installation conforms to the approved plan. Engineer may also require the bypass system to be in service for at least 24-hours prior to taking existing gravity lines or force mains out of service to demonstrate reliability. D. Before beginning bypass operations, the Engineer/City Operating Department must be notified for field verification of pumps, piping, and equipment, etc., to ensure the site installation conforms to the approved plan. E. Before beginning bypass operations, the Contractor shall confirm appropriate emergency contact information has been provided to the City and Engineer on the Bypass Pumping Plan Form including emergency cell phone number of bypass operators/monitors responsibly manning the bypass system 24 hours per day along with the project superintendent and pump supplier. F. The Contractor can work extended hours, if approved by the Engineer, to perform the improvements during the bypass operation. Work during extended hours cannot create a nuisance for the neighbors. T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING G. Once a lift station is taken out of service and bypass operations begun, work shall be continuous on the lift station improvements until all improvements are completed and the lift station is returned to normal service. H. The Contractor shall cease bypass pumping operations and return flows to the new and/or existing wastewater system when directed by the Owner. This may be expected if the bypass system is not in accordance with this specification or if inclement weather is in the forecast. 3.2 INSTALLATION & OPERATIONS A. Installation of Temporary Force Mains a. Force mains may be placed along shoulder of road, medians, and/or outside of pavement. Do not place in streets or sidewalks without Engineers approval. b. When temporary piping crosses local streets/roadways and/or private driveways, Contractor shall provide traffic ramps or covers designed, installed, and maintained for H-20 loading requirements while in use. c. When traffic ramps cannot be used, install temporary piping in trenches and cover with temporary pavement, as approved by the Engineer. B. Discharge piping to gravity lines or manholes shall be designed in such a manner as to prevent discharge from contacting manhole walls or benching with as minimal turbulence as possible. C. Plugging or blocking of wastewater flows shall incorporate a primary and secondary plugging device. When plugging or blocking is no longer needed for performance and acceptance of work, it is to be removed in a manner that permits the wastewater flow to slowly return to normal without surge, to prevent surcharging or causing other major disturbances downstream. D. The Contractor shall not cut existing force mains or gravity lines until it is determined that the containment area in place is sufficient for handling any wastewater within the pipe. E. Some locations may require multiple bypass systems. If bypass system is provided with air release valves, then the valve drains shall be piped to a manhole for discharge. T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 7 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING F. Upon completion of the bypass pumping operations, remove piping, restore property to pre-construction condition and restore pavement. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise indicated in the Proposal, Control of Wastewater Flows (Temporary Bypass Pumping Systems) shall be measured by the day (24-hour period) for each day the system is in operation and based on the size of line being bypassed. In addition, the associated bypass forcemain shall be measured by the linear foot and also based on the size of the line being bypassed. Payment shall include all material, labor, equipment and supervision necessary to complete the b ypass design, planning, coordination, installation, operation, maintenance and removal. T-027200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 8 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CONTROL OF WASTEWATER FLOW – BYPASS PUMPING BYPASS PUMPING PLAN FORM Date: ________ ______ NOTE: Shall be submitted seven (7) days prior to bypass operation Project Title: City-Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ No.: _________ Engineer: ____________________________ Contractor: _____________________________ Service Area: _________________________ Lift Station No. (if applicable):_________________ Start Date & Time: _____________________ Completion Date & Time: _________________ Sewer Line Size being Bypassed: _______________ Estimated Peak Flow: _____________________ Line Plugging Method & Locations: _______________________________________________________ Suction Manhole or Lift Station Number and Depth: __________________________________________ Discharge Manhole or Lift Station Number and Depth: ________________________________________ Maximum Surcharge Depth Allowed: ______________________________________________________ Bypass Forcemain Size, Material & Length: _________________________________________________ Pump Description: (Self-Priming, Critically Silenced, and Automatic Level Controls Required) Make, Model, Suction/Discharge Size:____________________________________ Diesel or Electric Total Number of Pumps/Standby Pumps: _____________________________________________ Total & Firm Capacity (GPM @ TDH): ______________________________________________ Vacuum Trucks (if required, number and capacity): ___________________________________________ Contractor Personnel Manning Bypass System (24 hours/day): Name: ______________________________ Phone: _________________________________ Name: ______________________________ Phone: _________________________________ Emergency Contacts: Name: ______________________________ Phone: _________________________________ Name: ______________________________ Phone: _________________________________ Additional Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ Required Checklist: YES NO Schematic drawing providing details of proposed bypass pumping system, routing of bypass lines (using manhole numbers and/or lift station names as applicable), equipment location, and proposed sequencing. Has traffic control plan been appropriately modified to facilitate the bypass pumping equipment? Pumps: Self-priming & Critically Silenced. Provide pump curve with Bypass plan. (Requirement). Contractor shall coordinate with Supplier for appropriate instruction and training on pump operation. Have emergency and/or backup provisions been made for quick pump change out in the case of system failure? Contractor has confirmed no rain (less than ½-in) in the forecast? Prepared by: Reviewed by: _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Contractor Representative Date Wastewater Representative Date T-027205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FIBERGLASS MANHOLES FOR WASTEWATER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-027205 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES FOR WASTEWATER 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for providing, installing and adjusting fiberglass manholes required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL Fiberglass manholes shall be installed at the locations indicated in the drawings. 3. MATERIALS A. Manholes Fiberglass manholes shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM-D-3753-“ Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Manholes and Wetwells,” latest edition and the referenced design criteria as follows: 1. ASTM-C-581 Practice for determining chemical resistance of thermosetting resins used in glass-fiber reinforced Structures Intended for Liquid Service 2. ASTM-D-695 Test method for compressive properties of rigid plastics 3. ASTM-D-790 Test methods for flexural properties of unreinforced and reinforced plastics and electrical insulating materials. 4. ASTM-C-923 Standard Specification for Resilient manhole connectors 5. ASTM-D-2412 Test Method for external loading properties of plastic pipe by parallel-plate loading. 6. ASTM-D-2583 Test method for indentation hardness of rigid plastics by means of a barcol impressor. 7. ASTM-D-2584 Test method for ignition loss of cured reinforced resins 8. ASTM-D-3034 Type PSM Poly (Vinyl) Chloride) (PVC) sewer pipe and fittings 9. ASTM F794 PVC Profile Wall Sewer Pipe (riser) The minimum wall thickness for all fiberglass manholes at all depths shall be 0.50 inch. The inside diameter of the manhole barrel shall be a minimum of 48 inches or as otherwise specified on the drawings, but shall not be less than 1.5 times the nominal pipe diameter of the largest pipe, whichever is larger. A concentric reducer over the barrel shall have a minimum inside diameter of 31.75 inches at the top, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. T-027205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FIBERGLASS MANHOLES FOR WASTEWATER B. Manhole Pipe Connectors Manhole pipe connectors for Sanitary Sewer Application shall be made of corrosion resistant plastic. The connector shall eliminate leaks around the pipe entering the manhole wall and shall permit pipe movement without loss of seal integrity and be in conformance with ASTM D-3212. Material for elastomeric seal in push-on joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM F-477. Material for rubber sleeve shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-443. Manhole pipe connectors between 4 inches and 15 inches shall be Inserta Tee from Fowler Mfg., or approved equal. Manhole pipe connection for Storm Sewer Application shall be made with Ram-Nek flexible plastic gasket material as manufactured by K.T. Snyder Company of Houston, Texas, or approved equal, and wrapped with Class ‘A’ Subsurface Drainage Geotextile, AASHTO M288. C. Manhole Base Concrete shall be Class A in accordance with Section T-030020. Caulk for seal between fiberglass manhole and concrete cast-in-place base shall be Epo-Flex epoxy (gun grade consistency) as manufactured by Dewey Supply of Corpus Christi, or approved equal. Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Base shall be in accordance with requirements of ASTM C-478 as shown on construction plans and detail drawings. D. Inflow Inhibitors Inflow inhibitors shall be installed in sanitary manholes. They shall be of 316 stainless steel with an equivalent thickness of not less than 18 gauge and load tested in excess of 3000 pounds. The inhibitor shall rest on the lip of the seating surface of the manhole ring and shall not exceed a depth of 6.5 inches. The seating surface of the inhibitor shall have an attached gasket on the weight bearing side. The inhibitor shall have a gas relief valve made of Nitrite and shall operate at a 1 psi differential pressure. The inhibitor shall be fitted with a handle of 3/16 plastic coated stainless steel cable attached to the insert body with a 6# 316 stainless steel rivet. The inhibitor shall be constructed of materials that withstand highly corrosive sewer gases. E. Ring & Cover Manhole ring and cover for all manholes shall be for street application and shall be as indicated on the drawings. Manholes 5 feet in diameter and larger shall require a nominal 3- foot ring and cover, as specified on the drawings. HDPE adjustment rings T-027205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FIBERGLASS MANHOLES FOR WASTEWATER are to be used for grade adjustments. A maximum of 18” of adjustment rings may be utilized. F. Flowable Grout Flowable grout (or flowable fill) shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand, water, and “Darafill” admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days), to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/ CY Portland Cement 300 lbs/ CY Fly Ash 2100 lbs/ CY Sand 250 lbs/ CY Water 6 oz/ CY "Darafill" admixture, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS General: The limit of excavation shall allow for placing and removing forms, installing sheeting, shoring, bracing, etc. The Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not endanger the work and will avoid obstructing sidewalks, driveways, power pole, drainage, streets, etc. Subgrade under manhole footings shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Vertical Side: When necessary to protect other improvements, the Contractor shall maintain vertical sides of the excavation. The limit shall not exceed three feet outside the footing on a vertical plane parallel to the footing except where specifically approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide and install any sheeting, shoring, and bracing as necessary to provide a safe work area as required to protect workmen, structures, equipment, power poles, etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and adequacy of all sheeting, shoring and bracing. The sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be removed, as the excavation is backfilled. Sloping Sides: In unimproved areas, where sufficient space is available, the Contractor shall be allowed to back slope the sides of the excavation. The back slope shall be such that the excavation shall be safe from caving. Safety requirements shall govern the back slope used. De-watering: The Contractor shall keep the excavation free from water by use of cofferdams, bailing, pumping well pointing, or any combination as the particular situation may warrant. All de- watering devices shall be installed in such a manner as to provide clearance for construction, removal of forms, and inspection of exterior of form work. It is the intent of these specifications that the T-027205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FIBERGLASS MANHOLES FOR WASTEWATER foundation be placed on a firm dry bed. The foundation bed shall be kept in a de-watered condition for a sufficient period of time to insure the safety of the structure, but in no case shall de-watering be terminated sooner than seven (7) days after placing concrete. All de-watering methods and procedures are subject to the approval of the Engineer. The excavation shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before work on the structure is started. The Contractor shall provide a relatively smooth, firm foundation bed for footings and slabs that bear directly on the undisturbed earth without additional cost to the City, regardless of the soil conditions encountered. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to whether these conditions have been met. The Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not create an unsafe condition. Dewatering for manholes, when necessary, shall be measured and paid for separately, as shown in the Proposal. Unauthorized Over Excavation: Excavation for slabs, footings, etc., that rest on earth, shall not be carried below the elevation shown on the drawings. In the event the excavation is carried on below the indicated elevation, the Contractor shall bring the slab, footing, etc., to the required grade by filling with concrete. Wall Preparation for Pipe Penetrations: For sanitary sewer application, pipe penetrations for pipe 4" through 15" shall be made with appropriately sized core drill bits recommended by the Manufacturer. Pipe penetrations other than described above and as authorized by the Engineer shall be made as follows: cut shall be equal to the outside diameter of pipe to pass through it, plus ½ inch. Cuts are to be made using electric or gasoline powered circular saw with masonry blade. Impact type tools shall not be used. Handling: Manholes shall be handled and stored in a safe manner as necessary to prevent damaging either the manhole or the surroundings. If a manhole must be moved by rolling, the ground which it transverses shall be smooth and free of rocks, debris, etc. Manholes shall be lifted as specified by the manufacturer. Height Adjustment: If necessary, utilize HDPE adjustment rings to adjust the manhole to the correct grade elevation. A maximum of 18” of adjustment rings may be utilized. Installation: Lower manhole into wet concrete until it rests at the proper elevation, and minimum of six (6) inches into concrete, then plumb. Backfill Material: Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, initial backfill around manholes (from subgrade to five feet (5') above the top of the concrete footing) shall be flowable grout. The remaining final backfill around manholes shall be cement-stabilized sand, or approved equal, containing a minimum of 2 sacks of standard Type I or Type II Portland cement per cubic yard of sand, free of large hard lumps, rock fragments or other debris. The material shall be free of large lumps or clods which will not readily break down under compaction. This material shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Backfill material shall be free of vegetation or other extraneous material. Topsoil should be stockpiled separately and used for finish grading around the structure, if necessary. Schedule of Backfilling: The Contractor may begin backfilling of manhole as soon as the concrete T-027205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FIBERGLASS MANHOLES FOR WASTEWATER has been allowed to cure and the forms removed. Compaction: Backfill shall be placed in layers note to exceed 6" compacted thickness and mechanically tamped to at least 95% Standard Proctor Density. Backfill shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent any wedging action against the structure. Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in Specification Section T-027200 "Control of Wastewater Flows". 5. TESTING Manholes will be tested for leakage by either of two tests as specified by Engineer. Water Leakage Test: The contractor shall provide water, labor, and materials for testing. Testing will be as follows: 1. With sewers plugged, the manhole shall be filled with water. 2. The manhole shall be checked after 24 hours have elapsed. 3. Water loss shall not exceed 2.4 gallons per foot of depth for the 24-hour period. 4. If the manhole is within 9 feet of a waterline that is not or cannot be encased, the manhole shall be tested for no leaks and no noticeable loss of water shall be experienced for the 24-hour period. If water loss is excessive, the Contractor shall correct the problem and the manhole shall be retested. Vacuum Test: Vacuum testing shall be in accordance with Section 027203, Vacuum Testing of sanitary sewer manholes and structures. 6. GRADE ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING FIBERGLASS MANHOLES The adjustment of the ring and cover is to be achieved by removal or addition of “HDPE grade adjustment rings” that rest above the fiberglass corbel. If the ring and cover must be lowered to the extent that the new elevation cannot be achieved by removal of “HDPE grade adjustment rings” and it is necessary to remove a section of the fiberglass manhole, this work shall be done as described below. Note that manhole repair kits are available for this work. Remove the appropriately sized section of the existing manhole from the vertical manhole wall at least 6" below the seam where the corbel meets the vertical wall. Excavate evenly around the manhole as required. T-027205 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B FIBERGLASS MANHOLES FOR WASTEWATER Mark, cut and remove the required section of the manhole. Make a square cut as necessary for a good butt splice. Grind and clean ends of fiberglass that are to be re-united. Replace and align the top. Fiberglass a 6" strip along the outside seam all around with two layers of mat with one layer of woven roving sandwiched between. After the outside has set, go on the inside and fill any voids in the seam with epoxy or material provided by a manhole manufacturer for use in such application. After the putty has set. Fiberglass a 6" strip on the inside as previously done on the outside. After curing, backfill with cement-stabilized sand, as described above, compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Fiberglass Manholes shall be measured per diameter per each, up to a depth of 6 feet. Measurement shall include, but not be limited to; excavation, concrete foundation, manhole assembly, connections, cast iron frame and cover, concrete work, backfill, testing, and other work as required to complete the fiberglass manhole. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all materials, labor, tools equipment, and other incidentals required to complete the work. Extra depth for a wastewater manhole over 6 feet in depth will be measured by the vertical foot of depth in excess of 6 feet and bid per diameter as “Extra Depth for Wastewater Manholes”. “Removal of Existing Wastewater Manhole” shall be measured and paid for separately, at the unit price shown in the Proposal. T-027208 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REHABILITATION OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES USING POLYMER SYSTEM SECTION T-027208 REHABILITATION OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES USING POLYMER SYSTEMS 1. GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section details the methods, procedures, materials and equipment as required for a total manhole rehabilitation system . The completed system will provide a corrosion resistant liner that restores walls to near-original performance and eliminates water infiltration and exfiltration. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D543 - Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents B. ASTM D638 - Tensile Properties of Plastics. C. ASTM D695 - Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. D. D790 - Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics. E. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness F. ASTM D4060 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abrader G. ASTM D4414 - Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness of Organic Coatings by Notched Gages H. ASTM D7234 - Pull-off Strength of Coatings Using a Portable Adhesion Tester. I. SSPC SP-13/NACE No. 6 – Surface Preparation of Concrete J. NACE SP 0188 – For performing holiday detection K. CIGMAT – Evaluation of Liner System for Wastewater Concrete and Clay Brick Facilities L. ASTM G210 – Severe Wastewater Analysis Test 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All materials and procedures required to establish compliance with the specifications shall be submitted to the owner/engineer for review/approval. Submittals shall include at least the following: 1. Technical Data Sheet on each product used. 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used. 3. ASTM References. 4. CIGMAT Evaluation or other testing results. 5. Descriptive literature, bulletins and or catalogs of materials. 6. Work procedures including flow diversion plan, method of repair, etc. 7. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in manholes. 8. Final installation report on completed manholes. T-027208 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REHABILITATION OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES USING POLYMER SYSTEM 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be proved to be in first class condition and constructed in accordance with the Drawings and specifications. All defects disclosed by tests and inspections shall be remedied immediately by the Contractor at no expense to the City. B. The applicator shall be trained and certified by the manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application, and inspection of the liner system as described herein. C. Holiday Testing: Each coat shall be holiday tested at the recommended 100-125 volts DC per mil in accordance with the latest edition of the following standards: NACE SP0188-2006, NACE Standard RP0490, ASTM G62 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. The materials to be utilized in the lining of manholes shall be designed and manufactured to withstand the severe effects of hydrogen sulfide in a wastewater environment. Manufacturer of corrosion protection products shall have long proven experience in the production of the lining products utilized and shall have satisfactory installation record. B. Equipment for installation of lining materials shall be high quality grade and be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.2 POLYMER COATINGS A. All polymer coatings applicators shall follow the procedure as outlined: a. Pre-Inspection: Applicator shall take appropriate action to comply with all local, state and federal regulations including those set forth by OSHA, EPA, the City and any other applicable authorities. Prior to conducting any work, perform inspection of structure to determine need for protection against hazardous gases or oxygen-depleted atmosphere and the need for flow control or flow diversion. b. Bypass plan: Bypass plan for flow control or bypass shall be submitted to the City and Engineer for approval prior to conducting the work. Any active flows shall be dammed, plugged, or diverted as required to ensure all liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated until final applications are cured as recommended by the corrosion protection system manufacturer. c. Surface Preparation: NACE 6/SSPC-SP13 "Surface Preparation of Concrete." Dry abrasive blasting, wet abrasive blasting, vacuum-assisted abrasive blasting, and centrifugal shot blasting, high pressure water cleaning (5,000 to 10,000- psig), water jetting (10,000 to 30,000-psig) or combination of methods to remove deteriorated concrete, brick or mortar, laitance, hard contaminants, T-027208 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REHABILITATION OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES USING POLYMER SYSTEM existing coatings, localized micro-organisms and gas contaminants from the concrete walls, floor, ceiling, and other concrete surfaces and shall display a surface profile suitable for application of the system. Minimum surface profile shall be ICRI CSP-5 or greater. Containment shall be provided to capture spent abrasive material and deteriorated concrete for removal by the Contractor. d. Substrate Inspection: After completion of surface preparation, the Contractor shall inspect for: Leaks, Cracks, Holes, Exposed Rebar, Ring and Cover Condition, Invert Condition, Inlet and Outlet Pipe Condition. After the defects in the structure have been identified, repair with a manufacturer approved underlayment or material to assure proper rehabilitation of the surface defect and compatibility with the specialty coating system product to be applied. Repairs to exposed rebar, defective pipe penetrations or inverts, shall be recommended by the specialty coating manufacturer and approved by the County prior to proceeding with the repair. Final preparation and cleaning of repaired surfaces is required prior to application of the coating and shall comply with the corrosion protection system manufacturer’s recommendations. e. Manufacturer’s certification: Applicators, installers, welders and application equipment shall be certified by the manufacturer of the corrosion protection system and documentation shall be provided to the City prior to the work. f. Area to be coated: All exposed concrete of the entire interior surface of precast structure including but not limited to benching, pipe penetrations, walls, bottom of top slab, chimney, etc. Flow channel inverts are not necessary to coat. Corrosion protection system shall interface with adjoining construction materials/components throughout the manhole structure to effectively seal and protect substrates from attack by corrosive elements and to ensure the effective elimination of infiltration into the sewer system. g. Application: Application of specialty coating system shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation. Specified surfaces should be shielded to avoid exposure of direct sunlight, other intense heat source or, where cementitious products are employed, excessive ventilation. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. Verification of the corrosion protection system thickness shall be verified during application via wet gauge methods or following cure of the system using appropriate non-destructive or destructive methods. h. Holiday Testing: Cure time shall be in accordance with the Manufacturers product data sheet. Final concrete structure corrosion protection system shall be completely free of holidays, pinholes or voids. High voltage Holiday testing shall be required and holidays marked and repaired with same material and to same thickness as required of original installation. All high voltage discontinuity (spark) testing shall be performed using a Tinker & Rasor model AP/W Holiday Detector or equal and at 100-125 volts DC per mil or per the manufacturers recommendations. i. Destructive Testing: Destructive testing may be performed as directed by the County to verify coating adhesion and coating DFT. Repairs to areas tested by destructive means shall be repaired by the certified applicator at the T-027208 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REHABILITATION OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES USING POLYMER SYSTEM Contractor’s expense. j. Reporting: Provide final written report to the City detailing the location, date of report, description of repair or original installation and manufacturer data and cut sheets of the corrosion protection system and applicable testing results as per sections 7, 8 and 9. k. Warranty: The report shall contain a copy of the warranty. B. Raven 405: System shall be 100% solids epoxy. Thinning with solvents shall not be permitted. Surface preparation, mixing, pot life, ambient conditions, application, film thickness per coat, cure time, and recoat time shall be in accordance the manufacturer’s recommendations. a. Applicator/installer shall be certified by the Manufacturer. b. Surfacer/Repair: Raven 710, 705CA or Raven 700 shall be spray applied or trowelled to repair/fill minor surface defects or applied as an underlayment. c. Primer: Concrete exhibiting a moisture vapor emission rate greater than 3- lbs/1,000 square feet/24-hours, when tested according to ASTM F1869, shall be primed with Raven 155. Raven 155 primer (2 component waterborne epoxy) shall be applied at a maximum of 8-mil WFT (3-mil DFT). Recoat window minimum 2-4-hours at 72°F with maximum 72-hours at 72°F. d. Top Coat: Raven 405 shall be applied with an approved plural component airless spray system. Coating thickness shall be in relation to the profile of the surface to be coated as recommended by the coating product manufacturer. In all cases the coating shall be applied with minimum of 2 coats applied at 40-80- mils WFT/DFT each for minimum final film thickness at 125-mils DFT. Subsequent top coating or additional coats of the coating product(s) shall occur within the product’s recoat window: minimum cure to a tacky state; maximum cure of 18-hrs at 72ºF substrate temperature. Additional surface preparation procedures will be required if this recoat window is exceeded including inspection for and removal of amine blush and/or other potential contaminants. e. Holiday Testing: The protective lining/coating protection system shall be cured in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations prior to holiday testing at a minimum of 12,500 volts. C. Carboline Plasite 4500 System: System shall be 100% solids, flake-filled, epoxy. Surface preparation, mixing, pot life, ambient conditions, application, film thickness per coat, cure time, and recoat time shall be in accordance the manufacturer’s recommendations. a. Application b. Repair: Carboguard 510 SG shall be spray applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations to repair/fill minor defects or applied as an underlayment c. Top Coat: Carboline Plasite 4500 shall be applied per manufacturuer recommendation with an approved plural component spray system at a minimum final film thickness at 125 mils. d. Holiday Testing: The protective lining/coating protection system shall be cured in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations prior to holiday testing at a minimum of 12,500 volts. T-027208 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REHABILITATION OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES USING POLYMER SYSTEM D. Spectrashield Multicomponent Liner System. Spectrashield multi-component stress panel liner system composed of moisture barrier (modified polymer), surfaces (polyurethane/polymeric blend foam) and final barrier coat (modified polymer). The system is applied in three-steps and the applicator/installer shall be certified by the Manufacturer. a. Application i. Moisture barrier: Silicone Modified Polyurea Minimum 40-mils DFT ii. Surfacer: Polyurethane/Polymeric blend foam iii. Final corrosion barrier: Silicone Modified Polyurea Minimum 60-mils DFT b. Film Thickness: Final installation shall provide a minimum final film thickness at 500-mils. A permanent identification and date of work performed shall be affixed to the structure in a readily visible location. c. Holiday Testing: The protective lining/coating protection system shall be cured in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations prior to holiday testing at a minimum of 50,000 volts. E. Spraywall Polyurethane System: Spraywall system shall be 100% solids and VOC free a. Applicator shall have a certification from the manufacturer as a licensed and fully trained installer of the product b. Surfacer/Repair: Strong Seal MS2C or Fuquay MSP shall be trowelled or pneumatically spray applied to repair/fill minor surface defects or applied as underlayment c. Protective Coat: Spraywall shall be applied as per manufacturer recommendations at a minimum final film thickness at 125 mils. d. Holiday Testing: The protective lining/coating protection system shall be cured in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation prior to holiday testing at a minimum of 12,500 volts. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 POST-APPLICATION INSPECTION A. Final liner system shall be completely free of pinholes or voids. Liner thickness shall be the minimum value as described herein. B. Visual inspection shall be made by the ENGINEER. Any deficiencies in the finished liner system shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth by Manufacturer. C. Clean-up all latent over-spray, debris and other materials to the OWNER’s satisfaction. D. The sewer system may be returned to full operational service as soon as the final inspection has taken place. T-027208 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B REHABILITATION OF WASTEWATER MANHOLES USING POLYMER SYSTEM 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Rehabilitation of Wastewater Manholes Using Polymer Systems shall be measured by manhole diameter per each for depth up to 6 feet and per vertical foot for depths exceeding 6 feet. Measurement shall include, but not be limited to; surface preparation, material installation, inspection, testing, and other work as required to complete the rehabilitation work. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all materials, labor, tools equipment, and other incidentals required to complete the work. END OF SECTION T-027602 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-027602 GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing, handling, and installing gravity wastewater lines required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS A. Pipe and Fittings: 1. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM D-3034. Pipe shall have an SDR of 26. Pipe and fittings shall have push-on compression gasket joints in accordance with ASTM D-3212. B. Bedding and Backfill Materials: 1. BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL is that material from beneath the pipe to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe. The bedding and initial backfill material shall be in accordance with Table 1 on Wastewater Standard Details, Sheet 3, unless otherwise specified. 2. FINAL BACKFILL is that material placed on the initial backfill. The material shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities" and as shown on the standard details. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Trench Excavation: See City-Standard Specification Section 022020 "EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES AND SEWERS". B. Handling of Materials: 1. HANDLING AND CARE of pipe shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Pipe shall be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site by the Contractor. Materials shall be handled with care and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. STORAGE AND SECURITY of materials shall be provided by the Contractor. Any material delivered to the site that is not to be incorporated T-027602 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES into the work within 10 working days shall be properly stored off the ground. Stacking and handling of materials shall be done as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. REJECTED OR DEFECTIVE materials are those having cracks, flaws, or other defects. Rejected materials shall be marked by the Engineer and removed from the job site by the end of the day by the Contractor. 4. DISTRIBUTION OF MATERIALS at the work site shall be allowed provided that they are incorporated into the work within 10 working days. Materials shall not be placed on private property, unless written permission has been obtained from the owner by the contractor. Materials shall not be placed within five feet of the back of curb or edge of pavement without permission of the Engineer or the designated representative. C. Alignment and Grade: 1. All pipes shall be laid and maintained to the required line and grade. 2. NO DEVIATIONS from design line and grade shall be allowed, unless authorized by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall provide offsets and cuts sheets. The Contractor may use batter boards, laser, or other approved methods necessary to construct the wastewater line to design line and grade. D. Pipe Placement: 1. GENERAL: Proper implements, tools, etc. shall be used by the Contractor for safe and efficient execution of work. All pipes shall be carefully lowered into the trench by suitable equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage. Under no circumstances shall pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. The Contractor shall not lay pipe in the trench until the bedding and condition of the trench has been approved by the Engineer. The trench shall be free of water and maintained in that condition until the pipe has been laid, the joints have been completed, and the initial backfill has been completed. All pipe markings shall be placed face up for inspection prior to backfill. 2. CLEAN PIPE: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering pipe into trench. The interior of pipe shall be maintained free of dirt during the remaining installation operations. E. Jointing Pipe: POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE PIPE shall have mating surfaces of the gasketed joint wiped clean of dirt and foreign matter. A lubricant recommended by the coupling manufacturer shall be applied to the bell and spigot mating T-027602 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES surfaces just prior to joining. The spigot shall then be centered on grade into the bell of the previous pipe and shall be shoved home to compress the joint and to assure a tight fit between the inner surfaces. Pipe shall not be assembled in reverse order by pushing bell onto spigot. When the pipe is being thusly installed, bell holes shall be excavated in the bedding material. When the joint has been made, the bell hole shall be carefully filled with material to provide for adequate support of the pipe. The spigot shall be centered within 1/4 inch of the home line marked on the spigot. F. Bedding and Initial Backfill: POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE PIPE: Bedding and initial backfill of PVC pipe shall be in accordance with the details provided in the drawings. Bedding shall be well tamped regardless of type. The type of bedding required shall depend upon the depth of cut and ground water condition and shall be per City Standard Detail drawings and as specified below: BOTTOM OF TRENCH IN GROUNDWATER Depth of Cut Required Bedding Less than 20 feet Gravel or Crushed Stone Over 20 feet Crushed Stone BOTTOM OF TRENCH NOT IN GROUND WATER Depth of Cut Required Bedding Less than 15 feet Sand, Gravel, or Crushed Stone Less than 20 feet Gravel or Crushed Stone Over 20 feet Crushed Stone G. Final Backfill: See City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and Sewers". H. Bypass Pumping: Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in Specification Section T-027200 Control of Wastewater Flows 4. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION T-027602 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES A. Leakage Testing: (Required for all types of pipe) 1. EQUIPMENT FOR LEAKAGE TESTING shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall test the entire system for leaks. This work shall be witnessed by the Engineer. 2. POLY-VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE shall be tested in accordance with Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association "Recommended Practice for LOW- PRESSURE AIR TEST OF INSTALLED SEWER PIPE" UNI-B-6. The requirements of which are summerized by the following Equation: T = .00237D2L Eq. 1 Where: T = Minimum allowable time (seconds) for a pressure drop if 1 psi gage pressure D = Nominal pipe diameter (inches) L = Length of pipe run (feet) The test section shall be plugged and subjected to a test pressure not in excess of 5 psi. The time required for a 1 psi pressure drop shall be measured and not exceed the value obtained in Eq 1. B. Deflection Testing: (Required for PVC Pipe) 1. EQUIPMENT FOR DEFLECTION TESTING shall be provided by the Contractor. Mandrels shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be of machined rigid corrosion resistant pipe with a length not less than 1.5 diameters. Mandrels will be sized for SDR 26 PVC pipe at 5% deflection. The outside diameter of the standard mandrels shall be as follows: Nominal Size (inch) Mandrel O.D. (inch) 8 7.11 10 8.87 12 10.55 15 12.90 18 15.76 21 18.56 24 20.87 27 23.51 30 27.14 36 Mfr. Rec. 2. TESTING shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. All pipe shall be tested for deflection no less than 30 days after placement of backfill. The Contractor may wish to check pipe immediately after T-027602 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES backfilling for job control. However, this shall not qualify as acceptance testing. No pipe can be tested for formal acceptance until it has been in place, complete with backfill for at least 30 days. 3. Belly: Pipe shall be rejected if belly exceeds 5% based on the readings from the video inspection C. Retesting: ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS shall be corrected or replaced by the Contractor and retested. This shall be repeated until all work and materials are acceptable. D. Cleaning and Televising: All wastewater lines and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with Specification Section T-027611 “Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Wastewater Lines”. 5. SOIL BORINGS The City does not assume responsibility for subsurface information. Soil data and other subsurface information shown on the plans or in the appendix is without warranty as to correctness of fact or interpretation. 6. BRACING AND SHORING Trenching operation shall comply with OSHA and State of Texas Safety Requirements for Excavation and Trenching Operations. If, for whatever reason, the trench width at the top of pipe must exceed that width indicated in the bedding details, the Contractor shall modify bedding as required by the Engineer to accommodate the additional load on the pipe. 7. MEASUREMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Gravity Wastewater lines shall be measured by the linear foot for each size and depth of sewer installed as follows: A. Between centers of manholes. B. From the center of a manhole to the end of the line. C. From the end of an existing stub to the end of the line or center of the existing manhole. Depth shall be measured from flow line of pipe to ground surface over centerline of the pipe at time of construction. Measurements to be made at manholes, at intervals not to exceed fifty feet, and at breaks in ground profile. Bedding shall not be measured and shall be considered subsidiary to pipe, unless included as a separate bid item in the proposal. T-027602 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 6 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B GRAVITY WASTEWATER LINES 8. PAYMENT Payment shall include all labor, pipe, bedding, equipment for hauling, trench excavation, and all cleaning up and other incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place. END OF SECTION T-027606 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SERVICE LATERAL REPLACEMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-027606 SERVICE LATERAL REPLACEMENT 1. SCOPE: This specification governs all work and materials necessary to construct the Wastewater Service Lines required to complete the project. Wastewater Service Lines are those lines, constructed in public ROW, from the service tee on the main up to and including the clean-out at the property line. 2. MATERIALS: Pipe and fittings for wastewater service lines shall be PVC in accordance with ASTM D2665 and ASTM D3311 with a minimum size of 4 inches. Solvent cement for PVC shall comply with ASTM D2564. No co-mingling of different materials except through the use of proper adaptors. Adaptors shall have a stainless steel or fiberglass shear ring. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Where possible, service tees or wyes shall be placed along the main as required for services (no taps). The minimum size pipe for services shall be 4" diameter for residential and 6" for commercial. Minimum slopes for 4" and 6" pipes shall be 1/8 (S=0.01) and 1/16 (S= 0.005) inches per foot respectively. Wastewater service lines shall cross under water mains The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing alignment and maintaining grade for the proposed service. Trenches shall be excavated in such a manner which will minimize damage to surface improvements. After installation, the excavated material shall be tamped into the trench to a minimum of 95% Std. Proctor and the surface restored to a condition acceptable to the Engineer. Lines shall be bored, jetted, or jacked under sidewalks, driveways, and other such improved surfaces; unless authorized by the Engineer. Service lines shall be leakage tested with the main sewer. Contractor shall follow operational requirements for bypass pumping as set forth in Specification Section T-027200 Control of Wastewater Flows. T-027606 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SERVICE LATERAL REPLACEMENT 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Service Lateral Replacement shall be measured per linear foot for each mainline depth specified in the Proposal (10LF minimum) for each connection made to the main. Measurement shall include but not be limited to; the line from the tee on the main to, and including, the clean-out at the property line. Payment shall include all labor, materials, equipment, trench safety and incidentals necessary for Wastewater Service Lines required to complete the project. “Service Reconnections for Pipe Bursting” will not be paid for in conjunction with “Service Lateral Replacement” bid item. Only one or the other will be used for any single service line. T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-027611 CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF SMALL DIAMETER WASTEWATER LINES I. GENERAL The scope of work described herein is to include cleaning and inspection work of small diameter wastewater lines, which includes line sizes up to but not including 18 inches in diameter. The estimated quantities of services are as noted on the Bid Proposal Sheet herein. Although actual quantities may vary, the descriptions and estimated quantities are to form the basis of the unit prices submitted by the Bidder. The Utility Department will provide reference maps highlighting wastewater line segments to be cleaned and inspected during this project. The Utility Department will provide reference numbers for all manholes on the maps. These reference numbers shall be utilized by the Contractor(s) on video inspection reports. An Excel spreadsheet will list upstream and downstream manhole locations, linear footage inspected, location description, access location (i.e. street/easement), and GIS footage. Additional columns allow the contractor to record linear footage cleaned, segment CCTV footage, reversal linear footage, comments, and section complete status. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor(s) to adhere to all applicable OSHA rules and regulations while performing work on any and all City-related projects or jobs (to include, but not necessarily limited to “Confined Space Entry”). WORK AND MATERIALS PROVIDED BY THE CITY The Utility Department will provide the following at no cost to the Contractor: 1. Community awareness measures and project signage informing that sewer maintenance is scheduled with the Contractor. 2. Instructions on how to respond to residents that approach the Contractor during the sewer cleaning and inspection process. 3. Legal and physical access to collection system manholes on the portions of sewer within the project limits. 4. Exposure of buried manholes and assistance in opening seized manhole lids that could not be accessed or opened by the Contractor using normal industry standard procedures. 5. Any excavation, opening, backfilling, and/or repair of sewers, and/or streets, required to remove the Contractor’s equipment caught in the sewer pipe due to sewer defects and not caused by the Contractor’s negligence. T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES 6. A designated City Project Manager that will act as liaison between the Utility Department and the Contractor for the duration of the project. 7. A parking area to accommodate the Contractor’s equipment, vehicles and materials, if requested by Contractor, provided that storage does not interfere with normal City operations. 8. A debris dump location to unload materials removed from the sewer pipes during cleaning. This facility is to be used only during the contract time limits and only for sewers located in Corpus Christi that have been authorized to be cleaned in this contract. 9. Upon receipt of the Contractor deposit, City will provide a hydrant meter to the Contractor to use only for obtaining water necessary to perform the cleaning requirements of this contract. Contractor will provide meter readings as directed by the City. Contractor will not be charged for water used to perform this project. II. TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall provide sufficient traffic control measures to ensure safe conditions and to minimize inconvenience to motorists. Temporary traffic control devices shall conform to the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, which provides a number of typical temporary traffic control plans that may be implemented into the project. The Contractor shall determine if revisions or modifications to these typical plans are required for any specific site and, when required by City staff, shall submit the plans to the Traffic Department for approval. The Contractor is responsible for determining whether the traffic control is sufficient for road/traffic conditions and for acquiring any necessary permits from the City. The Contractor shall furnish, install, move, replace, and maintain all necessary temporary traffic controls, including, but not limited to, barricades, signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals, temporary detours, temporary striping and markers, flag-men and such temporary devices and relocation of existing signs and devices as necessary to safely complete the project. III. WATER METER The Contractor will obtain and place a refundable deposit on a City-provided hydrant meter to record water used for cleaning operations. Water will be provided at no cost to the Contractor, provided the Contractor submits monthly use records, as required by the City Project Manager. The Contractor will be allowed to use hydrants that are nearby the work being performed and will adhere to any City Project Manager restrictions should specific areas not be available to obtain water. The Contractor will use caution when opening and closing hydrants to prevent surges and damage to hydrants or creating turbidity within the water main. The Contractor will be responsible for any loss or neglectful damage to the hydrant meter and any damages to hydrants; it is the Contractor’s responsibility to connect to hydrants that are observed to be in good condition. The City may withhold final payment until the water meter is returned in good condition. T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES IV. TECHNICAL PROVISIONS The following specifications form the basis of the technical requirements of the service agreement. This specification shall govern for all work, equipment, supervision and materials required for cleaning, remote CCTV inspection, and documentation of sanitary sewer or other lines, as required. 1. QUALIFICATIONS 1.1 The Contractor shall have a minimum of 5 years of documented municipal cleaning/CCTV experience and shall have inspected, as a company, a minimum of 500,000 linear feet under similar conditions. 2. CLEANING REQUIREMENTS 1.1 Clean ALL debris, such as dirt, gravel, rocks, grease, and other organic/inorganic debris from existing lines and manholes to allow for CCTV inspection to proceed. The only price the City shall pay for all cleaning required herein are those amounts quoted by Bidder in the Bid Sheet. For consecutive line segments or designated areas of the collection system, the Contractor shall clean from the most upstream segments and progress downstream, where possible. The Contractor will be required to clean the line segment using hydraulic equipment. The debris being removed from the pipeline shall be removed from the collection system at the receiving manhole, and not be allowed to be merely moved to the next line segment. Adequate equipment, such as sand traps, wire baskets, etc., shall be used to prevent migration of debris into downstream line segments. Debris shall be properly disposed of in accordance with local, state and federal regulations and as specified below. 1.2. The Contractor shall dispose of debris removed from cleaning operations on this project at the Greenwood WWTP, located at 1541 Saratoga Blvd., Corpus Christi, Texas 78415 unless otherwise directed by the City Project Manager. The Contractor shall coordinate dumping with the City Wastewater Department at all times. The Contractor shall not be charged for disposal at the designated location for debris removed only from the City of Corpus Christi sewer system under this contract. The City will be responsible for the removal, cost and disposal of dried solids. The Contractor will record debris volumes on the City of Corpus Christi Cleaning Logs. The Contractor shall not dispose of any debris from any other source(s) other than the City of Corpus Christi wastewater collection system at the Greenwood WWTP. The Contractor will be responsible for T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES obtaining and maintaining all necessary permits to transport sludge wastes in the State of Texas and the City of Corpus Christi. 1.3. Cleaning Equipment - The cleaning equipment will be truck mounted combination water jet/vacuum unit(s). Water jet performance shall be a minimum of 65 gallons per minute at 2,000 PSI. The unit(s) will be equipped with a minimum of 700 feet of 1” internal diameter sewer cleaning hose with working pressure ratings to match the rating of the water pressure. The nozzles used in the cleaning process will accommodate the full flow rating of water jet and will be of proper choice for cleaning application, including rotating nozzle for root and grease removal. Prior to the sewer cleaning operation, the City Project Manager and the Contractor will agree on a sewer cleaning sequence. In general, the sewer cleaning process will proceed from the upper ends of each sewer basin to the lower ends. Multiple passes with the water jet will be made to flush the debris to the manhole where jet/vac unit is positioned. Sewers will be cleaned by introducing the water jet into the sewer line facing against the sewer flow and retrieving the water jet under pressure with the sewer flow. A handheld control gun will be used to thoroughly clean manholes from grade level. Debris will be removed by vacuum to prevent workers from entering manholes. The Contractor will collect and transport all debris removed during the sewer cleaning operation. Adequate equipment, such as sand traps, wire baskets, etc., shall be used to prevent migration of debris into downstream line segments. Vacuum system performance will be at least 4,000 cubic feet per minute and 16” Hg vacuum pressure to ensure all debris can be efficiently removed from sewer without a worker entering the manhole. The Contractor is responsible for damages and cleanup caused by backups into homes/businesses due to contractor cleaning operations. 3. CCTV REQUIREMENTS 3.1 General Closed circuit television inspection will typically be done under one or more of the conditions listed below. Requirements for on-screen labeling during each line segment set up, televising, video file labeling and hard copy inspection reports will be specifically addressed. The contractor shall neither request nor receive assistance from the City, in the performance of work described in this specification. Unless otherwise specified and at Contractors expense, the Contractor shall provide for the control of wastewater flows and monitoring of the collection system for back-ups and surcharges, while flow control devices are in place. 3.2 Inspection Equipment and Methods T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES Electronic inspection software that is NASSCO PACP (version 6.0 or greater) compliant shall be used to record the condition of each pipe segment inspected. The minimum header information required for each inspection is presented in the Header Field Checklist herein. Video inspection is to be performed in the field by a NASSCO Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP) certified operator. The operator name and NASSCO certification number is required on each inspection. The Contractor will perform closed circuit video inspection of the sewers using current state-of-the-art technology and trained employees. CCTV camera will be high-resolution color with adjustable iris focus. CCTV camera will have pan and tilt capabilities that allow up close and right- angled inspections of defects and other significant observations. Video camera will be equipped with a minimum 1000 feet of video cable. Lighting on video camera will be suitable to allow proper illumination and a clear video image of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera will be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system will produce a high quality video image. The capture system shall have the capability of recording, digitizing, and storing single frames of video images and “real time” live video, as well as collecting, storing, and printing pipeline inspection data for graphic display and report generation. The imaging capture system shall store digitized picture images, have the ability to export picture files to industry standard formats (jpg or format acceptable to City Project Manager), be transferable to flash drives, DVDs or hard drives, and have the ability to be printed at no additional cost to the City. In every case, all observations will be recorded in the field by currently certified PACP operators using PACP codes and protocols. Post inspection coding in an office will not be accepted. Footage distance measured by video system will be accurate within 1% and will be used to determine footages for reporting and payment. The PACP distance between manholes (from exit wall to entrance wall) will be the reference points used to determine footage measurements. Video inspection will not exceed a traverse rate of 30 feet per minute so that sewer line can be thoroughly examined by the City while reviewing video. If the inspection by the camera is impeded or stopped by roots, grease or other debris, the camera shall be removed, and the sewer line shall be re- cleaned at no additional cost to the City. If re-cleaning does not remove the roots, the Project Manager shall be contacted to authorize the additional cost to remove the roots or obstruction. T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES During the transit, the display must show the continuous distance from the insertion manhole with an accuracy of +/- 1% of the actual length to help mark observations on the report form. The video must display all notable PACP observations/codes. The Inspection Report shall consist of condition observations recorded using computer software generated formats conforming to NASSCO PACP version 6.0 or greater. Items considered notable include: deviations in alignment and grade; abnormal conditions of the pipe barrel and joints; locations and quantities of any sources of infiltration or inflow; dropped, broken, properly/improperly installed service taps; debris, roots or other impediments to flow and any other condition that may either prevent the proper completion of the inspection or affect any proposed rehabilitation process. T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 7 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES HEADER FIELD CHECKLIST Field # Header Field Mandatory Required for this Project 1 Surveyed By X 1a Certificate No. X 2 Owner X 3 Customer X 4 Drainage Area 5 Sheet Number X 6 P/O Number 7 Pipe Segment Ref. X 8 Date X 9 Time 10 Street X 10a City X 11 Location Details 12 Upstream MH No. X 13 Upstream MH Rim to Invert 14 Upstream MH Grade to Invert 15 Upstream MH Rim to Grade 16 Downstream MH No. X 17 Downstream MH Rim to Invert 18 Downstream MH Grade to Invert 19 Downstream MH Rim to Grade 20 Sewer Use X 21 Direction X 22 Flow Control X 23 Height X 24 Width X 25 Shape X 26 Material X 27 Lining Method 28 Pipe Joint Length X 29 Total Length X 30 Length Surveyed X 31 Year Laid 32 Year Renewed 33 Media Label 34 Purpose 35 Sewer Category 36 Pre-Cleaning X 36a Date Cleaned X 37 Weather X 38 Location X 39 Additional Info. (Street or Easement) X 40 W/O # X 41 Project X 42 Pressure Value T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 8 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES 3.3 Flow Control The line shall be dewatered during inspection. A water jet cleaning unit will normally be running in the line in advance of the television camera to allow the highest quality picture, along with 360 degree view of the pipeline. Dewatering shall remove standing water and visible moisture from the line segment to provide a clear 360 degree view of the pipe being televised. An excessively high water level, condensation resulting in a blurred lens or a submerged camera may be grounds for rejection of the inspection. All sewage flow from intersecting lines, which cannot be drawn down with the hydraulic jet nozzle, shall typically be controlled through the use of in- line plugs and/or vacuum trucks, and the costs are considered subsidiary to the inspection for all line sizes up to 18 inches in diameter. Plugs in intersecting lines shall be installed by the Contractor with no assistance from the City. The Contractor shall also monitor the upstream system for back-ups and surcharges, which may lead to Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSOs). The Contractor shall immediately report all sanitary sewer overflows to the City Call Center at (361) 826-2489. Flow Control devices shall be installed in accordance with all applicable OSHA and plug manufacturer recommendations, including, but not necessarily limited to confined space protocol. The Contractor certifies that all personnel working on the project have been trained in confined space, use of flow control devices per manufacturer recommendations, traffic controls, and hazards associated with working in wastewater collection systems. No bypass pumping is required under this scope of services. 3.4 CCTV with Obstructions Cleaning and televising is intended to traverse each line segment from manhole to manhole as specified in the work order. When an obstruction is encountered and cannot be removed, preventing the camera from proceeding, the obstruction will be recorded on the initial setup, and a reverse setup will be attempted to view the pipe and obstruction from the opposite direction. If the camera fails to reach the original cause for the reverse setup, then the Contractor will contact the City Project Manager to receive authorization for obstruction removal. If authorized, the Contractor shall remove the obstruction(s) if it is identified in the items below: a. Roots/Grease - The Contractor shall remove roots/grease without damage to the main sewer to facilitate the CCTV inspection. The Contractor will use remote CCTV to monitor progress of the roots/grease cutting. The Contractor shall immediately notify City if it T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 9 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES is believed that these activities will cause a sewer collapse due to the condition of the host pipe. All roots/grease must be screened, collected, and removed from the sewer for proper disposal. The post roots/grease removal video inspection will be performed to confirm that the roots/grease were removed and normal flow has been restored. The fee for the post roots/grease removal video inspection is included in the price for roots/grease removal. b. Protruding Service Tap Removal - Not included under this solicitation. When a protruding service tap obstruction prevents further inspection, the Contractor will attempt inspection from the opposite direction (reverse set-up). Where other obstructions prevent a manhole-to-manhole inspection of the segment, the inspection shall be considered complete, and no additional inspection will be required. However, the line segment evaluation form, as well as the graphic report, shall note the full line length and the actual length traveled from each manhole set-up. All inspection efforts on the line segment will be recorded on the same media and in the same database. The Contractor must exert all reasonable effort to televise the entire length of a segment of wastewater line as described in the work order documents or to assist the City repair crews with usable information for point repair. 3.5 CCTV Reverse Set-up: A CCTV reverse set-up is an attempt to view the line segment from the opposite direction due to an obstruction encountered during the initial set- up or a line segment that exceeds the 1000 feet CCTV cable length. 3.6 Easement Access: The Contractor will be responsible for providing equipment, including, but not limited to, portable CCTV equipment, vehicles capable of transporting TV equipment and accessing remote easements, and adequate cleaning equipment to perform cleaning and inspection of lines located within rear easement areas. Easement areas are defined as those areas not accessible to normal vehicular traffic. A separate bid item has been provided for access cleaning and/or for inspection that is only available through manholes located within easements. 3.7 After hours work: Normal working hours shall be considered 8 AM to 5 PM, Monday - Friday for the duration of the project. When authorized/required by the City Project Manager, the Contractor may perform inspections after hours. This may be necessary in some cases so the inspection can be done during low T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 10 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES flow periods, to minimize impacts on traffic safety, or for other reasons determined by the City. 3.8 Confined Space Entry: When necessary to complete cleaning and inspection activities (including but not limited to plugging, flow control, etc.), and as authorized by the City Project Manager, the Contractor may enter manholes. All pertinent OSHA regulations will be followed, and the Contractor will provide copies of confined space entry permits if requested. V. DELIVERABLES 4.1 Television Inspection Logs: Electronic media inspection logs/records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location, by distance in 1/10 of a foot, from the manhole wall, in relation to an adjacent manhole of each observation during inspection. In addition, other points of significance, such as locations of service connections, unusual conditions, roots, storm sewer connections, cracks, fractures, broken pipe, presence of scale and corrosion, and other discernible features, as defined in the PACP defect codes, will be recorded on electronic media, and a copy of such records will be supplied to the Owner. Digital photographs of the pipe condition and all defects shall be taken by the Contractor. Photographs shall be located by distance in 1/10 of a foot, from the manhole wall, in relation to an adjacent manhole. 4.2 Electronic media recordings: The purpose of electronic media recording shall be to supply a visual record of the entire line segment that may be viewed by the Owner. Each original electronic media recording of conditions and defects will be delivered to the City at least monthly, which summarizes the lines completed during the period. The submittal must agree with the monthly billing request in terms of unit quantities and electronic deliverables. The Contractor is required to provide NASSCO PACP compliant computer software-generated Inspection Report products to the Owner, as a result of each work order issued. Acceptable submissions become the property of the City. The electronic recordings will have read-only software that will facilitate viewing and printing of additional copies of the inspection report and the digital photographs. The CD or DVD ROM or hard drive will also include video that can be viewed. The electronic recordings will be compatible with Microsoft Windows 7 and will be delivered to the Wastewater Department within ten (10) calendar days of the last day of the performance period. T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 11 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES 4.3 Quality Control: Inadequate main sewer preparatory cleaning, camera distortion, inadequate lighting, dirty or submerged lens, and blurry or hazy pictures that are determined to be the fault of the Contractor will be cause for rejection of the inspection effort. If the City does not approve of the quality of the deliverables, the Contractor shall repeat the documenting process at no cost to the City. 4.4. Upon completion of the project, one (1) properly labeled flash drive, hard drive or DVD (as appropriate for the size of the project), will be required along with one (1) hard copy report. The media will be properly labeled to identify the contents. The media will be labeled, either typed or neatly printed, with the following information on the cover/container with electronic text included on the root drive of the media: Project Name Work Order Contractor Name, Address, Contact Number Date All required reports, databases, photographs and video are to be from City- approved, software-generated formats. Hard copy reports will be printed single-sided on 8½” x 11” paper, in color, to improve definition of problem areas, and delivered with the media. The final project submittal must be reconciled with the monthly billings with regards to quantities of work completed or any exceptions noted. One report is required for each project (which may consist of an entire neighborhood with numerous child work orders for each line segment). The Contractor’s proposed software must be approved before the first work order is initiated. The final submittal must include a table of contents that summarizes all line segments cleaned, televised, and inspected with CCTV logs arranged in order by the PACP PSR identification number, lowest number to highest number. The Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed report to the City for review and approval. Hard Copy On Media 1. Project Summary Report (pdf or approved equal) 2. CCTV Defect Listing Log (pdf or approved equal) 3. Condition Code Summary (pdf or approved equal) 4. Cleaning Log (pdf or approved equal) 5. NASSCO PACP compliant Access Database  6. Video files (mpeg, wmv or approved equal) 7. Defect photographs (jpg or approved equal) 8. Cleaning Log Summary (xls or approved equal) T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 12 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES VI. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise indicated in the Proposal, Pre-CCTV (Cleaning and Televised Inspection) and Post CCTV (Televised Inspection) of Wastewater Lines shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment will be made at the contract prices on the Bid Sheet and said price includes all labor, equipment, materials and supervision necessary to complete the item. The DVD and Inspection Record must have already been submitted, reviewed and approved by the Engineer, as a prerequisite to payment being made to the contractor. Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Wastewater Lines bid item includes an inspection of all manholes entered, crossed, or associated with the line being inspected. Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Wastewater Manholes bid item shall only be measured and paid for when used as a stand-alone manhole inspection without Wastewater Line Inspection. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE PAID FOR CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES UNTIL DOCUMENTATION AS REQUIRED BY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTION T-027604 “DISPOSAL OF WASTE FROM WASTEWATER CLEANING OPERATIONS”, HAS BEEN SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER. NEW LINE INSPECTIONS AND EVALUATION AFTER REPAIRS/REHABS WILL BE MEASURED AND PAID FOR THROUGH “POST CCTV” BID ITEMS AND INCLUDE TELEVISING ONLY. EXISTING MANHOLE AND EXISTING LINE INSPECTIONS WILL BE MEASURED AND PAID FOR THROUGH “PRE-CCTV” BID ITEMS AND INCLUDE CLEANING AND TELEVISING. CCTV Set-Up shall only be measured and paid for if an individual site requires less than 200 feet of televising. Reverse CCTV Set-Up shall only be measured and paid for if an obstruction is encountered during the initial set-up, requiring the Contractor to relocate to another manhole (upstream or downstream) of the original manhole. T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 13 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES Example Documentation and Deliverables 1. Project Summary Report (pdf or approved equal) 2. CCTV Defect Listing Log (pdf or approved equal) 3. Condition Code Summary (pdf or approved equal) 4. Cleaning Log Summary (xls or approved equal) INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES Ace P+pe cieorwing, INC. 4000 E Truman Lit Kansas C4Y, M!s3A7un 64127-2270 Phone: 816241-2891 fare: $16.241 S0S4 urA Project Summary 11179636_1130106 .1121296_11129636 111229636 112.1296 1130109 1130720 1130109 1130189.-1127221 1127221 1130110 1130110_1129635 1179635.1138110 1129636 1130106 Pro ect Summery City of Corpus Christi_PA 9/3/2014 '9/3/2014 9/3/7014 9/3/2814 9/412014 9/4/1114 9/4/7014 9/4/2014 Bkrns Stan at Moroi Ovate News Street at Miami [ante 1*i Watt at Figura Orixr 64exms Street ar Mem Dave Newts. Street at Kram Dort* S1rrnt al Mand 4r+se Woes Stare al Miami Carte !Moms Street at Noma 0rwe 1129636 1130106 YCP 811-0 38.? 1121245 MCP 288-0 233.2 1121296 1130720 VCP 291 0 286 2. 130720 1130109 VCP 203.0 262 1130,109 1127221 LCD 243.0 28.., 1177221 1130110 VCP 249-0 267 1130110 1129635 VCP 9g5_p 1c -- 1130110 1129635 vita 935-0 176.0 113010e 1129636 VCP 811.0 34.0 1129636 T„esaa) January 13, 2415.4:t3FM Pa9e1 or 43 1. Project Summary Report (1 of 2) INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES ,kms #1qc Oman., WE. 40 L mown In 5swsr C.- w.iib1r227-D Mani. SS5,b11. AMM /i9= '!15311 SO1 034 _5330 5334_5333 5333_ 5334 30/31f2014 1W31(2014 10/3 IRON 5333 53.81 1W31f2014 5381_5387 1{/31)2014 5302_5383 KV 31/2014 5383 5384 1Q31/2814 5394_538411 113/31/2014 5381A_5658 10/31/7014 4879_4880 10/31/2014 438 4331 10/31/2014 Number of Mspections: 471 Project Summary Waldron Waldron MI/dna Waldron Waldron Woldren Waldron Highway WJb4 Highway Village rn }e< I) 3 e 5330 5334 5334 5333 5381 5382 5303 5384 53848 4879 4800 fiaMidsy. Ja ril4ejr 13, 2015 4 18 PLA 5334 VCP 344,0 92.7 5333 VCP 183-0 150-1 5333 VCP 183.0 18.7 5381 VCP 27"3.0 274.,6 5382 VcP 274.0 271 5383 VCP 236.0 235' Si3x1+vim 435,0 53848 VOA 423.0 248.3 5658 PVC 00.0 4880 ti P 473.0 476.4 4881 vo3 505-0 Z40.5 Sill 140,633A ft 97,'991.4- ft. Pay= z3 n= 13 1. Project Summary Report (2 of 2) T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 16 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES 2. CCTV Defect Listing Log 34 T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 17 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES 3. Condition Code Summary 347 T-027611 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 18 of 18 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CLEANING AND TELEVISED INSPECTION OF WASTEWATER LINES 4. Cleaning Log Summary Wa t e r U s e d De b r i s R e m o v e d T-027618 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WASTEWATER LINE REHABILITATION/PIPEBURSTING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-027618 WASTEWATER LINE REHABILITATION / PIPEBURSTING 1. SCOPE This specification shall govern all work necessary to rehabilitate gravity wastewater lines by pipebursting, wherein a horizontal boring technique, utilizing a cutting/expansive tool head fragments the existing pipe, and a fusion welded, high density polyethylene pipe is drawn into the resulting tunnel. 2. QUALIFICATIONS 2.1 The Pipe Bursting Contractor will have actively engaged in the installation of pipe using pipe bursting for a minimum of five (5) years and have installed, as a company, a minimum of 150,000 feet in similar conditions. 2.2 Field Supervisory Personnel employed by the Pipe Bursting Contractor will have at least (5) five years of documented experience in the performance of the work and tasks as stated in the contract documents. 3. MATERIALS 3.1 Polyethylene: ASTM Designation: D-3350 with a cell classification of 335434B D or E (with inner wall of light color). In addition, the liner shall be manufactured of polyethylene resins classified as Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34, as tabulated in specifications in the older ASTM Designation, D-1248. This material shall also conform to the design criteria as specified in Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) Designation: PE3408. 3.2 Dimensions: The pipe shall be (SDR 17, IPS) per ASTM F714 of the nominal diameter as shown on the plans and specified in the proposal. 3.3 Quality: All pipe shall be homogenous throughout, and shall be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or other deleterious faults. All materials shall be of the highest quality and highest performance. It shall be the product of a manufacturer actively engaged in research, development, and the manufacturer of said materials. 3.4 Submittals: The contractors shall submit documentation showing that personnel has five (5) years of Pipe Bursting experience with a list of a minimum 150,000 LF installed by the company. Information for each supervisor and the company must T-027618 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WASTEWATER LINE REHABILITATION/PIPEBURSTING include, but not be limited to, date of work, location, pipe information (i.e. length, diameter, depth of installation, pipe material, etc.), project owner information, (i.e., name, address, telephone number, and contact person). 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 4.1 Pipe Jointing: Sections of the polyethylene (PE) liner pipe shall be joined by the butt-fusion method and performed in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations using approved equipment. The Contractor shall make arrangements to have a technical representative of the pipe manufacturer present for the start-up of the butt-fusion jointing and training of the contractor's personnel, or arrangements shall be made for the pipe manufacturer's representative to remain on the job until all jointing has been completed. When requested by the Engineer, samples of butt-fusion joints shall be furnished by the contractor for laboratory testing. The test of such samples shall clearly demonstrate joint integrity, strength, etc. 4.2 Insertion Pits: The location and number of insertion pits shall be determined by the contractor to maximize insertion lengths and keep the number of excavations to a minimum. The insertion pit size shall be the minimum necessary to perform insertion operations. Locations of insertion pits shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Removal of obstructions and point repairs shall be done as necessary. This work shall be done in accordance with Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and Sewers T- 022020 of the Standard Specifications. 4.3 Pulling Pipe: New polyethylene pipe shall be pulled immediately behind the pipe bursting equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's procedures. The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured for the pipe insertion process. The Contractor shall install all pulleys, rollers, bumpers, alignment control devices, and other equipment, required to protect existing manholes, and to protect the pipe from damage during installation. Lubrication may be used as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be stressed beyond 50% of its tensile strength at yield, that being 22,600 lb. For an 8" SDR 17 pipe. Provide a suitable pull measuring device connected to the winch or pulling system. Upon commencement, insertion shall be continuous without interruption, if possible. Terminal sections of pipe that are joined within the insertion pit shall be connected with a 1/4" thick neoprene gasket and a stainless steel band clamp having a minimum of 4 bolt/nut drawn down fixtures. The butt gap between pipe ends shall not exceed 1/2". T-027618 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WASTEWATER LINE REHABILITATION/PIPEBURSTING The installed pipe shall be allowed the manufacturer's recommended amount of time, but not less than 4 hours, for relaxation prior to any reconnection of service lines, sealing of the annulus, or backfilling the insertion pit. Sufficient excess length shall be allowed to provide for this occurrence. 4.4 Service Connections: All service connections shall be identified, excavated, and disconnected prior to pipe bursting. After the new main has been pulled into place, allowed to recover, and secured to the manhole walls, each service shall be reconnected to the new main. Services shall be connected by the use of an approved pre-fabricated saddle. The pre-fabricated saddle shall be equipped with a neoprene gasket installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the two-piece saddle is placed around the polyethylene pipe and pulled together with stainless steel bands. Drill hole in main shall be flush with the inside diameter of the saddle. Service connections shall be made in accordance with the Service Connection Details found in the Wastewater Standard Details within the plans. Continuous service shall be maintained. Additional payment will be made for each service re-connection for pipe bursting new lines, as shown in the proposal. 4.5 Annulus Sealing: The relaxed pipe shall be cut 4" inside of manholes and any annular space sealed. The annular space may be sealed with a mechanical device, chemical seal, or quick-setting concrete. The method chosen shall be approved by the Engineer prior to construction. The sealant shall extend at least 8-inches past the outside of the manhole wall. The sealant shall form a smooth transition above the liner projection into the manhole. The sealant shall be applied 3" beyond the annulus on the inside wall of the manhole. The complete joint shall be uniform and water-tight. 4.6 Backfill: The insertion pit(s) shall be backfilled with an approved granular material from the invert to a minimum of 12" above the pipe. The balance of the insertion pit may be backfilled using approved material taken from the excavation except if under pavement. Follow standard details for insertion pit(s) under pavement. All backfilling shall be accomplished in such a manner as to achieve a 95% standard proctor density. 4.7 By-Pass Sewage: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain continuous flow of sewage, during execution of work. This includes flow of all mains, laterals and services. Pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity to handle all flows. Dumping of raw sewage on private or city property shall not be allowed. By-pass shall be made by pumping the sewage into the downstream manhole or adjacent system, or other methods as may be approved by the owner and the Engineer. “Control of Wastewater Flows” shall be measured and paid for separately as per technical specification T-027200 “Control of Wastewater Flows through Bypass Pumping”. 5. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS: T-027618 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WASTEWATER LINE REHABILITATION/PIPEBURSTING The Contractor shall be responsible for all handing and security of the materials. 6. CLEANUP: The Contractor shall clean up the area around the work area and restore surface improvements to a like or better condition as existed prior to construction. All pavement shall be repaired as specified. All broken pipe and other unwanted material shall become property of the Contractor and hauled off and disposed by the Contractor. 7. TELEVISION INSPECTION: Television inspection of pipeline shall be performed by experienced personnel, in accordance with Technical Specification T-027611. Television inspection shall be per the following: Post Construction video tape of each sewer shall include voice description and stationing of each service indicated. Data and stationing shall be visually displayed on video. By-pass or diversion of flow shall be done by the Contractor as necessary to obtain acceptable video. If any portion of the inspection tapes be deemed inadequate by the City, the Contractor shall re-tape that portion to the satisfaction of the City at no additional expense to the City. Tapes of all work shall be furnished to the City prior to acceptance of work. One copy shall become property of The City and retained by the City. 8. TESTING: After the proposed line has been completed, internally inspect with video camera and video tape as required. Tape shall be furnished to the City prior to acceptance of work. Manholes and services are to be tested as described elsewhere. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Wastewater Rehabilitation / Pipebursting will be measured by the linear foot for each size and depth range installed. Measurement shall include, but not be limited to, all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required for (other than pavement repair) trenching, installing the new line, surface restoration, clean-up, and other work as may be required. Separate bid items have been included for Service Re-connections, Control of Wastewater Flows, Pre-CCTV, Post CCTV, Traffic Control and Point Repairs. T-027620 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 5 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B POINT REPAIRS AND OBSTRUCTION REMOVALS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTION T-027620 POINT REPAIRS AND OBSTRUCTION REMOVALS 1.0 DESCRIPTION 1. Repair of wastewater lines by replacing short lengths of failed pipe with new pipe. 2. Repair of service lines located within the utility easement or street right-of-way, by replacing short lengths of failed pipe with new pipe. 3. Obstruction removal by remote device or excavation. 1.1 MATERIALS 1. Material of wastewater pipe and lateral: A. Materials for wastewater pipe and laterals shall conform to the specifications. If point repair is located at a service connection, use a full-bodied fitting for the service connection. No field fabrication of fittings allowed. 2. Jointing Material: A. Use flexible adapters secured with ½ inch stainless steel bands, as manufactured by Fernco, or Engineer approved equal. B. Use flexible adapter (non-shear/rubber type) as manufactured by Mission ARC Series or Engineer approved equal. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION 1. Point Repair: A. Locate and replace small lengths of one or more pipe sections where isolated line failure has occurred due to settlement, corrosion, crushing, or separation of joints. B. The Engineer may identify potential locations for point repair, but the Contractor is responsible for verifying locations. C. Determine the location of point repairs by video inspection of the line section in which the failure is located. The Engineer will authorize the Contractor to make point repairs. T-027620 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 5 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B POINT REPAIRS AND OBSTRUCTION REMOVALS D. The Engineer will authorize each point repair after failure points are located. Do not make point repairs without prior authorization of the Engineer. Perform point repairs only on those portions of service lines which are located in an easement or right-of-way; perform no repairs to service lines on private property. E. Replace carrier pipe for point repairs unless otherwise directed by Engineer. 2. Obstruction Removal: Remove obstructions by one of the following methods: A. Obstruction removal by remote device: 1. Protruding taps: Service lines that protrude more than one inch into the sewer. 2. Other obstructions: Hanging gaskets, fixed debris, stabilized sand, hardened mineral deposits, roots, rust scale, tuberculation, etc. B. Obstruction removal by excavation: Obstructions encountered during liner insertion that are removed by digging and exposing the pipe. 3. Submittals: A. Submit product data for each pipe product, fitting and jointing material. 4. Sequencing: A. Before rehabilitating a sewer line section between adjacent manholes, complete point repair and obstruction removal on that section. B. Clean line and perform post-installation video inspection for each point repair on sewer lines not scheduled for rehabilitation. C. Post-installation video inspection of service line point repairs is not required. 5. Protection: A. Provide barricades, warning lights and signs for excavations created by point repairs. Comply with Section T-025802 – Temporary Traffic Controls Used During Construction. B. Do not allow soil, sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. 6. Diversion Pumping: A. Install and operate diversion pumping equipment as required to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow. Comply with Section T-027200 – Control of Wastewater Flows through Bypass Pumping. T-027620 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 5 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B POINT REPAIRS AND OBSTRUCTION REMOVALS 7. Excavation: A. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Comply with Section T- 022030 – Trench Safety. C. Remove and lawfully dispose of excess excavated material and debris from the work site daily. 8. Typical Sequence of Point Repair: A. Perform pre-installation video inspection, if required, to verify location of sewer line point repairs. Perform service testing between manholes to verify location of service line point repairs. B. After the location of a point repair, excavate the required length for the point repair. C. Prior to replacing pipe, determine condition of the existing line on both sides of the point repair by lamping the line at least 10 feet in each direction. Determine whether additional lengths of line (beyond "minimum length" criteria) need replacement. Report need for additional replacement to Engineer and obtain authorization before proceeding. D. Remove the damaged pipe and replace with new pipe, shaping the bottom of the trench and placing the required pipe bedding so that the grade of the replaced pipe matches the grade of the existing line. Establish proper grade for the pipe being replaced using methods acceptable to the Engineer. E. Connect the new pipe to existing pipe using flexible adapters. If joints cannot be made watertight using flexible adapters, place waterstop gaskets on each joint and encase in a reinforced concrete collar. Reconnect affected service connections or stacks using full-bodied fittings. No field fabrication of fittings allowed. F. Encase exposed pipe in cement stabilized sand. G. Perform a post-installation video inspection as specified. Point repairs that show offset joints, non-uniform grade, incorrect alignment, excessive deflection or similar conditions are considered defective work. Replace pipe and bedding as required to correct defective work at no additional cost. T-027620 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 5 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B POINT REPAIRS AND OBSTRUCTION REMOVALS 9. Obstruction Removal: A. Remote Device: Remove obstructions identified on video of a wastewater line segment which could cause a non-uniform liner pipe installation or obstruction of the liner during installation. Obtain authorization from the Engineer for obstruction removal with a remote device before proceeding. B. Use a power-driven cutting device (robotic cutter) to remove protruding taps. Cut protruding taps so that protrusions are no greater than ¾ inch. If a protruding tap cannot be removed by the cutting device, then a point repair may be performed. Obtain authorization from the Engineer before proceeding. C. To remove other obstructions, use a remote device. Pull or drive the device from manhole to manhole up to a continuous length of 500 feet using a solid steel mandrel, porcupine, root saw, bucket, robotic cutter or similar device to remove the obstruction. Select a device that is adequately sized to remove the obstruction. D. Excavation: Use excavation as the method of obstruction removal when installation of the liner in the wastewater line is in progress. If during the liner insertion operation, a collapsed sewer, off-set joint or other obstruction is encountered which prevents or blocks the passage or insertion of the liner, notify the Engineer for authorization to excavate. E. Excavate at the point where there is an obstruction. Use a trench safety system as required. F. Break out the existing wastewater pipe (carrier pipe) as directed by the Engineer. Remove only that amount of material which is causing the obstruction. Remove the minimum amount of carrier pipe. G. Under such conditions, replacement of the carrier pipe is not required. Do not disturb the existing sewer bedding during excavation. However, if embedment is disturbed during the obstruction removal procedure, place cement-stabilized sand or crushed stone beneath the liner. No Separate pay item. H. When the liner is completely in place, encase it with crushed stone or cement- stabilized sand. T-027620 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 5 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B POINT REPAIRS AND OBSTRUCTION REMOVALS 1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. Unit Prices: A. Point Repair: 1. Measurement for sewer line point repair is on a unit price basis for each repair performed. Minimum length of pipe to be replaced for each repair, determined by depth of sewer line measured from natural ground to flow line at point of repair. 2. 15 feet minimum length. 50 foot maximum length. 3. Measurement for sewer line extra length point repair is on a linear foot basis in excess of minimum replacement length specified above. 4. Payment for service lateral replacement is on a linear foot basis with a 10LF minimum as per technical specification T-027606 Service Lateral Replacement. No separate payment will be made for service line reconnections at a point repair. 5. The cost of the following items of work are included in the unit prices for point repairs, and all associated work: (a) Excavation, embedment and backfill. (b) Hauling away and lawful disposal of excess excavated materials and debris. (c) Pipe, pipe fittings, adapters and concrete collars. (d) Restoration of site improvements, including sodding. (e) All other necessary work to complete. 6. Separate bid items have been included for service lateral replacement, control of wastewater flows, Pre-CCTV, Post CCTV, Traffic Control and dewatering. T-028020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SEEDING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-028020 SEEDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for fertilizing, planting seeds and maintaining vegetation required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS 2.1 FERTILIZER: All fertilizer shall be delivered in bags or clearly marked containers showing the analysis, name, trademark, and warranty. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the State chemist in accordance with the Texas fertilizer law. Fertilizer shall have an analysis of 12- 12-12 (% of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash) as determined by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fertilizer shall be free flowing and uniform in composition. 2.2 SEED: Seed shall be labeled and meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Labels shall indicate purity, germination, name and type of seed. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within twelve months of delivery to the project. The quantity of "Commercial Seed" required to equal the quantity of "Pure Live Seed" shall be computed by the following formula: Commercial Seed = Pure Live Seed x 10,000 % Purity x % Germination The quantity of pure live seed and type required are indicated below. See drawings for mixture. LB/ACRE OF PURE LIVE SEED FOR MIXTURES COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME A B C Green Sprangletop Leptochloa Dubia 1.4 1.4 - Sideoats Grama (premier) Bouteloua Curtipendula 0.6 - 0.6 Bermudagrass (Hulled) Cynodon Dactylon 7.0 7.4 - Bermudagrass (Unhulled) Cynodon Dactylon - - 30.0 K. R. Bluestem Andropogon Ischaeum 1.2 1.2 1.5 Buffalograss Pennisetum Ciliare - 4.2 - Annual Ryegrass Lolium Multiflorum 5.0 5.0 20.0 T-028020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SEEDING Mixture - A: Recommended for clay or tight soil planted between December 1 thru May 1 Mixture - B: Recommended for sandy soil planted between December 1 thru May 1 Mixture - C: Recommended for all soils planted between May 2 thru November 30 2.3 MULCH: Mulch shall be either the straw type, wood cellulose fiber type, asphaltic emulsion type or asphaltic emulsion over wood cellulose fiber type, whichever is indicated on the drawings. Straw Type - Straw mulch shall be of straw from stalks of domestic grain, bermudagrass or cotton hulls or other approved by Engineer. Asphaltic Emulsion Type or Asphalt Emulsion Over Wood Cellulose Fiber Type - Shall conform to ASTM specification D 977, Grade SS-1 mixed with water (60% asphalt 40% water). Wood Cellulose Fiber Type - Wood cellulose fiber shall have no growth inhibiting ingredients and shall be dried with a moisture content less that 10% by weight. Fibers shall be dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual metering and application of mulch. The cellulose fiber shall be manufactured so that after addition and agitation in slurry tank with fertilizers, seeds, and other approved additives, the fibers in the material will become uniformly suspended to forms a homogeneous slurry; when sprayed on the ground, the material shall form a uniform cover impregnated with seeds; the cover shall allow added water to percolate to the underlying soil. The fiber material shall be supplied in packages of not more than 100 lb. gross weight and shall be marked by the manufacturer to indicate the dry weight content. 2.4 EQUIPMENT: The fertilizing, seeding and/or mulching operations shall be accomplished with equipment suitable to the required function. It shall be of current design and in good operating condition. Special seeding and mulching equipment must also meet the following requirements: Seeder - Equipment for applying a seed-fertilizer mix shall be a hydraulic seeder designed to pump and discharge a waterborne, homogeneous slurry of seed and fertilizer. The seeder shall be equipped with a power driven agitator, and capable of pressure discharge. Straw Mulch Spreader - Equipment used for straw mulch application shall be trailer mounted, equipped with a blower capable of 2000 r.p.m. operation and that will discharge straw mulch material thru a discharge boom with spout at speeds up to 220 feet per second. The mulch spreader shall be equipped with an asphalt supply and application system near the discharge end of the boom spout. The system shall apply asphalt adhesive in atomize T-028020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SEEDING form to the straw at a predetermined rate. The spreader shall be capable of blowing the asphalt-coated mulch, with a high velocity airstream, over the surface at a uniform rate, forming a porous, stable erosion-resistant cover. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Spreader - Equipment used for this application of fertilizer, seeds, wood pulp, water and other additives shall have a built-in agitation system with sufficient capacity to agitate, suspend and homogeneously mix a slurry containing up to 40 lbs. of fiber plus the required fertilizer solids for each 100 gallons of water. It shall have sufficient agitation and pump capacity to spray a slurry in a uniform coat over the area to be mulched. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 PREPARATION OF SEEDBED: The area to be treated along with requirements for seed, fertilizer and other treatments shall be done as indicated on the drawings and as specified below. Tilling - The area to be seeded shall be tilled to a depth of 2 to 6 inches by disking, plowing, or other approved methods until soil condition is acceptable. 3.2 FERTILIZING: Fertilizer shall be uniformly applied at a rate of 400 lb/acre, after tilling. Fertilizing and seeding shall be done concurrently. If seeds and fertilizer are distributed in a water slurry. The mixture shall be applied to the area to be seeded within 30 minutes after all the components have come into contact. 3.3 SEEDING: The seed mixture shall be uniformly distributed at a rate specified above. Broadcast Seeding - Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After planting, the area shall be rolled on contour with a corrugated roller. Straw Mulch Seeding - Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After placement of the seed and fertilizer mixture, straw mulch shall be uniformly placed at a rate of 2 tons per acre. As soon as the mulch has been spread, it shall be anchored to the soil a minimum depth of 3 inches by use of a heavy, dulled sick harrow, set nearly straight. Disks shall be set approximately 9 inches apart. Straw Mulch With Asphalt Seeding - Seed, fertilizer, and straw mulch shall be placed as described in straw mulch seeding with the two exceptions. An asphalt- water emulsion shall be applied to the mulch near the discharge end of the boom spout at a rate of 300 to 600 gallons per acre. Mechanical anchoring by disking will not be required. T-028020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SEEDING Asphalt Mulch Seeding - The seed and fertilizer shall be placed as described for "Broadcast Seeding". After the area has been rolled, the area shall be watered sufficiently to assure a uniform moisture to a minimum depth of 4 inches. As asphalt-water emulsion shall be applied at a rate of 1,500 to 1,800 gallons per acre, immediately after watering. Asphalt shall be applied to the area in such a manner that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be comparatively smooth. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding - After tilling, mulch shall be applied. Wood cellulose fibers shall be added to the hydraulic seeder after the proportionate amounts of seeds, fertilizer, water and other approved materials are added. Application shall be 1500 lb/acre on flats, 2000 lb/acre on 3:1 slopes, and 2500 lb/acre on 2:1 or greater. 100 lb. of fiber per acre shall be used when asphalt is to be applied over cellulose mulch. The mulch shall provide a uniform cover over the soil surface. Asphalt Over Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding - "Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding" shall be done as described above. After mulch has been placed, an asphalt-water emulsion shall be uniformly spread over the mulch at a rate of 1200 gallons per acre. 3.4 MAINTENANCE: The Contractor will water, repair and reseed areas as required for a period of 45 days. This includes erosion damage. Maintenance does not include mowing or weed control, unless indicated on the plans. If at any time the seeded area becomes gullied or otherwise damaged, or the seedings have been damaged or destroyed, the affected portion shall be re-established to the specified condition prior to acceptance of the work. GUARANTEE: The Contractor shall assure 95% of the seeded area has established growth at 45 calendar days after seeding, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Where established, growth is defined as at least one plant per square foot. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Seeding will be measured by the square yard for areas approved for seeding by the inspector or engineer. This item shall include but not be limited to: tilling soil, fertilizing, planting, watering and maintaining vegetation. T-028040 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SODDING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-028040 SODDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing and placing sod as required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Fertilizer: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers with clearly marked analysis. A granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis of 10-20-10. These figures represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash nutrients respectively, as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. The rate of application shall be not less than 350 lb\acre (7.23 lb per 100 s.y). In the event that it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer with a different analysis, it shall be granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. The total nutrients applied per unit area shall not be less that the specified amount of each nutrient. Sod: Sod shall consist of live Bermuda grass with thickly matted roots throughout the soil and with a minimum thickness of 3 inches or .25 feet, or live St. Augustine with thickly matted roots throughout the soil with a minimum thickness of 1 inch or .08 feet. The Contractor shall not use sod where grass is thinned out. Grass shall be mowed and raked to remove all weeds and long stems prior to extraction at source. Sod and soil shall be kept moist at all times during sodding process. Care must be taken at all times to retain native soil on the root system. Water: Water shall be free from oils, acids, alkalis, and salts which may inhibit grass growth. Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, water shall be provided by the City and shall be transported and applied by the Contractor. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Spot Sodding: Prior to planting, the area to be sodded shall be graded and shaped. Squares of sod with a minimum width of 3 inches shall be planted in rows on 15 inch centers in both directions. Sod shall be placed so that it is firmly against the bottom of the hole; the top of the sod shall not be more than 2 inch below finished grade. Soil shall be firm against all sides of the sod. Soil shall not be allowed to cover the sod except for soil incidental to raking, provided that the quantity of soil is not enough to hinder the growth. Areas to be spot sodded shall be indicated on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer in field. After sod has been planted, the area shall be fertilized and watered. T-028040 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 2 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B SODDING Block Sodding: Prior to planting, the area to be sodded shall be graded and shaped. Sod blocks shall be uniformly placed over the prepared area. The sodded area shall then be fertilized and watered. After the area is sufficiently dry, the area shall be rolled or tamped to form a thoroughly compacted mat. Any voids in the mats shall be filled with additional sod and tamped. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, sloped may cause displacement, areas to be block sodded shall be indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in the field. Mulch Sodding: The sod source shall be disked in two directions cutting the sod thoroughly to a depth of not less than 4 inches or more than 10 inches, being careful to avoid having soil containing no grass roots. The disked sod may be windrowed, or otherwise handled in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The material shall be rejected if not kept in a moist condition. Prior to placing mulch sod, the cut slopes shall be scarified by plowing furrows 4 inches to 6 inches deep along horizontal slope lines at 2-foot vertical intervals. Excavated material from the furrows shall not protrude more than 3 inches above the original surface of the cut. Fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the area. The sod shall then be dumped upon the prepared area and spread uniformly to the required approximate thickness shown on plans. Any section not true to lines and cross sections shall be remedied by the addition of sod material. After the sod material has been spread and shaped, it shall be compacted with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of slope areas shall be on the contour. The area to be mulch sodded shall be indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in the field. 4. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Sodding shall be measured by the square yard taken in a horizontal plane. Measurement of the Mulch Sodding shall be by the cubic yard of mulch delivered to place of planting. These items shall include but not be limited to: excavation, transporting, storing, and placing of sod; application of fertilizer and water. T-028200 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 1 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B MAIL BOX RELOCATION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-028200 MAIL BOX RELOCATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for relocation of mail boxes required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Where mail is delivered to residents by means of roadside mail boxes, the Contractor shall maintain access to these mail boxes throughout the course of construction. Due to the existing location of mail boxes, the Contractor shall, in some cases, be required to move the boxes to temporary locations. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall be required to erect the moved mail boxes to a permanent location. It is the intent of this item to provide the residents with mail box facilities at least equal to or better than those existing prior to construction. In all cases, the temporary and permanent locations of all moved mail boxes shall be in accordance with U. S. Postal Service requirements with regard to height, distance from roadway, accessibility, etc. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact the U. S. Postal Service and gather information as to their requirements. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT All work required for relocation of mail boxes shall be measured per each. Payment shall be for each mailbox removed, relocated, and reinstalled and shall include all labor, materials, equipment, etc. required to complete the work. T-028250 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WOOD FENCES AND GATES TECHNICAL SECTION T-028250 WOOD FENCES AND GATES 1. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removal and replacement (restoration) of wood fencing and gates affected by the utility improvements as shown in the plans. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following supporting data: 1. Product Data and manufacturer’s written instructions for care, installation and maintenance. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show Dimensions, fencing layout, finish, weight and size of members, methods of fastening, and installation details of fence and gates. Provide coordination drawings where inserts or sleeves are required. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Removal and replacement is the reconstruction of wood fencing to rights-of-way, easements, public property, and private property that are affected or altered by construction operations, with improvements restored to condition which is equal to, or better than, that which existed prior to construction operations. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD FENCES AND GATES A. Wood Materials: Southern Yellow Pine (Treated with ACQ) or cedar (refer to detail). 1. Fence (Slats) Boards and Trim: Surfaced One Side, Two Edges (S1S2E); Standard Grade and Better; size and location as indicated on Drawings. 2. Horizontal Supports: Rough Sawn; Custom Knotty Grade; size and location as indicated on Drawings. 3. Posts: Rough Sawn; No. 2 Grade and Better; size and location as indicated on Drawings. 4. Finish: The intent of this specification is that the Contractor matches the type, finish and color of the existing fence to be removed as much as possible with the replacement fence. T-028250 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WOOD FENCES AND GATES B. Fasteners: 1. Nails: a. Flat head aluminum with ring or spiral-threaded shank and blunt point. b. Length sufficient to penetrate into support framing a minimum of 1-1/2 inch. 2. Bolts and Washers: Hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153, unless noted otherwise. 3. Concrete Anchors: a. Avendra, LLC Preferred Manufacturers: 1) None b. Approved Manufacturers: 1) "Red-Head"; ITW Ramset/Redhead (800-899-7890) 2) "Wej-It"; United Inds. Metals Group (800-952-5063) 3) Approved substitution c. Galvanized machine screws or bolts with standard expansion shield. 4. Adjustable (Wood) Post Base: a. Avendra, LLC Preferred Manufacturers: 1) None b. Approved Manufacturers: 1) "AB Series”; Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc. (800-999-5099) 2) Approved substitution c. Galvanized steel slotted plate and spacer C. Gate Hardware: 1. Avendra, LLC Preferred Manufacturers: a. None 2. Approved Manufacturers: a. Stanley Hardware (800-337-4393) 3. Wood Gates: a. Hinges: #SC908BP, 1-1/2 pair per leaf. b. Slide Bolt: #SP1271, Slide Bolt, 1 each. c. Cane Bolt: #CD1009, 1 per leaf. D. Concrete shall be Class B in accordance with Technical Specification Section T- 030020. T-028250 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WOOD FENCES AND GATES 3. EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Construction Site Photographs – Document the conditions of public and private property and/or improvements on and adjacent to construction site with construction photographs. Make photographs of all areas where construction operations will be conducted and which may be effected by construction operations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Remove or relocate existing fencing, if required, for construction operations. Maintain integrity of private property owners fencing if needed for protection of children, pets or property. Notify property owner at least 48 hours prior to removing fencing and coordinate security needs and property access. B. Replace fencing removed or damaged to equal or better than what existed prior to construction, including concrete footings and mow strips. Provide new wood posts, top and bottom railings and panels as detailed in this specification. Contractor shall match original height, color, and type of fence that was removed as much as possible. C. Construct fence plumb, square, level and anchored securely with smooth miters and field cuts after joining. Provide adequate support for anchoring. D. Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. E. Set posts in concrete footings as shown on Drawings. F. Remove and properly dispose of damaged or demolished fencing materials. G. Corner, brace, anchor, end, and gate posts shall be set in concrete bases (refer to detail). The top of the base shall be slightly above the ground surface, trowel finished, and sloped to drain. Holes of full depth and size for the concrete bases for posts shall be provided even if blasting of rock or other obstructions is necessary. All line posts may be either driven or set in dug holes to a penetration of 3 feet. All post setting shall be done carefully and to true alignment. Dirt removed for placing posts, anchor bars, flanges, etc., shall be replaced, tamped, and leveled. When posts are driven, care shall be exercised to prevent marring or buckling of the posts. Damaged posts shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be made for rock excavation. Rock excavation shall not be grounds for extension of time. 4. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT 4.01 “Removal and Replacement of Wood Fence” shall be measured by the linear foot. Measurement shall include but not be limited to furnishing and erecting all fence materials, gates, caps, concrete, and cleanup. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all materials required, all labor, all tools, all equipment and all other incidentals required to complete the work as shown on the contract drawings and as specified herein. END OF SECTION T-028250 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 4 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B WOOD FENCES AND GATES T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES SECTION T-028310 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Galvanized steel chain link fence and gates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 1. Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation instructions for fence and gate posts, fabric, gates, and accessories. 2. Shop drawings showing location of fence, gates, each post, and details of post installation, extension arms, gate swing, hardware, and accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain chain link fences and gates as complete units, including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings from a single source or manufacturer. 2. PRODUCT 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Galvanized Steel Fencing and Fabric: a. Allied Tube and Conduit Corp. b. American Chain Link Fence Company c. American Tube Company d. Anchor Fence, Inc. e. Capitol Wire and Fence Co., Inc. f. Century Tube Corp. g. Cyclone Fence Div./USX Corp. h. Engineer-approved equal. 2.2 FABRIC A. Selvage: Fabric 72 inches high and over with 2 - or 2-1/8" mesh shall be knuckled at one selvage and twisted at the other; all mesh 60 inches high and under shall be knuckled at both selvages. B. Steel Fabric: Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI) Product Manual. Furnish one-piece fabric widths for fencing up to 12 feet high. Wire size includes zinc or aluminum coating. 1. Size: 2-inch mesh, 9-gage (0.148-inch diameter) wire. 2. Galvanized Steel Finish: ASTM A 392, Class 2, with not less than 2.0 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of uncoated wire surface on wire coated before weaving or not less than 2.0 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of uncoated wire surface on wire of fabric coated after weaving as determined from the average of two or more samples and not less than 1.8 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of uncoated wire surface for any individual sample. 2.3 FRAMING A. Strength requirements for posts and rails conforming to ASTM F 669. T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES B. Pipe shall be straight, true to section, material, and sizes specified, and shall conform to the following weights per foot: Outside Diameter Type Type NPS in (OD) in I II inches inches Steel Steel 1 1.315 1.68 1.35 1-1/4 1.660 2.27 1.84 1-1/2 1.900 2.72 2.28 2 2.375 3.65 3.12 2-1/2 2.875 5.79 4.64 3 3.500 7.58 5.71 3-1/2 4.000 9.11 6.56 4 4.500 10.79 ---- 6 6.625 18.97 ---- 8 8.625 28.55 ---- C. Steel Framework, General: Posts, rails, braces, and gate frames. 1. Type I Pipe: Hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe conforming to ASTM F 1083, plain ends, standard weight (schedule 40) with not less than 1.8 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of surface area coated. 2. Type II Pipe: Manufactured from steel conforming to ASTM A 569 or A 446, grade D, cold formed, electric welded with minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi and triple coated with minimum 0.9 oz. zinc per sq. ft. after welding, a chromate conversion coating and a clear polymer overcoat. Corrosion protection on inside surfaces shall protect the metal from corrosion when subjected to the salt spray test of ASTM B 117 for 300 hours with the end point of 5 percent Red Rust. 3. C Section: Rolled form steel shapes conforming to ASTM F 669, group II produced from steel conforming to A 446, grade D or ASTM A 570, grade 45, cold formed, hot-dip galvanized with minimum 2.0 oz. zinc per square foot of surface area conforming to ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 525; or 5 percent aluminum- mischmetal coated with minimum 1.0 oz. coating per sq. ft. of surface area each side conforming to ASTM A 875. 4. H Section: Hot-rolled steel H-shaped with minimum yield strength of 5,000 psi conforming to ASTM F 669, group III and hot-dipped galvanized with minimum 2.0 oz. zinc per square foot of surface area conforming to ASTM A 123. T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 5. Square Tubing: Fabricated from steel conforming to ASTM A 500, grade B and hot-dipped galvanized with minimum 2.0 oz. zinc per square foot of surface area conforming to ASTM A 123. D. End, corner, and pull posts for following fabric heights: 1. Up to 6 feet: 2.375-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe, 2-inch square galvanized steel tubing weighing 2.60 lb. per lin. ft., or 3.5-inch by 3.5-inch roll-formed sections weighing 4.85 lb. per lin. ft. 2. Over 6 feet: 2.875-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe, 2.50-inch- square steel tubing weighing 5.10 lbs. per lin. ft., or 3.5-inch by 3.5-inch roll-formed sections weighing 4.85 lbs. per lin. ft. E. Line or intermediate posts for following fabric heights: 1. Up to 6 feet: 1.90-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe, 1.875-inch by 1.625-inch C section weighing 2.28 lb. per lin. ft., or 2.25- inch x 1.70-inch galvanized steel H section weighing 3.26 lb. per lin. ft. 2. Over 6 feet: 2.875-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe, 2.25-inch by 1.70-inch C section weighing 2.70 lbs. per lin. ft., or 2.25-inch by 1.70-inch galvanized steel H section weighing 3.26 lb. per lin. ft. F. Gate Posts: Furnish posts for supporting single gate leaf, or one leaf of a double gate installation, for nominal gate widths as follows: 1. Up to 6 feet: 2.875-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe, 2.50-inch square galvanized steel tubing weighing 5.10 lbs. per lin. ft., or 3.5-inch x 3.5-inch roll-formed sections weighing 4.85 lbs. per lin. ft. 2. Over 6 feet to 13 feet: 4.00-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe. 3. Over 13 feet to 18 feet: 6.625-inch OD Type I steel pipe. 4. Over 18 feet: 8.625-inch OD Type I steel pipe. G. Top Rail: Manufacturer's longest lengths, with expansion-type couplings, approximately 6 inches long, for each joint. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate corner, pull, and end post. H. Concrete shall be Class B in accordance with Technical Specification Section T-030020. T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 2.4 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Material: Comply with ASTM F 626. Mill-finished aluminum or galvanized iron or steel, to suit manufacturer's standards. 1. Zinc Coating: Unless specified otherwise, galvanize steel fence fittings and accessories in accordance with ASTM A 153, with zinc weights per Table I. B. Tension Wire: 0.177-inch-diameter metallic-coated steel marcelled tension wire conforming to ASTM A 824 with finish to match fabric. 1. Type II Zinc Coated in following class: a. Class 3, with a minimum coating weight of 2.0 oz. per sq. ft. of uncoated wire surface. C. Tension Wire: 6-gage (0.192-inch diameter) mill-finished aluminum wires, ASTM B 211, alloy 6061-T94 with 50,000 psi minimum tensile strength. D. Tie Wires: 12-gage (0.106-inch diameter) galvanized steel with a minimum of 0.80 oz. per sq. ft. of zinc coating of surface area in accordance with ASTM A 641, Class 3 or 9-gage (0.106-inch-diameter) aluminum wire alloy 1100-H14 or equal, to match fabric core material. E. Post Brace Assembly: Manufacturer's standard adjustable brace at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts, with horizontal brace located at midheight of fabric. Use same material as top rail for brace, and truss to line posts with 3/8-inch- diameter rod and adjustable tightener. Provide manufacturers standard galvanized steel or cast iron or cast aluminum cap for each end. F. Bottom and Center Rail: Same material as top rail. Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized steel or cast iron or cast aluminum cap for each end. G. Post and Line Caps: Provide weathertight closure cap for each post. Provide line post caps with loop to receive tension wire or top rail. H. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Hot-dip galvanized steel with minimum length 2 inches less than full height of fabric, minimum cross-section of 3/16 inch by 3/4 inch and minimum 1.2 oz. zinc coating per sq. ft. of surface area. Provide one bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner and pull post, except where fabric is integrally woven into post. T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES I. Tension and Brace Bands: Minimum 3/4-inch-wide hot-dip galvanized steel with minimum 1.2 oz. zinc coating per sq. ft. of surface area. 1. Tension Bands: Minimum 14 gage (0.074 inch) thick. 2. Tension and Brace Bands: Minimum 12 gage (0.105 inch) thick. 2.5 GATES A. Fabrication: Fabricate perimeter frames of gates from metal and finish to match fence framework. Assemble gate frames by welding. Provide horizontal and vertical members to ensure proper gate operation and attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. Space frame members maximum of 8 feet apart unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide same fabric as for fence unless otherwise indicated. Install fabric with tension bars and bands at vertical edges and at top and bottom edges. 2. Install diagonal cross-bracing consisting of 3/8-inch-diameter adjustable-length truss rods on gates to ensure frame rigidity without sag or twist. 3. Security gates shall have a self closing mechanism. B. Swing Gates: Comply with ASTM F 900. 1. Steel: a. Up to 6 feet High and 8 feet Wide: Fabricate perimeter frames of minimum 1.660-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe or 1.50-inch square galvanized steel tubing weighing 1.90 lb per sq ft. b. Over to 6 feet High and 8 Feet Wide: Fabricate perimeter frames of minimum 1.90-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe or 2.00-inch square galvanized steel tubing weighing 2.60 lb per sq ft. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fence in compliance with ASTM F 567. Do not begin installation and erection before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted. 1. Apply fabric to outside of framework. Match existing location. T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 7 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES B. Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate (using post-hole digger) holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, excavate hole depths approximately 3 inches lower than post bottom, with bottom of posts set not less than 36 inches below finish grade surface. C. Setting Posts: Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Space maximum 10 feet o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 1. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations. a. Unless otherwise indicated, extend concrete footings 2 inches above grade and trowel to a crown to shed water. 2. Corner, brace, anchor, end, and gate posts shall be set in concrete bases. The top of the base shall be slightly above the ground surface, trowel finished, and sloped to drain. Holes of full depth and size for the concrete bases for posts shall be provided even if blasting of rock or other obstructions is necessary. All line posts may be either driven or set in dug holes to a penetration of 3 feet. All post setting shall be done carefully and to true alignment. Dirt removed for placing posts, anchor bars, flanges, etc., shall be replaced, tamped, and leveled. When posts are driven, care shall be exercised to prevent marring or buckling of the posts. Damaged posts shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be made for rock excavation. Rock excavation shall not be ground for extension of time. D. Top Rails: Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and at other posts terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail. Provide expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer. E. Center Rails: Provide center rails where indicated. Install in one piece between posts and flush with post on fabric side, using rail ends and special offset fittings where necessary. F. Brace Assemblies: Install braces so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension. G. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric before stretching fabric and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type of wire. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 11-gage hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced maximum 24 inches o.c. T-028310 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 8 of 8 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES H. Top Tension Wire: Install tension wire through post cap loops before stretching fabric and tie to each post cap with not less than same gage and type of wire. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 11-gage hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced maximum 24 inches o.c. I. Fabric: Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Install fabric on security side of fence, and anchor to framework so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. J. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through or clamp to fabric 4 inches o.c., and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not over 15 inches o.c. K. Tie Wires: Use U-shaped wire of proper length to secure fabric firmly to posts and rails with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons or clothing. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12 inches o.c. and to rails and braces 24 inches o.c. L. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. M. Gates: Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Chain link fence shall be measured by the linear foot of fence measured at the bottom of the fabric along the centerline of fence from center to center of terminal posts excluding gates. Gates will be measured as each gate, complete in place. Payment shall be by the linear foot, as measured above, for the height specified unless otherwise specified. Gates will be paid for as measured above and as described in the proposal unless otherwise specified. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing all materials, and all work required to construct the fence. END OF SECTION T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 1 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION T-030020 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the materials used; for the storing and handling of materials; and for the proportioning and mixing of concrete for culverts and incidental concrete construction. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water, proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, II or III Portland Cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C 150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram (Wagner Turbidimeter - Test Method Tex- 310-D). For concrete piling, the above limit on specific surface area is waived for Type II cement only. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, with each shipment, a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement expressed in square centimeters per gram. For cement strength requirements, either the tensile or compressive test may be used. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60  F. Type III concrete, except in piling when Type II cement is required for substructure concrete. Different types of cement may be used in the same structure, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type will be permitted in any one structure unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 2 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor than 1000 parts million of sulfates as SO4. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. Tests shall be made in accordance with the "Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to be used in Concrete" (AASHO Method T-26), except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof; free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale, nor more than 5 percent of weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-413.A. It shall have a wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-410-A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, coarse aggregate will be subjected to five cycles of the soundness test in accordance with Test Method Tex-411-A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used, or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Permissible sizes of aggregate shall be governed by Table 4, except that when exposed aggregate surfaces are required, coarse aggregate gradation will be as specified on the plans. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 3 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. Nominal Size 2- 1/2 In. 2 In. 1- 1/2 In. 1 In. 3/4 In. 1/2 In. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 1 2 in. 0 0 to 20 15 to 50 60 to 80 95 to 100 2 (467)* 1-1/2 in. 0 0 to 5 30 to 65 70 to 90 95 to 100 4 (57)* 1 in. 0 0 to 5 40 to 75 90 to 100 95 to 100 8 3/8 in. 0 0 to 5 35 to 80 90 to 100 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. The aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (Test Method Tex-406-A) plus the allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed one percent, or the value shown on the plans, whichever is smaller. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities (Test Method Tex-408-A), it shall not show a color a darker than standard. The fine aggregate shall produce a mortar having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of Ottawa sand mortar when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-317-D. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand for slab concrete subject to direct traffic, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-612-J. When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate or combinations of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 4 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Table 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 1 0 0 to 5 0 to 20 15 to 50 35 to 75 70 to 90 90 to 100 97 to 100 NOTE 1: Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2: Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (Test Method Tex-203-F). The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the plans, whichever is greater. For Class A and C and E Concrete, the fineness modulus as defined below for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. The fineness modulus will be determined by adding the percentages by weight retained on the following sieves, and dividing by 100; Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar (Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the following requirements: A "water-reducing, retarding admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency and will retard the initial set of the concrete. A "water-reducing admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 5 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (a) Retarding and Water Reducing Admixtures. The admixture shall meet the requirements for Type A and Type D admixture as specified in ASTM Designation: C 494, modified as follows: (1) The water-reducing retarder shall retard the initial set of the concrete a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 4 hours, at a specified dosage rate, at a temperature of 90  F. (2) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (3) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air entraining admixture used in the referenced and test concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. (b) Air Entraining Admixture. The admixture shall met the requirements of ASTM Designation: C 260 modified as follows: (1) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (2) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air entraining admixture used in the referenced concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. 3. STORAGE OF CEMENT All cement shall be stored in well ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. The Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 4. STORAGE OF AGGREGATE The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stock piles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. When conditions require the use of two or more sizes of aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. Where space is limited, stock piles shall be separated by physical barriers. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 6 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least 24 hours to reduce the free moisture content. 5. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS The measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete shall be by weight. The fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and mineral filler shall be weighed separately. Where bulk cement is used it shall be weighed separately but batch weighing of sacked cement will not be required. Where sacked cement is used, the quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags of cement. Batches involving the use of fractional bags will not be permitted. Allowance shall be made for the water content in the aggregates. Bags of cement varying more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds may be rejected, and when the average weight per bag in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than the net weight specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the shipment is accepted, the Engineer will adjust the concrete mix to a net weight per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than the average weight determined from the total number weighed. 6. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, using a Coarse Aggregate Factor acceptable to the Engineer, for the class(es) of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirement contained herein and in accordance with the THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. In lieu of the above mix design responsibility, the Contractor may accept a design furnished by the Engineer however, this will not relieve him of providing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. Trial batches will be made and tested using all the proposed ingredients prior to the placing of concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When Transit Mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 7 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregate. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, the Contractor may use an approved water reducing or retarding admixture, or he shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as temporary measure until the redesign is checked. Water reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. When water reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor, reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. Entrained air will be required in accordance with Table 4. The concrete shall be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 coarse aggregate is used and 6 percent when Grade 3 coarse aggregate is used. Concrete as placed in the structure shall contain the proper amount as required above with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percentage points. Occasional variations beyond this tolerance will not be cause for rejection. When the quantity of entrained air is found to be above 7 percent with Grade 2 coarse aggregate or 8 percent for Grade 3 coarse aggregate, additional test beams or cylinders will be made. If these beams or cylinders pass the minimum flexural or compressive requirements, the concrete will not be rejected because of the variation in air content. 7. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water reducing or retarding agent or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the difference aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements will be as specified in Table 3. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 8 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 3 Slump Requirements Concrete Designation Desired Slump Max. Slump Structural Concrete (1) Thin-Walled Sections (9" or less) (2) Slabs, Caps, Columns, Piers, Wall Sections 9", etc. Underwater or Seal Concrete Riprap, Curb, Gutter and Other Miscellaneous Concrete 4 3 5 2.5 5 4 6 4 NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 8. QUALITY OF CONCRETE General The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water cement ration, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Table 3 and Table 4 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer will cast test cylinders or beams as a check on the compressive or flexural strength of the concrete actually placed. A test shall be defined as the average of the breaking strength of two cylinders or two beams, as the case may be. Specimen will be tested in accordance with Test Methods Tex-418-A or Tex-420-A. Test beams or cylinders will be required as specified on the plans. For small placements on structures such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wingwalls, etc., the Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of one for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. All test specimens, beams of cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or falsework shall be cured using the same methods, and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. "Design Strength" beams and cylinders shall be cured in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in Bulletin C-11 for the purpose of curing test specimens. Provision shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between 70⁰ F and 90⁰ F. When control of concrete quality is by twenty-eight day compressive tests, job control will be by seven day compressive tests which are shown to provide the required twenty-eight day strength, based on T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 9 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE results from trial batches. If the required seven day strength is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, changes in the batch design will be made. TABLE 4 Classes of Concrete Class of Concrete Sx. Cement per C.Y. Min. Comp Strength (f'c) 28 Day psi Min. Beam Strength 7 Day psi Max. Water Cement Ratio Coarse Aggr. No. A* 5.0 3000 500*** 6.5 2-4-8**** B* 4.5 2500 417 8.0 2-4-8**** C* 6.0 3600 600*** 6.0 1-2-4** D 6.0 3000 500 7.0 2-4 S 6.5 4000 570 5.0 2-4 *Entrained Air (slabs, pier and bent concrete) **Grade 1 coarse Aggregate may be used in foundation only (except cased drilled shafts) ***When Type II Cement is used with Class C Concrete, the 7 day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A, 460 psi. min. ****Permission to use Grade 8 Aggregate must have prior approval of the Engineer 9. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in specifications, Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete General", shall not be used. Retamping of concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stock piles. Aggregate stock piles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. 10. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT (a) All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work under way without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. The mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform distribution of the material throughout the mass. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 10 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum, the mixing shall continue not less than 1 minute for mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. The absolute volume of the concrete batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement, and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. The concrete mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device which is put into operation when the skip is raised to its full height and dumping. This device shall lock the discharging mechanism and prevent emptying of the mixer until all the materials have been mixed together for the minimum time required, and it shall ring a bell after the specified time of mixing has elapsed. The water tank shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately, and when the tank starts to discharge, the inlet supply shall cut off automatically. Whenever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Engineer and a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and thro-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn down more than 10 percent in depth shall be repaired or replaced by new blades. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements stated above, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site, in non-agitating equipment. 11. READY-MIX PLANTS A. General. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirement of the governing specifications items and concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification item shall not be placed in the structure or pavement. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 11 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Ready-Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. (1) Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at agitator or a truck mixer operating at agitation speed. (Central-Mix Concrete) (2) Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit-Mix Concrete), subject to the following provisions. (a) Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters which will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revisions. (b) Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated counter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mix the concrete at the plant not less than 50 nor more than 70 revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. (3) Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non-agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. B. Equipment (1) Batching Plant. The batching plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. Bulk cement shall be weighed on a scale separate from those used for other materials and in a hopper entirely free and independent of that used for weighing the aggregates. (2) Mixers and Agitators. (a) General: Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck-type capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. Mixers and agitators shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades and any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced with new in T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 12 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE accordance with the manufacturer's design and arrangement for that particular unit when any part or section is worn as much as 10 percent below the original height of the manufacturer's design. (b) Stationary Mixers: These shall conform to the requirements of Article "Mixing and Mixing Equipment". Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered as a stationary mixer. (c) Truck Mixer: In addition, truck mixers shall comply with the following requirements: An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately growing the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum. Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified rpm will not require a separate engine. All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum as specified in "Part A" above may be readily verified. The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. Each until shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. (d) Agitators: Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Operation of Plant and Equipment Delivery of ready-mixed concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Engineer for continuous placement. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one cubic yard of concrete shall be one minute plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. T-030020 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM Page 13 of 13 JANUARY 2016 PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one- fourth of the specified mixing time. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted in this Article, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed 63 percent of the total volume of the drum. When used as an agitator only, the loading shall not exceed 80 percent of the drum volume. When Ready-Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one sack cement, three parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix plants. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Engineer and under his supervision. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed as specified below for water added at the job site. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed except that when water is added at the job site, 25 revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed, will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one nor more than 5 rpm. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 12. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accordance with the specification, Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 13. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Portland Cement Concrete shall not be measured or paid for separately. It shall be considered subsidiary to the various structures for which cement is required. Attachment A – Sample Site Location Maps SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E SA M P L E n m 0 0 jI =2�Od 032IVd3dd d'dW NOIlVDOI 111 tiA -o u A H 133 1 CD 000 13 rrt 1 ID d r rri 0 vJ Otkp AV8 I1SIZIHO Si1da00 AUN1100 013181Yd NYS 1 COVER SAEET 2 ABBREVIATIONS & LEGEND 3 GENERAL NOTES 4 BYPASS PUMPING PLAN EXAMPLE (FORM & SCHEMATIC) 5 DELIVERY ORDER SCENARIOS 1 OF 2 6 DELIVERY ORDER SCENARIOS 2 OF 2 7 WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 1 OF 5 8 WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 2 OF 5 9 WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 3 OF 5 10 WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 4 OF 5 11 WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 5 OF 5 12 CORBEL RECONSTRUCTION DETAIL 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 1 OF 5 14 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 2 OF 5 15 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 3 OF 5 16 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 4 OF 5 17 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 5 OF 5 15 CURB GUTTER & SIDEWALK DETAILS 19 DRIVEWAY DETAILS 1 OF 3 20 DRIVEWAY DETAILS 2 OF 3 21 DRIVEWAY DETAILS 3 OF 3 22 'MOOT STANDARD DRAWING BOO )-14 23 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(2)-14 24 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(3)-14 25 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(4)-14 26 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(5)-14 27 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(6)-14 29 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING EIC(8) -14 28 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(7)-14 30 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BON) -14 31 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING C(10) -14 32 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(11)-14 33 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING 6C(12)-14 34 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS 1 OF 4 35 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS 2 OF 4 36 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS 3 OF 4 37 CRY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RMIP STANDARDS 4 OF 4 38 POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES EC -93 . in x m 9 Q X . - _ r.c u.....uac 0....5 1:01:1.14. 1 u..a.na n , p10 1101 I. . l SAM,R1,4._ MULL0 0o<Lewi •0II no10 ...KM. 10 .14 ■flnI " RI MaPM, tRelloi MREVIS a.S PRW.ROOM .-r N NO DATE CM' PROJECT 1E15209 SHEET 1 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO. SAN 566 CITYWIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF ! CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS• = P.M UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TMI01O engineers architects 1 surveyors 101 NAVIGATION. MME p4 VN MIN 81:1111114'{.�:�i, CORPUS C/7liSTLTXMei VAX 011111611111 . '1 ."*W CONSULTANT'S JOB ND 150532.00 ;.. x'83 , . � COVER SHEET , ► ~ ' 11, f) -o O yrr r'rmN G ��0��o0o 0;VZO x�D�mx Fom D O�rSGmO mor;om moor -mon. nG;rn. i m 100 ' GO m X c O>00<00c0O00 A=ZZ 0=7.0 mNZD�D OmCOzO -,2,2-pm-pa, z = 0m CmD xr O! S•�N§fnZ m4 ot�ao ,-.I god Nar gS;OFzr s T. N 01.730mMOW fr-z.1ZCa alma p �o FA � z '� OOm0 an GD *MCA> m OM 2a mo ma apax 0 N L m m Om CP' m z z 1 op mvn oP cm 2. O Z xoe NOLLONnr 0 00000000 _ -7(c5 rn coo s 0 W 00000000000000 01010 NZomr�vvR�;mo 5I 0 p V O O w v<Pi1Pv 0 o4 sA X Mg A6.2. -t6 xxx2 O ,,-npmm pm m m m m m o o 0 o o yDroD o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 y�fAm F'm�"yy�p0 Zo� Oni== ZFDmmmrl-cozzm f2��=my n��zAmAemni7n os IDVZIO m Dmin Ofno v�r2I P1 - �zr'1 00NZ11a Npnaiam� Dmmc r-2ozf'%f ao ci. mom zmmo ;x N m P1 aO� Dx5 �rrmL m A 0 -0vEZZ X o ~ mzs C���O j� 0 �00,`I m .'� m2�0 i m G 0 0 13 O T ~101m Ami < IS mO n G11 fnrD 2 < -1 < - F1yynn N 1-- ZN S z o m am= m n re a m m6zYm�o m Z m m 003 m C m DrOa N a o 0 Z m a o m C o co E m m m 1- 0 m a z N m D m O A a z c O m ti 0 m P1 m a * < c -i cn m M & P1 00 D0< p1 2aDNm r N (.7 0 aaaaaa ;4JJ'E;xZV >, .5 cca �A �m ET •0 = mmmm oZDDfmnCOAxIC ;0;oOr22Z mmmmmmmm ON m�2 p0mo 2aa %F.Z N5-mmi2 m�m OOi.TOl.l01 0 ; 0 00 AD 1Iz--^ N� Dm2D�0 O D K D00m m m 5 mo am O InZN ; OD2o0 �'1 yin r�. C< 2 r f m f go m A m� A 0 C S 2 --xi ay Z S iz ti D 1 m m info z z o 4m Z D 9 m Ln / < m �n x N zm 1 (1N31N38nSV3W) 1V SNOIlb'IA3e188V 1V2i3N3O 4 N 02 O_ 0 01y z mm mo m 10 C& O < m zZ0gm Dow 0 mo A ogz� NA O m {N mN 4270 Om, m yin 00 O Z maa 0 m< orF ZD On R Om =V x 20 yV O m� S m � mf N (Au 0r 20 mm0o C gr O C 26 my, Po mm m yin 1 Z 0 F 1' o m2 mm Dm ka C cm Gini z R o N cno a y N 0 m m z m o5 m 000 r 1 O 0 m 0 tn A 8 :1N3w3AVd 313a3NO3 01018 3 z C m 5 X20 0 R 0 8 98 A en3 Cz 0 M A 0 2 nm 8 m 0 1_ 0 s 0 0 1 0 2 r 8 m1 F 01 IsAT 801008d 031i10011 sawn 08ne8311v m x z 0 0 10 m 0 0 mCA N C 0 0 rn z 0 NOIldI80530 AVO 80 AS 00SZ 83d a 1 0 0 9 0 A O 2 0 O T 9 N 0 9 8 <A JS 009Z 83d 0 esno / OPO i1 OOS 83d 9 0 2 0 AVG 80 SNOT OOS 83d AAO 80 SNO1 009 83d AVO 80 SNOT 009 83d 2 Q O a O F C A 3o8nOS 1V1831VW 83d 2 NF 10 m Q A O 0 A 2 1 2 0 m 0 m a N 0 m a rO 4 1in/3Nv1/d'1 001 83d 9 8 2 9 a N N N N u 0 0 O O O O w w 0 0 0 a 0' a 01 a 0 8 g AlIINvn0 '1S3 31f103HOS ONI1S31 O 82 2. Sx r- 119 = a S 02 M 2IIx12 1i2 z5 IR O5 N O NMY 0 SI !n3 383HM REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 60513# 133r08d ALIO /Cn /PIPJ V 1 ON ONIMd80 080038 fv O CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B ABBREVIATIONS & LEGEND REVISION NO. DATE BY 111 SossoTY ONO3 11X3 NOI11100130 3SV8 151X3 11VHdSV 1SIX3 0 s Z z x m 1111111111111111111111 O 0 0 0 0 o � � 0 o z 83MOd 0v3H83A0 3N11 3NOHd3131 0 F . f s 3dOlS 30 W01108 3A1VA 831VM -D 3dOlS 30 d01 X08 IIVW 310d 83MOd -0- 3did 831VM 141801S 3NI1 83M3S AIV11NVS H3110 l0 13 AVM 30 1H018 g f m m 4< x 9 A 4< x 131N1 31V80 111 3N11 A183d08d m A _iiL= 0- N1 C N V f 0 3 0 x a a mm 02 2 x D N 2 O m iE xi oxm'ZO a vm ma ‘')1 z O � A_♦ 4< 3A1VA 3SV3138 Z m O A 0 C x 73 2 0 m -a 'n D a p 0 > x z X x q a0 m a z -1 S108kV S/QN3O31 1VOIdAl ESCRIPTION 111E SEM. APPEARING ON DOS DOCUMENT DOS AUTHORIZED 80 mLLAM LOGAN BURTON. P.E. N0. 99183 ON 01 -I6 -I6. ALTERROON OF A SEALEDA UnoN TOEM W1HE RESPONSIBLE PROPER nonFrENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENC.NEE RING PRACTICE ACT CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126600 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883.1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 18408 FAX (361)1383-1986 144.4/8.1M/INC . COM 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERMITTING, PROVIDING AND MAINTAINING ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEXAS MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD), TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS, AND THE TXDOT BARRICADES AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARD SHEETS. THE BID ITEMS FOR TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL INCLUDE ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS (PLANNING, IMPLEMENTATION AND MAINTENANCE.) 2. STANDARD TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS FOR TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED IN THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON THE MUTCD. IF THE PROJECT REQUIRES A MODIFICATION AND/OR ADAPTATION FROM THESE STANDARDS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING THE PLAN TO THE TRAFFIC ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. PAYMENT FOR ANY REVISED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS WILL BE MADE THROUGH THE ALLOWANCE BID ITEM 'PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN.' 3. THE PROPER BARRICADING AND TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS ARE TO BE PLACED TO WARN AND DIVERT TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 4. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE STORED ON PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ANY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER FOR TEMPORARY PLACEMENT ALONG THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE ADEQUATELY BARRICADED WITH TYPE III BARRICADES FOR EACH DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND SHALL NOT BE PLACED WITHIN FIVE FEET OF THE STREET PAVEMENT. 5. ALL SIGNS AND BARRICADES USED SHALL BE REFLECTORIZED AND SHALL BE EOUIPPED WITH FLASHING WARNING LIGHTS IF SUCH SIGNS AND BARRICADES ARE TO BE IN PLACE DURING THE HOURS OF DARKNESS. ONE UGHT SHALL BE USED PER SIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEXAS MUTCD. 6. WHERE POSSIBLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO-WAY TRAFFIC ON AU. ROADS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. UNDER SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES, THE CONTRACTOR MAY BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE-WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL WITH FLAGGERS. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO RESTORE TWO-WAY TRAFFIC DURING NON -WORKING HOURS ON ALL ONE-WAY FLAGGER CONTROLLED WORK ZONES. THE ROADWAY MAY BE CLOSED TO ALL TRAFFIC AT THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. 7. ANY OPERATIONS REQUIRING STREET CLOSURE SHALL ALLOW LOCAL ACCESS TO PROPERTY OWNERS/RESIDENTS AT ALL TIMES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE CITY'S TRAFFIC ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS FOR RIGHT-OF-WAY OCCUPANCY AND/OR STREET CLOSURES PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION. 8. TRAFFIC CONTROL QUANTITIES FOR EACH DELIVERY ORDER SHALL IN NO CASE EXCEED THE ALLOWED WORKING TIME AS DEFINED IN THE WORKING TIME TABLE, UNLESS APPROVED BY ENGINEER. 9. WHEN WORK 15 CONDUCTED NEAR TRAFFIC SIGNALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE CITY STREET DIVISION FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL / FIBER OPTIC LOCATE AS PER THE TABLE IN GENERAL CONDITION 013100 IN ADDITION TO TEXAS 811 & LONE STAR NOTIFICATION COMPANY. 10. ADA ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MUST REMAIN OPEN. AVOID CLOSING SIDEWALK ON BOTH SIDES OF STREET AT SAME TIME. IF THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, THE ALTERNATE ADA ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MUST ME MARKED FOR DURATION OF THE CLOSURE CONTROL FLOWS / BYPASS PUMPING NOTE: WORKING TIME SHOWN IN THIS TABLE IS IN CALENDAR DAYS. PAVEMENT REPAIR PAY LIMITS THE SEAL MPEAwG WAS M' 5 AUTHORIZED By IILL4M LOOBURTON, PE. 0. 99383 ON 01-18-16. ALTERATION OF SE DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION O TH ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSEPUUNDER ETHE TEXAS ENOw -RwG PRACTICE AC, REHAB WASTEWATER MANHOLE (FRP OR POLYMER) REMOVE & REPLACE DRIVEWAY OR SIDEWALK CLEAN & CCN WASTEWATER UNES REMOVE & REPLACE WASTEWATER MANHOLE F O i c,FFA � POINT REPAIR WASTEWATER UNE ( 14' DEPTH) POINT REPAIR WASTEWATER UNE ( > 14' DEPTH) REHAB WASTEWATER UNE PIPEBURST ( 14' DEPTH) REHAB WASTEWATER UNE PIPEBURST ( > 14' DEPTH) DESCRIPTION MOBIUZATION WORKING TIME TABLE SERVICE RE -CONNECTION SERVICE LATERAL REPLACEMENT Z - m P A TABLE B POINT REPAIR & SERVICES PIPE BURST RECEIVING PIT v m m N ti 2 z v ti TABLE A PIPE BURSTING O N A gCA O r m5 O 5 TABLE C MANHOLE WORK N 4.0 FRP MANHOLE REHABILITATION (SY) A 0.5 Z+ :-. > 015 + 2 + f S V 4.0 09 o.N O O M OI x V A m m O i A O O rrl OI x - az Z ; 9 vx Nz Z E y 2 m Z O = 2 DAYS / EA 2 DAYS/400 SF 1 DAY / 1200 LF 3DAYS/EA 2 DAYS /50 LF 1 DAY / D.O. A La o v Ir1 IFI Y 5 DAYS / 600 LF 7 DAYS / 600 LF NON -EMERGENCY 3 DAYS / D.O. WORKING TIME (DAYS) ALLOWED FOR EACH DELIVERY ORDER O 0 O O 17.8 24.9 MAX. PAVEMENT REPAIR (SY) 10.7 0i IAD O V to 0 07 A MAX. PAVEMENT REPAIR (SY) 17.8 m O w Nr MANHOLE REPLACEMENT (SY) _ T N O N 5 OFi - 2 E2 O m5 G� N < EZ ti D o\ N \ N G oopmogeDwg Q REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO DATE BY DESCRIPTION RECORD DRAWING NO. SAN 566 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B —_ CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT of Engineering Services TBPE FIRM NO F-366 LNV TBPlB FIRM N010126500 engineers architects surveyors (3611E433-1984 801 NAVIGATION. SUITE 308 FAX CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FA%,36„881,966 W44W LNVINC.COM ""`, iy4t� ... rf+qS,) .. '/ : *` *4 i 00 mm II II o N o C rr r �1 (A VI BT/ (A V! xAl Alx (1) N mm D -o 1 N m n � 2 13 M Z 3RD ST •0 E 0 z 0 c -4_ (XI 0 64 S 2ND ST H C 44 - I A 0 ((; m v 1 x Contractor Representative Wastewater Representative C7 w 0 O 00E0 05, ❑ 0000 ❑c o w 0 c 98 5 0 ' 43 . 2 (9 O eT n C g• 80 w 1f2 g c If • c3 3 0 V^, 3 • • 00 v �b o gD o 'o 0 n `- • • �. 6 rF 0 w 10 a0 is w o 0d p . °—.0 9.80 o `< E a c Q g 0v CD '3V O 0 b O p ;.'h • .o co oA 2 c (0 w G o Q tiFi 5 d 1--r ‘7' v 12. 2 C `40- G O 0 y. 3 o __. 0 OO v w P 08 W • 3 O =. 00 C o 00 10 3 w •.-F• w .0 O 0 0 O O ' 2 O (7- c° c° 5 .O C 5 (1- e°' o (0 3 g CD .. -5 2. "< ?. CAF .v N m w „J N 3 , w . 3 E") 0 0 CD 0 (less than ''/1 -in) in the forecast? :Tstpfaagj pu!nbag 2 m £0T0-5SS-T9E :auogd z 2 ti 86T0 -SSS -I9£ :mom rn (9 as CD 0 0 3 g N10-555- T9E :auogd w 0 w 0 0 CD 0 po t CD (9 - t w DT, • 00 bo G o. w fD 3 CnCD ▪ zy N V O 2 � y o `• °3 0 Y• . 01 til 0 0 o' =° r. w cD o 9 o ED U4 m w P ❑ n. 0 ,F to I 0 CD C7 'LS 0 -74TSTra££OT#}&, 0 w (D CD 0" 14/40 OT ci) 5I/17/5 0 60Z51.3 :'oN i'1103 NVTEd 9N1dwnd SSVJA*I I/17Z/17 :31ra REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION THE SELL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED By WILLMM LOCA BURTON. P.E. NO. 99383 ON 01-10-I0. ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER EGG�ETO THE EPN ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. 60ZS 13 N 103r08d ua z CTn rn 'ON 9NIMVNO 02100321 'tom 0 MW W CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B BYPASS PUMPING PLAN EXAMPLE (FORM & SCHEMATIC) IMIMMG CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM N0. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SURE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX(361) 883-1986 OW8W.LNVINC.COM ALLOWED WORKING TIME FOR NON—EMERGENCY D.0.=35 DAYS 2 0 A Z 0 1T1 z 22 0 f A A O<< 0 m Z C mM y O 0 A r - m v U o < INT p 1 m 8 VCP 21 OVO ( 1VL LN301S 18" VCP Sn 0 N m J m m m J J m N m m N ? N W U W A N t0 N CD N2 N N N tip od -4'2 N A W N N O ' HYPOTHETICAL SCENARIO NO.2 m A O O O N U NA N m m Tm UN N - - O O O N N m N O W Extra Depth for Excavation Safety for Wastewater Manholes (>6' Depth) O 7I < POST CCTV — Televise Wastewater Lines (10-12 Lines) �7 T > D < D D T D D 9 D T T T D D m T T c, N §, Remove and Replace Curb and Gutter or Valley Gutter O A R• A 0 551 a 9 Erosion Control —Sodding O 8 R. a° 0 o F 0 0 a m u' Removal & Replacement of Chain link Fencing Signing & Traffic Control (Detail N), Complete in Place Per 24—hour Period Signing & Traffic Control (Detail C), Complete in Place Per 24—hour Period Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement (Includes Base & Prirne Coot) Manhole Connections (15" — 18') G O O 1 o 5 Ym J Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth) 4 ft Dio Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab (0'-6' Depth) Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Wastewater Manhole Polymer Rehob (Over 6' Depth) 4 ft Dia Wastewater Manhole Polymer Rehab (0-6 Depth) Replace 4 ft Dia. Wastewater Manhole (0-6 Depth) Remove Existing Wastewater Manhole (All sizes) PRE CCTV — Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines (15"-18" Lines) POST CCTV — Televise Wastewater Lines (Lines 58") PRE CCTV — Televise Wastewater Lines (Lines 58") Plugs and/or Flow—thru Plugs (18") Plugs and/or Flow—thru Plugs (5 8") Service Re—connection for 8" Pipe Bursting Rehab 58 Wastewater Une (Pipe Bursting) (10' — 14' Depth) Rehab 58- Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (6' — 10' Depth) Rehab 58 Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (0' — 6' Depth) Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance (Refer to T-0005000 for Mobilization Payment) DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE TOTAL COST (QTY x UNIT PRICE) CO D D M P1 II N O O ALLOWED WORKING TIME FOR NON—EMERGENCY 0.0.=28 DAYS WASTEWATER LINE -COLLECTOR D .Z7 m 23 D 1 MOB 1SIx3 RESIDENTIAL ROAD 12 VC MOB 15153 1� 4 X < 28 n _ A F Ao 0 v H- x IIIIIIIo T N N+ 4 O U A is 1 O 1 m 1 •, / A 1 A 2 o 2 HYPOTHETICAL SCENARIO NO.1 N N TA N (.I A N O N mb 0 W W O D<Zmm1 (DAe� Tm TITpmrrl Ny-C z ti Signing & Traffic Control (Detail C), Complete in Place Per 24—hour Period Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement (Includes Base & Prime Coat) Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 sacks of cement per ICY of sand) Manhole Connections (10" — 12") Extra Depth for Excavation Safety for Wastewater Manholes (>6' Depth) Excavation Safety for Wastewater Manholes (0' — 6' Depth) Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth) 4 ft Dia Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab (0-6 Depth) POST CCTV — Televise Wastewater Lines (10-12 Lines) PRE CCTV — Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines (10-12 Lines) Bypass Force Main for Control of 10"-12 Wastewater Flows Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping (10 —12 Lines), Complete in Place Per 24—hour Period Service Re—connection for 12" Pipe Bursting Rehab 12 Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (10' — 14' Depth) Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance (Refer to T-0005000 for Mobilization Payment) 0 E7 la Ri 0 O z C Z H A A (i m TOTAL COST (QTY x UNIT PRICE) REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 60ZSL3# 103rOdd ALIO VJ ON DNIMtMO 080038 Cn CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B • DELIVERY ORDER SCENARIOS 1 OF 2 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION THE 5EAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUNENT WAS AUTHORIZED 130 WILLW.I LAGAN BURTON, P.E. NO. 99385 SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NCTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER 15 AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. 111 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE300 PH. (361)883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX (361)883-1986 WLWN.LNVINC.COM 100 VCP 10" VCP F 1VI±N301S321 pF D µ Z N RI 60 r Im mA CO N m VN Z � of I D rn� vF D 0 O O Z 0'0 ADN302131"43-NON MOd 3 a ALLOWED WORKING TIME FOR NON -EMERGENCY D.0.=15 DAYS D > mm O II II 00 C r N N N N mm CO N rn I2 ()N 111 Co N W t0 m :: O m J O O A O ; HYPOTHETICAL SCENARIO NO.3 N N N A (0 N No 0 O 0 0 N— W O N O O 0 7 < -6 Z D '0 D '1 r'1 10 < D r'1 '1 ((10 ti m o g. n g o N O n ,a Signing & Traffic Control (Detail A), Complete in Place Per 24-hour Period Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 Sacks of Cement Per 1CY of Sand) C u ' 0 � c 'o O m o II N Extra Depth For 4ft Dia Wastewater Manhole Polymer Rehob (Over 6' Depth), Complete In Place Per Vertical Foot 4k Dia Wastewater Manhole Polymer Rehab (0-6' Depth) POST CCN - Televise Wastewater Lines (10'-12 Lines) PRE CCN - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines (10-12 Lines) Bypass Force Main for Control of 10"-12 Wastewater Flows Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping (10-12 Lines), Complete in Place Per 24-hour Period* Well Pointing (10'-14' Depth) Point Repair 12 Wastewater Line (10- 14 Depth) (15 LF Min) Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipebursting) (10'-14' Depth) Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance (Refer to T-0005000 for Mobilization Payment) DESCRIPTION Remove & Replace Sidewalk Erosion Control -Sodding [ Signing & Traffic Control (Detail A), Complete in Place Per 24-hour Period Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 sacks of cement per ICY of sand) s 0 O i 0 O 1 Monhole Connections S 8" Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), Complete In Place per Vertical Foot 4ft Dia Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab (0-6' Depth), Complete In Place Extro Depth for 4 ft Dia. Wastewoter Monhole Polymer Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), Complete In Place per Vertical Foot 4ft Dio Wastewater Manhole Polymer Rehab (0-6' Depth), Complete In Place IPRE CCN - Televise Wastewater Lines, (10" - 12" Lines) I POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines, (S 8" Lines) Complete In Ploce IPRE CCN - Clean & Televise Wastewoter Lines, (S 8" Lines) IPlugs and/or Flow - their plugs (S 8"), Complete in Place Per Day. C v n m I Rehab S 8 Wastewoter Line (Pipe Bursting) (10' - 14' Depth) Rehab S 8 Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (6' - 10' Depth) Rehab S 8 Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (0' - 6' Depth) I Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance (Refer to T-0005000 for Mobilization Payment) NOUdISDS3O TOTAL COST (QTY x UNIT PRICE) D > mm O II II 00 C r N N N N mm CO N rn I2 ()N 111 Co -d N 11 Wbm0 N 1 ca co 1 A 1 t.3 U0 g na CoDO 1 O 1 gi O illig W N W N CD p oO HYPOTHETICAL SCENARIO NO.4 N T 0G ..tiN a'' N O m 800 N N EO' N O W W' m W < i'Z D D D D FN- ( D D 1n N VI (0 Z Remove & Replace Sidewalk Erosion Control -Sodding [ Signing & Traffic Control (Detail A), Complete in Place Per 24-hour Period Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 sacks of cement per ICY of sand) s 0 O i 0 O 1 Monhole Connections S 8" Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), Complete In Place per Vertical Foot 4ft Dia Wastewater Manhole FRP Rehab (0-6' Depth), Complete In Place Extro Depth for 4 ft Dia. Wastewoter Monhole Polymer Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), Complete In Place per Vertical Foot 4ft Dio Wastewater Manhole Polymer Rehab (0-6' Depth), Complete In Place IPRE CCN - Televise Wastewater Lines, (10" - 12" Lines) I POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines, (S 8" Lines) Complete In Ploce IPRE CCN - Clean & Televise Wastewoter Lines, (S 8" Lines) IPlugs and/or Flow - their plugs (S 8"), Complete in Place Per Day. IService Re -Connection for S 8" Pipe Bursting, Complete In -Place for Each I Rehab S 8 Wastewoter Line (Pipe Bursting) (10' - 14' Depth) Rehab S 8 Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (6' - 10' Depth) Rehab S 8 Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (0' - 6' Depth) I Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance (Refer to T-0005000 for Mobilization Payment) NOUdISDS3O 30 A m TOTAL COST (QTY x UNIT PRICE) LINE & POINT REPAIR — ARTERIAL/COLLECTOR RESIDENTIAL COLLECTOR ROAD H' JIB ARTERIAL ROAD REVISION NO. DATE 8Y DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. 1 DATE 1 8Y DESCRIPTION 1NE 5E4. APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUIHOR12m 6T FALLOFF 130001 BURTON. P E. NO. 99383 ON 01-18-16. ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER ENNGINEEP 5 00 OFFENSEPUNDERETHE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. a rn 'ON ONIMVdO 0800311 v ! O CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B DELIVERY ORDER SCENARIOS 2 OF 2 ,111 IMF NeM/ CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126590 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 8831986 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX (361) 8831986 NNWY.LNVINC.COM Z Cva N p 1-o a V a Cw tO P W N 51( (n A (,I ry . yi-,-;toy ,sr, r..1.-.zb- 3 0a A o 0 C Sm n r -a ,a)A.,--.1 ra mb0z „En ....k -a� a OrO b m-12. mZy 00m0 <pmA 02mXOx2Zr-o z0--Zxn0n °1,11 ti 0 - z ( -i050 CI i'llr 0 n m xN=�a o 1 0 02.mO\ O3 30 OVr-V • Zan°yA 1 pr 00;-!! U -H z°A2 VIZ A r Z Zo zZi m2 M O ti VA p j _t(�km Oz Oz � DC�nnmDta �4 omrmb -Co ZO m � A 3 z n m `.Z 2 �r- M Om i • r r voyAnr<vAA 0AA n~z� -z "00 z z 73N• o exr-2n x :0 rri ao m D MI -'' mm y • ZG mmV CO V 0y O r 0r aA AA -L. r 0 nmOr* r 0 I 0 b2 '11A r V GZ rnX2 mZ m ° n y O O n 3 m A m m_Z 0 02�r�mm-rn ._moA a 0 Sm Z a b<Dyz A y G o <mA n A zny 2 m,102mombn � 11AN0A-3C El MIIr A2 zZ 2 b NA mm z0 O "I I. _ p zrnA D° - Orn O AXOv3 GN my-bobpm� ob° r- 12V�A =Ar mro<o n =2�zr A3. j mO =o zaoyA z ON 0.1 y�Z0ayZz�byb 1- 3 r�r D1 Om °a A a<G2 r -Q y 0 zmon mm°yo x� z�ro "= y oAVl A -1 j 0o zrm°Aymrn_rnAm1. vomc omO2n '2rn� m=yn o _ AA0-X a D0 A 0 O-0GVIO a t - z 0 2 Z O rnn m "I-10rn y �� ro) r - 0 2morn r r- 2 DI Z zOmm 0 b I. Aa A x O = y� r-NOm O my emOr r'r < A om�G Z m r = rnZy O Am2 Co y c Z A0 zp O x a=-+ CD rn A ym VI v 21 mr mA AAOr*tZ O �_r c a nm 2' 0r onw"' Zn -00 -Iz n z m ozrTA2Omnm =imrn_onz,, z rnA y 0 21 _ CO r° 3 - m A -t <m2iVCO 010 m n a n2 a - m bm 2 00 nO An Ms" ZZ ZO 70m0 oo m yO y l n7n00(nC 1 r� (121 A VI r- AnA rn r-0 A• r mZ a y VI 0 b r A < 3 D A m 2rn3z 0 < y a a 0rn r- Ob b3m c mnAa x Am - ar to yG 2 0 20 rOG zam mzA2 A A Zn° n2mZ m o rylnr n 2 VD'1LmAy 2 mn omteAm� D v�2 ncA m°b 0 bno On c,a 0c3y aa m N -+r 0 to mAzNnzz<cvax§L o w mz 01 o vaz o zv x zm zOrn< a� mmz om v zvl ,m° nti m m < m o a ,ICo m21_ma o< a� --tim y0 3'1 °N0 Zn b 0 rnrn 'zo °2mC22 cZ7 y G N m<° O*ciln 0 --I -a -4 rnqaZa zrTn3pz 155 MANHOLE CC Cp II < 30" 0, <30" 0, 0° mol n ma n mA 3rnx 21y� (1) •<A020r°o(.O yy Orn�D Om zo o Vnx mA r 0 Co zOOtl b o yOA (n n m = z z_Z c O 11 .e r 2 o n • 0 2A A a y r° nr°0Day Oa 1' ym0O0z 1 -00 00 < n 1.�g coa i. _Vl I c 0 rn o Szn A O ij � l Oa 2 a ya_ m 2 m 0 C k n 21 OA m O °21 m zA0<~mr 0 0 zy cr0 n V21) 0 yO m 21 0GnAA A mmm AzzO Z o 0 Z tj m y c V 2 ., = < r2 • N m 0aa2Z'n{jI nmA° u! A 3 2y O a n ra k tA WHERE MULTIPLE PIPE CONNEC -OUT SHALL NOT EXCEED MANUFA 1 BE CUT LEAVING LESS THAN 1 e�N..j �v g A ++`.` - Q � , m_ rn� b O aD a-mOZV) ZAn O �V naomm x rZ ° y m0Z y Z a y° a VI y • m °A n s mA F. Oy y Zr VIZ ma rO Le) 0 ya c n0 ° M r 2 / Z \o m z mzzrxm° Dmm O r n"o m0ZA� W r 0 A ''I '- 1-0 y1.0i y � 1. _ nr- 0 mCA m _.mn�pG mO OyA b 0 O N n�Ao F--- 71 0< A 00 A p..) C.) 11 53 xi �O1 ° b rnz A m m 21 1 ^ 2 0 m x nOA OO c mzA zZV-�m 000 A w (n m A rr to n o 2 0 0 m - 0 m -1 0 z 0 0 11 Di br -< A VZ (n n y 0ra 0 0 O A Aii� vaiii O qk �\\\\\t N NA Na O ma --y n m Ay 71 11 V) 0 O r 0 Z oZaZ xA 0 a xD,A 0 �- ° Di y O m°Dn I an zmA O<OyA wZ inn m o z a rj 20 P. ov m Z 1.0 Z"my°z-1w 0 0 �, O, o - a ° •,„\\ E OF STUB AND PWC 5 AS SHOWN ON THE PL 113 -OUT DE; gr 7]ONS OCCUR, MAX CTURER'S RECOMME I" BETWEEN ONES. .. a �o05 aN bn mn a m'r A x n to °Z V) �'ror-oo nm F-M o�am n mC r xao m 2 0 0 y Z Ao oamn z" mo=a c3mA= C� Aonn m 2 m m AO 2 aO -0 vz63 Oo 1, ,"xy A 1 0 a O Omm2 A Zr o 2 rr N bZ o my Am AX N �~ v81 68 gf • i Z z� ; mm p A 0 0 nyO0m O < 0 2 Z 0ayvig3 o DimA 01 t Oc N _ L4 it AF • RING/COVER AL SIZE Z2m cm -i rx 3Omy n z ---,IA zy m < t0 z (n 0 A 21 0 m N a 0 ^, o ztw S-1 VO N P: IA, i g 111 n C 4 0a y 1 G ....._ii �� 3$ 0= _" o• S� :in PO • 1�i o n zmz"oa o=6 A m zbxA= z3 o• x o v y z " zao yF _ (./) :17 u) OOAmy Nn N �m N i,o3 A2Zz? zn Z r*I �01N*7 CO mo y 0b m OOr`rnA nr rArn 00 I-- -0 A pain c.,. mm a y r 2 �0 c� y Aa2 rn cr,Ay "'Aa '° Dm 2 Np o *10tH-- 00-4 Qa �A M� o moo 0021__„ n° o .m �r�� Vim"' z� za Z nyb oozy Oz m r 0� mz� v0 0021 nn z yzrn 'za�v� zo °m zo oAomm m� o< mi o0 "r v-1 a m °oma o r �� q o0 �I -2y1 rod -1 sOn 212 A uJ•yy O°n :O 0 aoo z onm Nm n o`az�ma *-0mZ mom m 3, F. rr°� AnZ o pr° mm c 21'1 �0� w aom� az(n•IN �Z xn no z nAon ^� y0ory 0 —8.• ' a ���� fy m znzr `" > zm 1 ox " A r �I- r.� :. .-. .1`_`.' :, ,•' :•... ):.�',•� ". ;: a'.i`t i:''!,.. x; ., z y - - _ 11--^- I=1I- - o VIn `c • 3 <� z 30 `� v b 210 a PIm \ r�n�o ? a0A •A <nyr zm ?� .oD„O �\ Nmz � m -40 (n n z ,w m om In zF x , ?oa ti, „'1� romo ow-a c 0 III,: 7 mo mz ° 4) Xi c�G /� • ��� zo m �� 0•4m m wI o 3ov z m rn A fl—III—�1 III rr-r- ry "rZ 1� A 011"""1 l III= 1i 0z -10 + TND N �g* 0 MANHOLE 0.D. ✓:'- 1,. •r -.(0 ,P- � 770011 \I° ym r'Y Hill a r=Zo : ytoy Z <m I yNO Ay� VI s •I I roil a_ z W crADO m2N 111 � � 11' SAS yy ;! \\ r I�����: �A Z ;44 pOrrOn0 0 ;/ /Ll 1 a�A ':. !. ate: ,,, `� r� 0mo -0 700 rizz N 2,i - D NOT TO SCALE Oma ram Z4C r C\� 3�m D ° m �•-III=1ff=1tP 1 . - 12" MANHOLE 0.0. _ �\ _�� . %ligI _ nys o0 r vm 0o �I p �o D y i- r93 to 4) arm ,1, 1 �ao3m m�tn + o fii_ � •���� mn m Ab m b m m m Zo z `I `4 �� kb Sm a 50 z -I -n a p�=� a t4 h. 1;! '', VF, 00 OA 00 AA .... \ 4Z �\ O� 0 ru ; Iii �a Orr m� j 2 y2 An wA M y A0 40 m VIA my 0 �m y �p� y 1 mfr” z \�\ 3ooZ m .• •� -0 z �� -z1 — 0 ,, • o AAO Fo <- r m o ��� mo�� \ Oyg .iu;•' �0 rt�m0 c�b*wn om \ . p A A x' A 00 • Dg O oo c A ``a -y-I ZQ=A= 03 O D 0mA`.Q --II' A _i cr 0 com(n to �� (0 D CO2 y2 000 „ 6 nmzoz xn mAoz mAI� m AOa OXrrri �1 0 c� 'O (� w _�+Z !� C zD(0 -i -n_iO �' cn xi m DZA0x xi m in m �,f=r(n(oyN 2 OM 21- ?DAO a0 --1 o yrA` loam m �6ON A 3 "" �O- T a V` mm z 0 , aw z c Z A m� I z " ZO 0n O tnT z N O DA > mn m �a z_y 0 zrri D z A m Z-I O Z y Zm D m 2 m O O -t z O o m RI ?j T n �cn�0 r �zrA DI m- 0 0� A Ziy 071mz CO O ZAZmZ VI n5 "0 yO 0CD lD O. 0 m0 -1200 �'m�e ON V� A ,+� O lc� AI �lil \� Ck �5 C 4� n \r my oz°A 2220( czt00 Ox mbxyo :EP yAn �<v \ Ara- �rnA aOr OHO col2 _ rn r to zz 0 x y (nngm x°m a Z°< 0 to m m X (nrrn °m �0°z rOnbw cvmA_z b �i-7�Z mOyolN iv, m -1z A � ^a< azy momOC7 r,A°'�r<'Iz n z_,_n 0 CyAO 0 0 yo 0021- AO 0DZrn-1 a Vl nnam2 -I 0),,i nom a 32 or -Z--1 3�2by Om=1 Zc 3 "!m b c� ' �nA° o 0(41. 210 ��n AOm z�gg13 yyz Arn n m° mOOmiacpar0to - y f. O. 2 2y< 2111 ` 0 A ...c03 020 R.,, 2102-( m-• m "I�OA a ZozO rn*Ir ASA om yr�1_< ;n Arn by �j �(2i)�A Or1� O � r 6_,,0 t3o z -0<x" -0y 244. o < AnAi 0 mm :-.4. n z Li Z 01 r m A o A r m Am n't m p on 0 N m y 2 3 n ? y x 7/10/09 C.F.B. REVISION TO MEET 30 TAC CHAP 217 (TC£(2) REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION CITY PROJECT # 52091 SHEET 7 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO. SAN 566 MANHOLE INSTALLATION CITY OF -.I .- g tePil i*' % ii 100➢73CHARLES F. BAISH4NI �IMOVEN�:624.2 CONSULTANT'S JOB NO. 150532.00 eCORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS :.,.� WASTEWATER WASTEWATER WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 1 OF 5 DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services 0 C .1 Ill 0 544 N _ o0) 0 x xa-4- m 0 a'+ LO a !1 m 42oA �'A�-xx m = ^1 m ----1 act A�Aponn0jA 00° 2. TI aWo w �O N 23" DIA. :OVER SECT/1 Ccr i Y 1 I1 m9)P om 40 pm�n7oA�a�� �� Cn a c� 1• P IIII n a MANHOLI 3 ° s o n J__I a Q C� �aZ�0 p z2a° ,0 2 c n ?O%°I mozm° 0x02 m 0 rn \ x-I A 0A o a xc- < %& COVE AND 5'L EAST JORDAN /R V1430 CV, V1420, EQUAL. (MILL COVE RING & C01 Y %0 N 4,)Co xz "N 0 0s< m Ar & • e�m�m 0a �z \A ^ -.z . roV : 2 .1' o m m° p 2 A C- z x 210m •-1. Am 01 � mo = acmo nmn mra p0m0) A2. ota 14/ \"4 a .. \ 2 0a cn N rn 4 1/2„ m � O o. A' n 0_ NOT 70 SCALE !TH 30" OPENIN MANHOLE INST. S, INC. PRODUCT FR OR APPROVED S. INFLOW INHIBITOR) y 9 • v AI k. A Q _ Z _ c '' w •i C - La a r0z- 1 10 CIAO A. m a 2 m a x a A A A 0 �' m ti r 0 2) x trip t O A CO' r N S A AAS A� ki in 4,4 !!H! ki t o \ w •� 14 � _ U2o o 00-1 m 1114 TOLE DETAIL rri pC I o• R o 0 a ci'no90 Awm� :OVER N4 ' 7 ��2A2��A °I) ttnm N y "1 Arm yO m AUA°° r0 D o cpo r x2 mpw < mnco 2 c-0A 0A 0,- tm� vA 4 1/2" �A� om �Ao uV O fi 12 O V 0 IU1 A r 2 Ur V D CO o l 1111 y 91 7F' N ma --,0„.(nfn00 Aaom 0-I Iy -i 2comm -y ti oj MANHOLE 9. APPLY NON—SEIZE GRAPHITE OR APPROVED EQUAL AROUND ALL MANHOLE RING & COVER, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 10. AASHTO—M-306 (LATEST REVISION) PROOF LOAD TESTING IS REQUIRED AND SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.0 (40,000LBS.) AND INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE ;OVER WITH SECTION 9.1.1. RESULTS OF THE TEST SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11. THE INFLOW INHIBITOR MUST COMPLY WITH CITY STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 027205 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES, 3.D. INFLOW INHIBITORS. THE INFLOW INHIBITOR TETHER IS 3/16" BRAIDED STAINLESS STEEL AND IS ATTACHED TO THE INHIBITOR WITH A #66 STAINLESS SYEEL RIVET AND 1" BACKUP WASHER. THE TERMINAL END AND EYE ARE MANUFACTORED FROM STAINLESS STEEL. THE TETHER IS BOLTED TO THE LIP OF THE FIBERGLASS MANHOLE, NOT TO THE HDPE MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS. 12. THE MANUFACTURING FACILITIES FOR ALL PROVIDED RING/COVER ASSEMBLIES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND OSHA SAFETY STANDARDS. CASTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM MATERIALS. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION. pz �(nz n Aro 70-Iz 2y Z_ ga AA ro 0 Oyc) CtiKn2 ) Tp =o 3.1-18 Az. z o000 0A r= A 1CD ro tv on0r''to m ma 0orr, azxrz 0 °Fi(zz x.�' ovri orT vN N00 z-mAm �0�z� z0 zo A22o -,030 , mom0� -(",o cio AZm za02 2-A0r- 0r'' 10 o a °P----5-.0 m00Z 0a Cz 0a co 1 AorO - <A2 p0 -41 1-- vig r''oazz a z z <v, tr m rill.' om ozl. m°o�0 moAAo �� iri 1111.- l A O a a I rik \ C4 WO \ �1/ C 4 ill \ AA "1 3 a Z� EAST JORDAN IRON WORKS, INC. V-1168, PRODUCT NO. 41168051 OR APPROVED EQUAL WITH MILLED COVER FOR INHIBITOR RING & COVER oz onnixo z.,,x 0n ON �0 vzi0mcn mmZc zm, wrn 0 A 0- o o AA1. rna�, nZm� �0 nAz ,0 0- A 01.v� 13z �n AVOAiozzrn zAnz a02III ?r- on A0 r a0czirn � • 0 0� �Aozo m��= mv' C Li \ �i O p% hi 3 \ Ili Z 4 o PER CITY STANDARD. SPECIFICATION INHIBITOR on A z r A 0 o ac 4 tvi k t 11 4 el • NO BOLTS ASSEMBLY COMMENTS � o 9 r r- a 0 7/10/09 C.F.B. REVISION TO MEET 30 TAC CHAP 217 (TCEO) REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 8 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO. . SAN 566 CITY PROJECT #E15209 RING AND COVER DETAILS FOR 30" OPENING FOR 4' AND 5' MANHOLES CITY OF .1 - o i` *f A*is*111 /*;• :# I i CHARLES F. BAISHIII i 100973 45 GC2D—ct: CONSULTANT'S JOB NO. 150532.00 CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS K WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 2 OF 5 ,r,P,= WASTEWATER , ` DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services `" v O1 • o: m la m 1 b . 11:'.11 V ,rt1�1�♦/,/,v/v/�♦�1 m!. 1 ♦ ...1,1,1 � 11111 ♦ 1 iii i,1 ; � .r- I:I��r : ♦ ♦'� 1 5�i p Z m bill :'I' RING SECTION 47 f4" DIA 441f A Co"V S L COVER SECTION W N S111 < N N S A 1 1/4" DIA COVER SECTION S (�A �� .�.AS .mA 1�; iil ♦ it ♦rl♦1♦,1u 1111 '1 ISI 1 ;:111;1.11 1•' ;; 1" 1 / A O Z tt � 1161213 . �1 *818 MY C Z �I • O �./...�o. ff/ L.y. i< C 2 1■I- O go c A, -. ^ 2 r-� cs _ �O N Q \ ''°no a z ,z,q 4101r'4'1.4.411.1: 2 N m M P p oR N C� N 2 y `• y F R2 S Q A O 7-1 y el rn raj_ ;O _ p COI 0 2 11:3-1 co co 23 p V. kb IN% O y A p N n co n VS. 16.1 � n O ` D' n° �° MA L 1,1 2'..o r N. rn a u1w 4Z D r °I. 1 N• MME IN USA O A mCO .a� O 31178800 w _ N _. z z o z r -n 8.- ���. z a MO/DAY/YR o ., 2 rn _ C/3 z 1. --.1 RR 2 = - mr,? A o na - nv o �� 2 cbn a x w in o N L O 2 A \ ' Acs o �Ao iro b �' 711, 7:1i PA m .. y2 y "0 g A o A 2 y n O Ont 1 cn' m NMEMIIKIN moo ••o No 2 ZOAw Ma cii c VARIES .A k Z m a m rn ...Al ;b� to y a sV�� rn `< 0rn0 VARIES gi .w 2 e , p. A0 _ O 63 64.1' a m ?��� 111' am 12 s,. y z A �I can o Da Z m ?Fa-\\ \\ \\III \\�..:• n 2 n i o ��� '�' \ 1 III.: mimic. gli \I R y� i ' Mil cm; m o ! , El ,...,. P.o 1 NOT TO SCALE FE VALVE ON 5' F MANHOLE + 2"-0' tnNo rn 0 ~ roil �N E 20 i�cIai r*O2mo 1E1 T 0 C ���z �o tio2m C j b 2i o 0 2 y crn oo gr - m~00m a2 2 11...1 yrn 6. •,' ,. / \ o 5,1 + i 2 v y 1 o oaaA yl c 2 r~yam 'l A n 2 a nm \ :• n • : 0 2 2 /.--._ _,• ` uO ,. VARIES n A mnp m •! av a 3 ?2 pg Lo a NmO m oArO yo o'c" A2 e, ca ''mo -le' 2 2 �yy yrAA L',,,, '2 (,)-(c, ^ o ° c p 022 STANDARD 300( CONCRETE COLI (PROVIDE REBAI 2-14 BARS) TY — 2" MIN., 4" MA MIN. 6" TOP S( crreve; „ Q ,.I 0 \ O 2' 2 Aroo C V 7 � , \0 3. oi�o o o op IR TIES, AT ro o ���• r 1BERGLASS Ays0 OYj M mm o•�byre o TA n i m y 0 .1 4. 1! A A 2c♦m � A m! n uuunl- i z1 Aio w '' a o . A s a� r n QIll \ Iii o \ b2�o a ( 4 'A o7'.1A � 111 111111 �i �Qnm pot 44 ayNl moa __ n c<a v rt r. �3,-C"7.-4 44 P m r,-, .. s N+ n -Ii_ i -Ailir c, r rri ^'off o� 2' 2Avl F.' fm ,..,,(8 to. 44 xo ' my Np ,i O mi c� qm m rmmm4�*�,'1��I ai tti t 31 PI 6 q!, ! ' 1 9a� �� Mil li P mSpP@QQPP _5 $ Fi '(n fvm m \ g Y Y. m 8m m m ,•T� atreoeoc I'7.��J i tec000000c 11� il ��I� IIJi a 3 yAD Z l a �.mp = A� p aZ 'QA) A) A = 2 ` 0 bA A •,1 r tm ? "� � m y s a� r A o 7/10/09 C.F.B. REVISION TO MEET 30 TAC CHAP 217 (TCEO) REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION Cm PROJECT #E15209I SHEET 9 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO. SAN 566 MANHOLE SURFACE PROTECTIONCITY AND AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAILS OF e,I-CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS r--'-= WASTEWATER ,, o 133 err, 111 5* '*1% CH:st.1.1: E BAISH�! 11 ei0973 / 1 10ENSE p� CONSULTANT'S JOB NO. , 150532.00 WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 3 OF 5 DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services zo tZc co zzp A2' �Am r 2g 0 7113 378VM073 F 0O"' taTl nA AA 0320- iia rm Nm0 A Am 0A0 ®� Omni P-zmY "'jy0 A,TA1 228 ti LAG;2 o to fir- $A oozes r -N AO yr Zp rni z� 2,pA 2C m m �'' m rm- o �� REMOVERr•P CIRQEL _ m�� AS m VAR/ES 1- F ei 0 co c) 7-1 0 co e to• mo Sx < AAo0rO 02 +rrrl mArnAC njO AIf/ Z82r6<Tim� 0mr z �� • "rioovm ^a A 02 �-'o ITAI> OOm N n F0 , W N O Oo O V ih V, r "' W N �--11 2 02m A02A rail IA -0 mmm '002rrn zczz a2n r0T10A rn..2 2112 D 2 FC ANON Ap AMA zC 2-1"1 O20<C mNIA Om 2rAT7-i Z m r- x o o =� o 6 ~2m 2�Z �m�� ,mr�a ���' 0r Am� OM No -1 2-1-1 n A n -y0 -iD-1 N2-1 N 1.0zZ ni Fm2 m ib! �o zorATI In !TIO a: x 1-2.1 --AAA ANAz nmo �A2 x r Amx 110 Dz a r z < mpyr z m nl znN A mm No c) z oCr ztF 2O m A A ~2 2 y0a N NM 2110 2. 2 2. OO AOA m3zx ami r-I��l OmW *A A 02r2T1 D NI 1•-'i.,N�C a1C- hyo -.CZ- cN.r -iaN y-42 ZaN m2 D j OnA0ASAA g'iy NO0� n�y 2�CSO< PAz O pIP 4, CA z1T�1 A �rtyTl 2 oa AZO A� A,illin zoC� =nn �r 00- -nr-nA oy = rAT7 0 00 00 VI 0112 -1DO3 0.22 0 No Oc m�10 rO mz 00Ac Aov -a�z =ra-o O trAn A=~ 00 tiN A0o LA A2D NI �nN 00, 00 3O 20 r2�10� rN r Omen �-+ m AN m �2 2N NN25:2m 00Li cnn 222 mm O 2xm 10E5 -1 N? VN mA ar- NI On DnN 211 AOrOTI z2rNTl<m5y m�^00o 2. �2Z :o D2 ANA 0 CO10 A-C yz DSO rNi>m0� O12 -1 Do �;Nm ~7r'\- NO AA NA �mC �m� Fo „_ [ti NC2A ApA-r a$ waa -a10 OCA N N rr-m1� y ym Am 22 yZy m�a� A� 2� '8.; AA Az nov ��c z ao cm � z�� 22nv �oc� rn A cn^z A 03 on Do oO AA -Irm OC �� mm �p 000 02211 tia '21 ,Ao AO r<TIAF -1 2: DN A D Nm -AIA (f)----1 no --I N AO r*t0 22 n2r !p z -tA r AZ Zr4 mA Axm OXz O 2viA tia n 83- a �m ~ ?a 00 a • m� 0 2 C\j 20 D O r- 0 A 'z 0 0 z z 0 zi, A z m 0 i y -1 0 A O o z z 0 93 V 9, 9, - ty N - 4 0 �� :X' --I (n ,TTI n Ar- 00P m-02 <'v z�o �z a 0�� 0OAnA N OD y <OA- 2 O mc CalrrTl tomo_ 0 A 2 -1 (~172-1 Aa 2• NN<a torp m yy rn0 mAA m= 0•rr-r'\021. O0 z �O co-1 g*lpo 22 Oa n0�2 Ay Cn o� mO IN'l 7x117 o1NT1 2n 021 m 0m z OCri No zr<'1 zzo A z Al AAm 0 Wx 2 -I nlm Om NNO2. ma rT<j rad tail p A* Nim nZ <AD�� 210 c- rrn -1• 20 02c1 p r+1 o NANr AA O n N Frrnm .1. ooa�r0 ra-D A 1. 2 a~n0 AA �vR�i oNi< SA �A �o akm Orn rn < Dna 112 A 0 O • N00 A n r a NQ C C') cnrz m \ A O AA E raj o o A ao - N O n0j -2C n Am< m O z -2m ~ C=� v 0 0 0 CO y Co A n x SS. 6 0 0 o J y A to 0 '. ■�� O �`I \ A- CA -CI 2 0 ( \\ on -id 030V3 SPECIFIED CLEANOUT BOOT & COVER 1N31N3SV3 NO 032110038 SV 80 \� \\F_N5�\5 CG(G(F\\t:\C:jG\S (\F(\\'`\� \\F\\\ -='\\4\t' 8' OR DEEPER 4' MAX. 7/10/09 REVISION NO. DATE C.F.B. BY REWSION TO MEET 30 TAC CHAP 277 (TC£O) DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 6OZ ' 13 # 133r02'd .UJD 'ON ONIM 80 010.93d O 0 Co SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND REHABILITATION OF EXISTING MANHOLES WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 4 OF 5 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS WASTEWATER DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services Cn 0 CriN.) 0 0 'ON HOP S,1NVl7/1SNOD P1 w N n2= 2m22 R'A t�� An 2 Al n A mz A- A° r "2 oo O b (") m o ti A o A m < 1,1 A o n 2 y 2 m n 0, n --4 TA n 2 m r, 2 A A i A y 2 2 ° a 2 2 O y 0 j A o iy s m a p m? �r n AkTI ..._Al° X m mm 2 V Al r r m m Ai 0 0 y rn 0 C Al 20 r- r0j 'r'C c 2 2 2 y a y Aa 2 on aam A o2 3r y2 ar 2° AA 0. r-y °0 LA LA At m m n n o _ m 2~Co�Aa ASU Ap 2 0v, 2 mp -2 n2 14 0� m � a m �' m o � m p n ^� U 2 r T O y 3 2 o; rn , a 2 00 r m a y o o ... 2 a Qtr �� p2 2 v2`icm, �2 O° cn0 C r cn 2 C c yr n ��� �2 CO om mom vm�o Zv my n r O r nn % A -K A A p r P ',Pi 0a Axa "1Z `). �j� 61 rl OLA yil y 1 �p%���gp cn-TL-S. 2 rl 2 n r�, '11"n AAamA LA AV,N Aaiyaa2 r -ta ,2x 2 •c (i),, a �. ri�l 2 r nr,2xo� �yo2a m P._ y � vr2� 2 n 2 Ata ra'Um ~A� ,. s. 4. a2 0 m n ti 3 T1 nN,_ r, 2A0 Am r'3r y A a h ti A A .p n vo n A z $ m ym 0� �2 m i o r,t2 0 �A m A y r r m 2 --I A a n A N e y \ Z ci \ illZ4)\ HI ,,. ✓tY r 1. Oy1;1 o 2AI A C�a`n or x A n ^' m o• A m o 2 A° m m i o< m y f� L z' rrl m _ 3 'v Al o m o= A O2 A OrO r AI ti O \ O .. K " � t c`.35 II a M 2 y0 m c0m m LAC) �� Arr y y0 COrA cn LA0 ASO m Ale 10 1.-- 0.1 r01a AioS� �o Aio � ,j� O 0 .::Y K4v ,-r! K{ o y ti u �I.I 1 N njyna0 mr Ao :°. ZA A� 0 n An p� rn rn�cn�o r2ir • AO . 2A Ay ,. n nA An p� y� 1!1�I 6 t a _ _ _ c� AI II yAI �:!I� :!' Fy'!' K a O 11 i A n 0 2 lb IC 22 Al -1-1(43 ' 51 t sinp----,-4 CI Ek/ \ ,a�pLi, 3 1. m a 11.44 0 �� Z, m 01-10 �� oa t-g j*: CO A L r, Lfill ZI r`Ai2 albn y Ao w An n n 0 r1 A a y /\ Z O ', &,!s% V,O oz -0 n ~ A mo , A m2 n wNI p ,„, 0 O ki Ple + Z y ,rrlA Zallnz zy n� 2 n�0 2~ g ~r2�m y "2o�M r,soocn 22� y o0 2k i Lio• ^ m y Lift ^ i 2 0 oy O CA y Al NI fT, mmm 2r120 ocnR n© i� A a C 00 rACn 2 a i -' m 2 m A• o m o ° LI a •c5AJ � n 0 0 2 ° m 2 2 r n A n a a cm A a a in a in a o m 0 O p y° rn ri� c?ci c2io t t A 0n oor,n 2 A� %,. z m- o mV2c2jr 0 a 2 2 nna m ", - 2 n m o so m m ki 4 1_ 1 O 11 FINAL BACKFILL a vci�k2`; 02�20 �m coy mnv, -�" 00 ° oA"ri 0 0 1, Al I'D' m A 2 ag n ti r m U ° o 01( _o c y 2 n ° t �O Ai 0 4. n A k A Iv N o m 2 r°'1 0 i TABLE 1 DING AND INITIAL BACKFILL V PIPE TO 12" ABOVE PIPE) (FILL SHALL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOW' 7? REQUIREMENTS: IG OF EITHER NATURAL SAND OR SANT PUSHING OF NATURAL STONE OR GRAY DEEP AND ABOVE WATER TABLE. USE ENT REPAIR ULAR MATERIAL. SEE TABLE 1 FOR ALL PIPE DIAMETER I) ALL BEDDING AND INITIAL BACK—I FILL SHALL CONSIST OF GRAN— _moi v� mrn y 00 00 openir?nzOA n µCO ,ra c as ma•vmiooar-o- 40 aly ?cr-1 Aim i^' 2 20 •n 2a'�o1. o�-bio GI 11r AA -(1 .2 .13 -1 \ NIC� O'er mo C'13mNI O rrAi \ nm o rn� a01 �n��o O °A �ra0` rn �' IV OC u EQUAL OR BE7TER THAN EXISTING; AND MATCH EXISTING TOPSOIL DEPTH. COMPACT TO DENSITY SIMILAR TO EXISTING ADJACENT TOPOSO a:tsr• O ,�1'!,'1' • •• 461116..1 1'1 . {�SViO oaOxmAO f88 n i ...iliiii .!....�h.�4�.�P4.�.P.:. i .i\. • .. ..".. y�tAcn�n Oc)Vn Or rt oOOti0 rrO - mi�rn_r-0�ye 10 Pt A t^ �V) H- ttn,.-1r1�p..4 moAA e ma Voaa Z wAAn�' ‘111 VARIES�yo2$ -..•no0 rrmi- 0Aomooa2m0 a0 Oa c32A,%a'a a ocn-<aoC_o°-Am co co Aa a = rn a-0 2�on�ca�nraAA �a m� m2��ox°o (� 00 o p 3p o r0 m �=� ��y2�=0c �o �ai�mm� m a amoti-x m `� on 20 m ��y�za�R'I o Or) .a a• ,. I N El Va ' y r'i Al 1. 1111 y O �Orr0Aonp02pAr-akx, AymAroyn°pwma2 mar*AAle 0r- ,u'aa,' A�nC-Ato Por mm �A �r mromyCO 1 " a22 2y�'1�Oru �y Co cD --` �� a� / CO �Ww�` mm D �' ya' .. F a a IC11 O a i 00 0 01. e U �. a Na a. a ~ A O o 0 Ry m O CO A ,0 0 m0� Op 2 �-0 m 2 o crus o (.0 +0 2 1 1 1 1 1 IEg L7 O O ° ° • m 0 ..o �A 0y �A ca CO[13 ' z-- ��� a-`1VP.oA omoor nt2�r 1. A:, o� NO 0^z 3t mm2 OAO -,,, n cc., t 3,1, t Nn Am 2 nC0V a} aa� a 2� 2tvr CD'''. y LA r-- A O ,Dr 0° o rt o r,I Orr- ~crit m °t--? ` O a in cn m r0a~rr,r '-7 co ai ar�',p, • Y <� p rule ON 0C t cnl rAO�NCO Ai 0n� o� 2 r'��Ip �•9„V y�i!?,O C rA:- CO 2 °An� ��CD ^' e2ce �U mgm i CO �o `? Ln r0AIE m+° rtD2nb eon mo 2 2Cn LA c-.4. t�<-1m ` v~i 01t t m °Ari tiiS r,m yip 1� • 1.y a •`� LA A ~A2LA rm A met 0 =Lo0aw RI th to o aVF -n m��m a �°j Din A oo' oho y r mo ( Nc0 moo Z 0 m2 oya x =r hi ro tp � AA2 rnT13 s 0a� 1.mrn a •i Aa0 a0 rn `.°2 n �ma to ao 0 o e. A O r'7 a �'1 A Ea-:, W `, Sn r Nil ��r MKi I OAA ° O'�t 2 00 F)m A A o0 AA U is Z1m OCAl 00, a Am 10_a �A 2m nm cn co m� �� 7/10/09 C.F.B. REVISION TO MEET 30 TAC CHAP 217 (TCEO) REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 1 1 of 38 RECORD DRAWING N0. SAN 566 CITY PROJECT 1 E1 5209 PAVEMENT REPAIR/BACKFILL/ GENERAL NOTES/CASING DETAILS CITY OF �' N • it—. p•EOFTE.::*+ • (! i. CHARLES F. BAISH, Ili 9# .o=. 100973 •'�,S' I14 OA,- I/CENSEO: ��y� �11‘ ����>�NG J l CONSULTANT'S JOB NO. 150532.00 CORPUS CHRISTA TEXAS MEOW SSW r...= WASTEWATER WASTEWATER STANDARD DETAILS 5 OF 5 DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services Z80£ D N o C m 2 yOy m yy O D mm0• ZO. mr Zfl Q>�,,f•IIXrr11 V1 n DAOlZmm z0m2m -1,m,Mm?z20 00i'm mmOZC zOm1r1Ommtim.47Z N Z g m 4 C 2 1 0 0 .mm DAm zo Z O z pmIV moo= ZO Dm n A 2m c) zm ZZ29 wg O P3 > CD) mm mm 13 f n REVISION NO. 1 DATE 1 BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION THE 9E4 APPEARING ON NIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY WILLI.AM LOL4N EVRTON. P E NO 99393 ON DI -18-16 ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER TM i TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT 60E5'13 # 103rOad AO) co Cn 0 'ON ONIMNdQ 080O38 rri 0 co co CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CORBEL RECONSTRUCTION DETAIL CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM N0. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 VUNMT. LNVINC.COM PH. (361)8831884 FAX (361)883-1986 O z Cn c o o 0 O U) -H > Om C � ? o C7 En m o0 0z o� o --0 2 z Z I O D m z 0 Z1 O D 0 2 m z -i II A o y. N -9 u, -0 0 EE II N r II cnIg N� 3 0 0 0 0 0 N O en 0 Cn0 w 01 pa N 4 0 0 N 2 3 r3 v 9.2 3 0 0 01 0 01 ci+ •0 J 0( 0 0 0 0 0 0 O JO cn N n ° (0 0 5.. t7 a N j N _0 N (' 3 9 uoi.e3 fddd �e3ldA.L rT „E = R ° Q P ej • • rt• 4 7 m (12 phN�� S itt to a a St ° o • a a • 3 g O m �Q o n • 3 s• A g (0 a O 3 3 -n O °g. 9 go 7 �' 0 . ° n N • N o 0 c-, ✓ ° E co n O 5' P c tp ` Expressway or Freeway 0 Gx3 E a. 4 o m' Road Classification All Speeds OO m 0 °i ON O fJ 0, Posted Speed (MPH) See Typical Applications " .. REVISION N0. DATE 700 1I 0 I___ 500 11 oogooa BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 13 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO, SAN 566 cur PROJECT ##E15209 Sign Spacing "X" (Feet) x Table 611-3. Suggested Advance Warning Sign Spacing Longitudinal channelizing device 0 0 oulau o uogoala Direction of temporary traffic detour uoigsno ysero aolnap 6urtllauueyo Changeable message sign or support trailer oI0 0 preoq maty epeoweq 6 ad4 01. uol;e3ilddb leoldA.L r- r rotenuage patunow->Ioml leu6is ueulsapad JO olye1l Temporary barrier with warning light Jaweq Arerodwal c N 0 T (gal 6woe} umogs) ub!s aloigan mopags Table 6H-2. Meaning of Symbols on Typical Application Diagrams TME SGL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUMORIZFO BY WILLIAM LOGAN BURTON, P . NO. SUSS ON DI -16. ALTERATION OG A SEALED DOCUMENT W PROPER ENGINEER NEERINGEEPRACTICEGACT Me ENGINEER IS TO THE NSE UNDER TEMAS REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION SHEET 13 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO, SAN 566 cur PROJECT ##E15209 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B = = CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES TBPE FIRM NO F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0.10126500#y engineers architects surveyors 801NAVIGATIONBUITE300 PH (361)6631984 CORPUS CHRISTI, T%78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 WMNLNVINCCOM•//WA ""•� ,.. , !CITY-WIDE �:'►*i , • • =AN BURTON 5a . 49iO4F �"2�; 4i.a., '+ CONSULTANT'S JOB NO, 150532.00 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 1 OF 5 '""'' DEPARTMENT Department of En ineerin Services P Engineering 1 z > 71 -9 rn on cn 0 �0 O m� O Or z �Z <1 O r0 m z m 0 D 0 L uo!Ieouddb leo!di L gG uogeo!lddy leoid�(1 1- 11 f C i 9 0 8 X 5841. • • ■ ■ • ■ ■ x r 4.1 0 0 P.2 c� z 0 m NSt. E (71 51 0101(7, B. N a (=OD (6 Sr N 0 j • 10 ♦- 1 ow ■■ ■ ■ • • • • ■ • • • CO o C o m 7 --. 0 01 0 m a 0 m 0 0 a O (leuoITdo) eIomen3JoM REVISION NO. 1 DATE 1 8Y DESCRIPTION 60S 13 # lo3road ,ulo /CJS (3 J 0) 'ON ONIM+d@ OaOo3a (r W CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 2 OF 5 1 REVISION NO DATE 8Y DESCRIPTION Z 0 -I Oo Z �Av azo ZO xi n m -4 -n te=n 0 -) 0 z m 03 D N Z 1r 0 Dr 0Z 0 m�D 03 o > m 0 v z THE SEK APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT R T w AUTHORIZED veV WI. OGAN BURTON, NO. MO 01-10-16. TERAT0N OFA 5NO gADO LIENT wilHOLITT PRRE O R ENGINEER IS AN Oir;NNOER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRASE OTICE nor. CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION. SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 N4ANV.LNVINC COM surveyors PH. (361)883-1984 FAX (361) 8831986 n m cn Z > mm m 0n o C") in cz m3D zI z7 m D z 3D N om m 0 m z m 3D rn m 0 0 z J 4 t 4 t • 4- 4 - Imo y z m d3o35, N 0 a =, T -i iT CL y 15 83 N 3 03 5- = N a Q N END ROAD WORK I011IN011 QYON QN3 UM RYON GK3 4t 4t END ROAD RORK • • REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE EY DESCRIPTION z 111E SELL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AU7H0912E0 85 WILLWA LOCAN 949705. P.E. N0. 99383 UNNASI2 A?I'ON 70 5Ti N90 R ENGINEER IS 64 OFFENSE UNDER THE E ErvGINEERrvG PAC7CE. ACT. 60ZS 131 LJ3road uo CTn O J O) ON ONIMVdO 02103321 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS .3 OF 5 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES '7"w DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 WW✓V..LNVINC.COM surveyors PH. (361) 883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 N01103S2J31N bZ uoi4eapddy le3KIAL us VW 0001 WOK OVOM 0113 ENO ROAD WORK Imo WOI aro QN3 REVLON NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 60M3# # 103rOad uI) 01 0 J 01 'ON ONIMVaO 080038 co W CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 4 OF 5 REVISIjI0NN0 DATE BY DESCRIPTION ZoD o � �D DB Zv D m 4i 0 2 0 o �A z m o� rho Z r CD -.. Z VI c -4 m 0 z THE SEAL APPEARRI G ON THIS OOCVMEM ORIZEEO BI' WILLIAM LOOM BURTON, P.E. NO. 95103 ON OI -IS -1 E. ALTERATION FR SEALED DOCUMENT WINO, PROPER NOTFlCA9 IS THE RCSPONSE NSORISLE ENGINEER EEASENGINEERING AN PRA TICE UNSER THE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION. SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, T%78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 MAMA/LNVINC.COM �PtE. OF.. TE -,MMI ...4;••'' ` ..qs lM ink i i WILLWA LOGM4 BURTON, �r.%. 99383 - Zof �;aVAI 1n 0-1 C) r A r 0> r71 Cfl-71 C A c) ti rn 0 > O z cn � — 5O P1r O A Z z m (n r m n 0 z REVISION NO. 1 DATE 1 BY 1 DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. 1 DATE 1 BY DESCRIPTION _Z f - 0)D ;T AZ ov A— MDXI AZO A '1 > A 1 'n I f) A O-4() m x 0 1 D O N A 0 0 z 5pD ZN M > m A O Z THE SEAL APPEARING ON I DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZEOBY WILLIAM LOGAN BURTON, P . NO. 99383 ON 01-I8-16. ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFIUNON TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS IN OFFENSE UNDER ME TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. 1-11 O co z v / O) 'ON JNIMV80 @10038 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN DETAILS 5 OF 5 1111, Mir WV CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126560 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361)683-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 FAX(361)883-19% IW. W.LNVINC.COM 31VOS 01 ION 2 0 9900 ONIH39 3dO1S)11VM3a1S '9 3OVd2IfS N z In F0 . m 1.71 11 zz ✓ g m a_ r 9-9 NO1.1O3S A W N Fe =-IZDD D TrOl 0f=T100010 1 SO T m�� Ng;g�g yr ti�m mg°�m frI � �� [Ti82 4!1!Cflfmn�NC-Oi� pOC— G mS 3 mS Pzz�y m9C-zf N O C U1 K m n o�tnvm �$m00ym p m 0 o5I UE00 my� p"�Sgm o z y-iz rm�x z mz v 0pm Z ° p f2 O O F, z O 0 z 0 31VOS 01 ION 11/130 NI -31121311O9 aNV 92100 -mum 92100 ONINIV132d )41VM3mIS WI IVM3a1S 21Od NV1d • VARIES 24' MAX.* �p 4t1,1 A M)N. n O0 Z ts4 5° t 006 0Q /\nD 1 5' SDIEWALK =0A m > MIN. \ (USUAL) 18° 18- 64 MIN. —1 T 1 A o A x v°0 m A. z W 'f a` m ♦I C v m a ✓ (5 USUAL) N A W N 090c N^0 -1>>W Oki 00 4 oQmm0-° rm�moo 6om rr rror�* : F nr 5 3rtt0 Z m z 8kz i2 sTn�Q�c a z mmlji `=n m °2 (1,2E - Clmmmm o °p a �W5 o>Z7Ao 0 `Qx X c0T= 0 �0� mm azzy°Om n �4N9> O imam W p� cZ �O uNi�gNO �nAP"0 zk fpz"0 �_ ; '0 �omm`op\ z �ozinO Omm�O�JD ° PAH O� W A 0 w JP -I A REVISION NO 60n.13 # 133rO d u10 co 0) A 0 DATE 00 0 DESCRIPTION CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CURB GUTTER & SIDEWALK DETAILS r aano 3NINrcl3a SV ava REVISION NO. 31VOS 01 10N 31VOS 01 1ON z O 0 z m ✓ a o n N m To Or- zm mm Oo r z 2 1/2' 2 1 1/4 111/130 2131109'9 82100 ..9 1VO1dA1 11V13a 231109 8 92100 ..P 1111130 2131109'9 9900 39213A321 .9 111/130 92100 213aV3H .V. 3dA1 DESCRIPTION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM N0. F366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. 1351) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, 0178408 FAX (351) 883-1986 WWXI.LNVINC.COM THE SEAL APPEARING ON TH DOCUMENT WAS AUTWORi EEO B/ WILITAM 16 ON 01 'DOCUMENT AL ER 9383 NOTIFICATION 70 THE RESPONSIBLE R ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER Trt TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. co =o ng PE y mr m� op 9� 5z WIDTH VARIES (5 USUAL) N A W N 090c N^0 -1>>W Oki 00 4 oQmm0-° rm�moo 6om rr rror�* : F nr 5 3rtt0 Z m z 8kz i2 sTn�Q�c a z mmlji `=n m °2 (1,2E - Clmmmm o °p a �W5 o>Z7Ao 0 `Qx X c0T= 0 �0� mm azzy°Om n �4N9> O imam W p� cZ �O uNi�gNO �nAP"0 zk fpz"0 �_ ; '0 �omm`op\ z �ozinO Omm�O�JD ° PAH O� W A 0 w JP -I A REVISION NO 60n.13 # 133rO d u10 co 0) A 0 DATE 00 0 DESCRIPTION CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CURB GUTTER & SIDEWALK DETAILS r aano 3NINrcl3a SV ava REVISION NO. 31VOS 01 10N 31VOS 01 1ON z O 0 z m ✓ a o n N m To Or- zm mm Oo r z 2 1/2' 2 1 1/4 111/130 2131109'9 82100 ..9 1VO1dA1 11V13a 231109 8 92100 ..P 1111130 2131109'9 9900 39213A321 .9 111/130 92100 213aV3H .V. 3dA1 DESCRIPTION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM N0. F366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. 1351) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, 0178408 FAX (351) 883-1986 WWXI.LNVINC.COM THE SEAL APPEARING ON TH DOCUMENT WAS AUTWORi EEO B/ WILITAM 16 ON 01 'DOCUMENT AL ER 9383 NOTIFICATION 70 THE RESPONSIBLE R ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER Trt TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. ri 2 mm mm C) rft gm 0 mm 00 O'73 z X •0 8m z m 0 rio -4 zm cn 2 z 17 2 0 2 00 0 00 0 m 2' vA GRADE BREAK (IF REQUIRED) I1 MM 9 ME MM 1 MI ■M g N■ MM N■ MM O N■ MM 4 N■ I= MIMI 11 B %/, _ 0 c 2' (C) / S-0' MN. 0 v (S) 5' (USUAL) GRADE BREAK (IF REQUIRED) C&G VARIES SIDEWALK (B) VARIES t y N AS REOD. FOR SLOPE ADJUSTMENT FOR EXIST. CONC. DR. 22X rdggI g 4t0 0,151 8 O�v� MA5 Fi'Ta 0'EQ <YE FIS� yEI� o c? < '1 ?,9M Zx ° O,&&19.N ZNo g 8§ Ng Rf12. QQ^S ! i £ sBR E'Yp mmg =,oa y rmi �2 r.j $4 210 K ((��}}55pp1 ! 91i �}Sy E+��' pm p ZN -4 Oil YI g9 nim �m�i�i Ufa • Wozz c = 3;om KX,r,r.,, $ > �y n�`�, xzz4 mKR si?r zy �; a too 2iwp 0 40sta ? , z"i o§124; �81g!QQ m gm 13di; /vAIrcc;11;11 r:r.° rt 3 zz � p O a O 2 Z A v 133 g 00 eg1 GRADE BREAK 3'-0' (IF REQUIRED) (A) K iO I N. VARIES T f MMM MM■ MEM GRADE BREAK (IF REQUIRED) (s) 5'-0' (uSuAL) C&G SIDEWALK (B) g— VARIES A 1 a e REVISION NO. DATE 6O 1311 103r08d A10 /� JJ 0 J 36 O 0 co W BY DESCRIPTION CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B DRIVEWAY DETAILS 1 OF 3 REVISION NO. DATE BY CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION LNV TOPE FIRM N0. F-366 TOPES FIRM N0.10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 001 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1989 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX ]BLOB FAX (361) 803.1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 7HE SEAL APPEARING 1x5 DOCUNENT AUTHORIZED B/ WkLNMLOGANR BURTON, P.E. NO. 993E3 ON 01-1B-15 MTER1TION OE SEALED O.0.0OPER 1,071,1CA0ON 70 THE RESPONSIELE s 0 z SUMMARY OF CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS -1 0 1 DIMENSION (Fr.) 0 E rn z Nvi DIMENSION 'B' (Fr) DIMENSION (FL) DRIVEWAY (CONCRETE) (SY) DRIVEWAY (CONCRETE) (PRIVATE) (SY) REVISION NO. DATE 6O 1311 103r08d A10 /� JJ 0 J 36 O 0 co W BY DESCRIPTION CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B DRIVEWAY DETAILS 1 OF 3 REVISION NO. DATE BY CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION LNV TOPE FIRM N0. F-366 TOPES FIRM N0.10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 001 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1989 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX ]BLOB FAX (361) 803.1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM 7HE SEAL APPEARING 1x5 DOCUNENT AUTHORIZED B/ WkLNMLOGANR BURTON, P.E. NO. 993E3 ON 01-1B-15 MTER1TION OE SEALED O.0.0OPER 1,071,1CA0ON 70 THE RESPONSIELE a 83 51 2g2n m 3MS 01 ION 9 Pr ig 3 v PROPERTY LNE nI 2 L N z N iP ry r� G L. N ;m a n 6' 3' m PROPERTY UNE REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION v 8 4 m IME SEAL APPEARING ON 71115 ...MEW WAS AUTHORIZED BY WILLIAM LOGAN BURDON, PG. NO. 9930 R/MO A SEALED DOCUMEM�WrtHJIT PROPER NOTIF/C136N TO THE RESPO1456LE ENGINEER G AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTCE ACT. 60ZS 13I 133f08d uI V ) 'ON 0NI0210 Od003M 9 0 0 op CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B a DRIVEWAY DETAILS 2 OF 3 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TSPE FIRM NO. F-366 TSPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 p engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 P4. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78406 FAX (361) 6811985 WSMN..LNMNC.COM 31VO5 01 IOW As a S A (C) (5) mb 2 (c) G.B. (M) (A2) G.B. G.B. (5) (GRACE BREAK) 1 8, (M) C.B. N (A2) (GRADE BREAK) 8 2 (sZ a SLOPE 50..1 30:1 TO 100:1 C.B. 10:1 MAIC A4 ( A ) SLOPE 9717 RANCE "C 60:1 TO 100:1 3'-0' WALKPA MIN. CA i C.B. rGRADE BREAK -,..1 s 0 a O a CNa 5 =nn 5 >.yCN9 U' A m S m D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (3au 3A18a) QN3931 G.B. S 2 0 (A) O 64 xx 1 / F G.B. (GRADE BREAK) 1 i 3 8 ti IC m 5 (F) I (C) (5) ., G.B. SLOPE RANCE 50:1 TO 1011 (A) 10:1 MAIC ° VALUE OF F MAY BE CHANGED BY ENG. b RANGE OF NORMALLY ACCEPTABLE VALUES. m O m STANDARD DRIVEWAY DIMENSION (1' W "' W C o O to w O 0 0 AA O A 0 01 010 0 p' O ,1 W(M O LII BA tD A O W O (A (3' GI O v C A A A CI A 8r ; O O O N O O O REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT Wes AUTHORIZEDBY WILLLNA LBOGAN BURTOigN .NO. 99303 DOCUMENTON 01-115. ALTSEALED WITHOUT PROPER RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER G AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT 60; 13 # 10r021d MID V J 'ON ONIMVd0 08003d CPI m N O CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B DRIVEWAY DETAILS 3 OF 3 NEIN WV CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO.10126500 engineers I architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 713406 YWVN.LNVINC.COM PH. (361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 ,31" 013 D+E f o (DD 3-•0 31•0 ID +1 N• O a 1 7 cD O. N 3 -.0 3 C% 10 C+ 0. 00 7 m 7 -1) 0 77 3 1 'h ▪ 00700 1 .0 + 7 + 3 C N -I- C - < 0 0 5- 70 0 1,1,0 - + N (D £ 0 O N+m'c 0 ▪ 0- 0n7X O w<•3 - 0 O 1 • - 7 (D C!A 30 CDn 3 7(0)770 O X 0 Z 7+ O 0 00. 7 +100 O 7 0 7 < 0 •02-0)0 (1) 0 V)a0 -7 Aa+-• 7 0 0 7- 0 N N a -1- 3 Cn 0 '< 0 7 W a 0 ,0 0 + 0 - 1, 1, + 7 + 4C -•3 O '< 0 3rD -1x + O +040D 0 00 0 0 0 3 7 N n<7 CD • 0 N N - 0C C + -• - 0. co 3 n-rD(2 00 -•+3 0 1 +-•+ n '< 3 13HVddV A133VS H3NHOM Z 0 -44m 0 40 0 0 < 0 -• 0 00 D • +a-- 0 7 C+0. 30 D -4, 4 • 0 N • N-• • D -b 00 • 00 7 .00 N N • 7 CDCD CCD C , 0 N a -0-'O o 7 < k17 3 <4)*7 N �m 0 t + E N CD 1,0 • 0 --N 010. 1, 0.0 m 0 O - C 0 0 0 0 0 1 0Cr o7c XO. 7 91 03 1010 0 n 0 k< - 7 O 0 O/ ❑ 0 - n - 3 0 7 C- CD O 01 `• CD n O 0 • 7 - 0 '< + CD 3 0-40 7 - N '< - N 0.00 O C 0 0 1 0 7C O 0 IID 1 N O - N 7 0 D O1 0 < 40 (2 N 7 0 < O. 414 ❑- - 0 0 • - cD N O O 79' N n 9 2 1: 9 is 2 O 0 z v 0m m m z 111 R1 P1 0 N I o Jo ssaJ6oJd ui 10-4U00 oIJ.JoJ+ o. COD < ..h -. 7 C- OD - - N m 7 IDD • C as 00 - O O) 471 d W N (12020-4-0> 0 03 --R 0 7 N D. a-4 1 0 3 0 1 m C0. a -1 N + -- 0 - D 0 a + 0 -I 1 -I -1 0.1 7+07--mN 007 10+- C-•7 CI -.00.(D.-.7 02000 707 -•'<7 N7 a7Woa 01-040x 0 CD 0 t 0- 0< 12 < 1 04-.0- ZCD N (n 13 0 0 3 0 0 CD N 0 012 < cD - -•cD 3-10 10 < 3 +-•-•000cm3 -•tl0-3 + 30 0 £ -•N - D --1 7 0 7-I- -• N 0 N --0.m N 0 N 0 3 c/a 0 0 0 -•cD 0 1 0 A 0 0- 3 -•0 7 03 < 10 O'77E 0 1300 1 alp- ,03 0+0200 0 3--•0+ '00 0-0 30 3CD00 a• D -• D E 1 03 00140 '<a40 0.00300-I -•001 0-3 3-•D cn < -• 4 0 E 1 0 003+-43 -•+D E03 -• 0.1+300 K0+a-- 1 + O.0+ -•0 30" 1 -I 1, 03 7 03 O N 0 0 3 en -1-75 + '< -1-C,-• O'< -4-0 00.1 1 (D 1 a- 1 + --- CD 7 •• 73 0 -4- 1 = 7 -• 0 0 Cr0- D CO 03 CD X CD 0 C7) 3 0 -• 0 + 3 0'< 0 1 N 3 A 0 3 0 0 0 a -• -- N 0 0 0 K£ 1 0 10 0 C 0 3 a -• < 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 13 0 0 0 - 17 0307 71 Cn 00303+ 07 0-(D 3-•+ 00+ - CD+7-•0 0 0-03002 0 + N +'< 7❑ E 3+1 a- N - 0CD0 00 -0.0 -402 -•000 + 101-1 -• F-..0 cD A 1 0 + E - -• 0 3 0 3 3 cD : c) i, Co - f cD 1 1 L< 3 : 0 + 0 0 C) - Z C 0 -- 0 0+ --70- 0'<0 *0-0 + 0 0 0 -• 0 0 en A 0 + -C 7 1 - 0 O. 0 03 CD N 1, X 1 - -• •<3 N K 3+ 7 3 0- 0 0 In 0 7 - 0 1 3 0 0 C1 • 7 Z V) V) '-- 1, 0 N 0- - O m 0 0 a C 1 3+ 3 - 0 Cn 3 0 0 -t, 0 X 0 0 CD 0 0 0 en -• 3 -h + N 0 3 E 1 D 3 -• + CD 0 0 0 0 + -4,'< 3 0 0 + X + 73 13 0 7 0 0 a -40 3- 0 7 CD 0 O (n N£ O- 0+ -+ 0 i, 0 1 1 0 + a 0 D -4 0 r) 00007+ -- 000 • 0.0 7 -4 -4 0+ 7101 0002 0 N0 7 +030 O DIC- 7 0 (D O -1-770 1 C 0310013.-+0- -• -+3.(n 0 0 1 cD 0. K 0 3 0 3 700 03-00 00 7 C 3 co 2 0 3 0 7r CD 7 -•0 140 -•0 D +-•0 cD +r 0 3. 0 0000 1 1003 10 3 -403 0E0 0013 mN 3300+ 3* -• m C3 -t 0 + 0 - CD + 3 0 -• 1 0 0 N 040 1 0 3 3 3 1 7 0 3- C 0 0 N 7 CD00 0010 123 A Cn7 CD 0. 0-70m 0 CD3'-. N 00 00 0O.< C 00330 -•m 00+ ON -•C as + 0000.3 1cnE00 0- 0-0 -•7 - (21,0 1 7C -• 0- -< - 1 7 7 40 0 -• C 0 t 0 < 40 - -• 0 7 4 3 Cr 1 3 -• 3 0+ $ 0 7 3 0 + 0 3+ 0 0 -I 0 (O Cn 0 -• 3 0 '< 0 -• - 0 0 0 cD O 0307-4 -Fz0 0 9) 0* 0.0- 1-N0 3- £3'aa 37 03 04 0+CD 13 3 7 CD4, 3 3 0 7 m 1 0 N D 0 0 0- 0. 0 0 0 ❑ 0 0 0 3+ 3 70 0 0 1 ++ 13 3 cD X7CE +O7J <c0 0. 0 -h E 0 1 E 1,13 00 0 3+N '<0-h N--3 • + C7 - -1' -• 0 I Z -- 0 CD + a 0 - -• 0 7c 03 3 -• a 1 C 1, 0. 0 0 (D 7 0 7 3 0 3❑ V, C) - a -,-- 00< 0CD13 a+ m 10£ a --0 001 ac2(D ID -•0004 CMXN- 0Z 020-• 1 +(D N00000N 05-133 co- CD0 -h07CD 0 C_ C -• -1 C) 0 1 0 CD -1 0 7 0 1-• 3+ 1 1 3 -• 1 0 a < 0 0 1 -1 0 7: 3 3077` '<0 aa(D0 £ 7Z - 3 010❑a 37 7 -1- 1 10) 0- - •-• 7 0 N +'• N N O X 0 E 0 0 + 0 -• 3 3 7 7 a 0 c) N 0 1, 0 0 3 7 7 7 0 -.1_- •r +00 0 4 00 -•1 037+03❑ +fm-•cb CD• + 30 4 120+1 3 m 0 0.30 +0 0 +01 -3 000a=0'< • 003+ 0 401+ 1 -4120 a - •VIN a<az 0'77 1 n -- -•ONO+ '<0 0 E-1- cD 7 -• 7+' 0 +' 00 CA 04D 0 cD -4 -0 3 000 -400 Cn 7 3 C -•7- 0O CD 0 ON -1) VI co co 3+ £ 3 3 13 40 + (13 -• 3 + 0 1 -+ 0 • 0 4 0 7 • 0+ 1 03'10. Cm3 -4- -0 0 0 InO 1 40-• 0030) 7 3 D 1 n -4)33+ 0 0 1 0 0 0-i 03 7+ 0 0 D 0 0 1111 7 0 7 3 0 7 t 7+ C 0 00 1 A 0 -• 0 0. 0 0 Z -•.0 0 7+ 3 0 03 0 + C (n a -• 0 Cn C O O 3 A 0 3 -fi -10 C 0 *-1 0 -•3 1D O F -•0 0 7c 0 1 Co 4 O -7 1 7 0 < + ++D N 7J-•-•i3Om • 7 N C0. +7 • 4 --7 0)7 N O +7 0+ 1 A 'G O 231 0 0+ -•D++ c0. 200+-h CD + C -I.1a -7 0 Oo0-1 A0 0+ 7t r 0 7' 0- 3 0 m" + 0 1 0 C0. - 7 0 • 0 - 3 1 -- 0 m 1 a7 D 10 300 30 X 0 +m fD 1,Cn 1203 + + 010 00 0Ni 70-+ 0-7 +1+7Z CD1,0' +O '0 10p'G 031 O O E -• -•N -•7 7 70 D +-•7 ❑ O 70 - O X- co 30ZN -4 - N 4 C ++ x000 (1)0 £ 017 01 ❑ -0 +7 0 3 V) m -- 0 -- 1 7 7 c0. z] - -• p 7 D + cD 7 0 E 1 0 7 -• D c. 40 - C 3 1 0 0. 0 0 K 3 -• O = 0 0 0 1 3 0 m 03 0 0 0 0 a-1 -17 N 0 0CD -h �-•A-0402 - 7 O0- 30) .- 0.11,+ -0-�' a+ 3+ • + 1,3 r�-+3o +r0.+ <'<3 40-• 4 <41) Fi,r- m-• -•D CD 1 0 7 0 -•0 m 0- 7 7D 0 - -40 A -•+ - Z3CD 3 -II Cn +0 1,0 0O. (A0013E: 0 00 -33 37 • 03N0 O00 -•m 0t 0 N- - 71-•0O D C0 00 CD -- (D12O 0 ++•113 1-• 003-•N <0 N 1200 03 -IODN 0+ 0a - 0. 301 3:1 CD NNA-4 30 +30 0 7-•OO+EZ XCn3- -h + 1 N '1(20• 0 0O. • --3 1031, - 40++00- 0x(20- 37 0 cD 3 D0 0 mD 3 0) 1- 0 C N 7 0) ' C 0-11 - + 0 0 3 3 + D N+ -- v0 O o- r 0 rD 3 aC 33 + --I �0-•0 7< n 7 �C -•1 7 -7 2Zm 0 0-007 0Sa N o3 a� --0' 003+ '< ID 3 -•00+ E; -•N 0 0377 +-h • Cp +a 0) 0 71 CD - D -- 0 7 N C1 7 -(D 0 7 -• £ v) -1 7 1 0 0 1, a m 03 3 3 m o 0 a CD - 1 0) N • 3 .T70N0 co t - 0 -❑ CD -41 0 0 311, 00 A3• a 742 + < 0 -1 7 N - 3 1, - N + 4-4 0 0 0 1, < - C3 0 cD 1-•002 3CD 7 7 0 a + -•0 0 0 �3 a 0 c 7 1 C r 0 0 + a (D E 3 7 0 - 0 •+ 000- W7< -F - (D 0 'O< 7 (0D 33 D N 3 - m 0 (D 1 0 0)0 co -10 1Cr 2 313 7 O ❑ x - a 0 - 13040 i +-t, 7 -•D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 013 1 A I Na N O 1 '0-G 0 3 C 0-03 001 _ 3 30O c2-fi I 0 + +0 00 0 N 700. w 1, + 0 < --- 7 300 7 0) - 0 0 O N C - - N '< r 0 7 0 m 0 NCn 1 + : N 0 1, 7 -4+ O -0 m -• C 0 - 0 3 n N O A Cr 3 0 C - N - n CD 3 0 a 0 N • O O 1 -1 - acD + co 7 N rD A 130 coD• a a l - O C 0 a 0 3 1 - + CD -1,* N 011 mO.x - 13 N O 1 0 7 • a 0 C 0 N BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION (BC) STANDARD SHEETS GENERAL NOTES: 1IVl3a NOIS C7 IV 0 0 60ZS 131 133r0Hd ALIO DESCRIPTION CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(1)-14 m LM 1.4 0, 0 ) D. w .31' REVISION NO. DATE .94 .94 ,94 .94 ,42 .41 .41 .14" 5.55" 1.17 14" 2.57" :31" 2.88 " 17.5" ▪ W -,W 0 0 7c -c 0 0 > 0 A CS r p rrt C 7] C 0307 r.1 07 x- I- '1 _ I- • O • N 7 N m VI • ui - CO 0 m O 0 t 1 7 nP 0 10 -4 G1 LR (42 -- 7 a tl 7 7 n 07 m CO -1 0 O ? 0 F O • 0 7 N • zm 1IV zm ) J> o, 0 W 105 >0101:00 I- CO mm -6n 207,- >77 100102-110 0300>0> 0.02-0.101 0100)3 Z mcin7c100 ;0-0"3810 123 O*t1/, 0 z z z 0 12 4 1 U1 P1 4' 5"C 3.5" . ii • 0 M 36" I 12" 48' r DESCRIPTION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION. SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI. TX78408 FAX (361) 883.1986 WWW.LNVINC.COM a N THE SGL APPEAR,. ON THIS DOCUMENT wAS AuTARTRIDED ST LocAN BURTONP.E. N0. 99393 ON 01-18-15 ALTERATION OR A SEALED DOCUMENT RANO, PROPER iIFlCAHON TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS E. NEEP.NO PRACOC, ACT. (_1)_'SCC 04 ;+; :•; c 1 `CT WILLIAM LOGIN BURTON A, 99383 %z (..W •/C�$50'e �) '��y/ 0 3 x ' Cm -1 X IQ 15-0Zo tE iE Egg a m x07 ma NJi * X r- trir N '= OM Xyo 00 ZF 11131V AVIS *a E " * 7 n m x N CD • 8 x Y oosm a O = a 8 n < f1 w O -f + W - CT O BOMZR - I w :a-68 007 o 77 + 704 8 A i 0700 Q 9 nk =Q DO a3 0707=�j 0 7 - �d << N 0 l F E 3 m 0, + + w 0 X N rto0 '7 0 00E 0. 3 O w O VD 70 (7 C 3c a ,0 O 7 CA m R COX 998 t rt - 0 - 0 N �6m 3 0 0 8 ti Q o * o +n (10 07 O 0,0 ---3 000 -1 Z4 1*4 4 70 037 0..8 -.1K0-•77 007007 0 J 70.0 320 -.4000 --37 0 4 + a 3 m C4303- 0.+ 3 7a �7D 0,l l0 N-• 01.3 - • 47 7 00. 0,.0 ...JO 04070 770000.0, - EG am09 + O l -o0. /DC+10 n 330x-* 00 .71 7C 1+ 0 X58+ -i01 M 1 07 O w n 0 0 0 CZ -00 00 00- - r- N ,+10 0 1 ' X 0 0 7+ 4 3-.0 w r0. L 0 0. 0 0$ 0 0 0+ N •- � 0 - r IID � 3 C 0. X 7+ 0,* 0 0 _ O 0 g 0. r 7 1 O- 07 K.03• DN110O N -70.1-.7 17+7 73 1+ 3+ 0 - 0. 0- =70 7c.0 0.0 0+0 0 N N0 00717 m 0 010 UN0 0.. E-• J7. C4 = 'N0- • 0 100 -• 7 3•-070 400_-1-N 1 007 170• +0a+.0 400,0,03 O O + 0 <+7-1 0 -• 00 03(7 (0� �(7 ID O 0 A , CD n 0 + M 0+ + 0 1 Z 1 0 LA 7 7 =0 7 00 - 2 +O+ 007 7•-070 0X100 A< am 0 c 0 +0 r0 - O 000 D J-- 1l-• m 0700707 O 0O,07 0ry7- 0+3-2 07700307 1 0 00 --•000 0 <00 00 30 O 0 0. 7 0 7 7 7 0+• + A C O7f07D 0. l N • CO M 7-1 5 - 0 = 0 • +O D0. 07 0--•m+ 3 - 0- 00E0<3O �'0_.0A + -I,0 30 32 +00•-•n O 10 a a73,0. 11- m 010 �0 O3 .3 O 0-1 K No O< m C 0 0 0 O 07 m OW300 -•000 O 0D + y c +a, �C+ n - 0,7 0 0 0 - - 1 o▪ i Cal - N m A zooz xayaeo 11oax.0o 9 3 9 S 8 8 O Zi 3O Z 133HS REVISION NO. 6OZS13# 103rodd Alio Go V J 'ON ONIMVd0 Od0o3d 9 iv a �W W 7 M g o v 4 x II' o I 1 LEGEND See Typical Construction Warning Sign Size and Spacing chart or the TMUTCD for sign spacing requirements. N Channelizing Devices Type 3 Barricade 0 T 87M X OL S0 NQS * * 7* WORK AREAS IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS WITHIN CSJ LIMITS a 1 r m r O ra0 (47 n 2 Z 2 O n 2 2 a S -4 m b 74c * 'OST, mxi 12131V AVIS L r -4 PP • N _ o_ m oOOC 07+- 80r31.'8.2.8155'" 9 98Oa 00W00 J FD 0p?rSop7'7" 3Ov8.JnDpXpRWOo+J•yg0.,m•J•OOaD2 Q MD-a0n_dµC,v3 -ESym 9<O """- 3 a -3 +0 c 3' 0 55 3.80= ?-aE H RO 499'0"• 0-'0 89' .-- 5--g.-E. JO O n3-1°,74 O iL 0 4 17 1 . 0 vmng01< .IIo. 414.3.-,T.3 •9.EXa90 A< 1 0 3 0 7 1 -• -- 0- c- 0 8.9-8 *9 't183Fo-10�n-a JoO ,n303.8= -'28. 2,2P. mm.'Om 07'8 -0'0" 3C -• 7 334,77 J 0 f om' [0'07''9a-as�cEA00 mm�9elg S...:75. ;th. 88a5_ Om8 9u3oxo og 88o2:82, _-_.P82 -. .- O N 8 E R 4E00-mg8 p9..�Oos'7 p� 03828 OTO.e 8.4--v-.-s3- -E9-0,'07.3+ - N 2 0 2 0 0 0 e, T.02-.9 0 8 0 0" n - "0 -• • 7 a 1 10 rt oo 0>0 v -' 3 p. 0 1 £ t 3- J m m a �• O N 3 7 438' , <9'8g 0 aas p-- 38`83_ ogmm 900 03 Iq < 1 !p , -" fC d 0, O 0R O S O 0- l + a'• p en • C + o v tL c S� O uJi m o 3< 8 0, 9" 'a 0, �' 88 R§ 0 =w -' 92°'a 0, 0 35-'8.' 0.<5'3,7JJ CD ; 0.a os'' o-0!5; OC s F N1 00,q (e(pp p<pII Sl w_ 7 - w O s l 1 .D N N Ooi - 4 f+C O 0 CI 8 4010.4 ' 9'g 5.C 1 A o C 7C 7C - CI ? J m N ZI , .OY3HV MOM OYOH, o puo uOistal-oZM3l O e al ma Ma 8 9 8 0 0 0 a F.1=> 8 N a 5 pi 0 7 0 0 9 l0 00 - 1▪ 0 O O oa r.1= 0 Oa T N N 0 X .80 0, 1 -4 O 0 N - ... 0 •- CFO -1 0 7>N 0 M 8 0 0 O 0, 0 m 7 m o0c1m f7�p01 a N C 11 0 J 3A-Oml°0t m 0n 00 -- N X0 0 0 , - 7CA ~ 0010 3 0 OXaa 1a}+ - - 3-1. 8 3 0 8�ag 9§W , = 7 ,, p a • a o 002< a01 W0 00 (00 O m-1 0 0 0 +t o -010 : 3E. 00(7 o p -I 010 0 0 0 Cry + 7-• ._ ID7 0)013 , 004.4 w o 7mmt7D 013 00,n o 00 0 O a+ an n 00 +- a'A`m o �o am, l 007 -,(00 X1 0 >• 0. - 7 X 01 O 1 0 + C co 0+ M rmD 07 1 m n MO 0_ N .- 0 0. 71 O+ E'd O 87 9 i 0 n 1 • z X CD E • 7, 0 n O % X) NO1103S1131Ni-1 IV SLIAll N 21 n 0 0 8 y - m cn N 41X n 4 2 th IND 0 ;O ma .0.x 03 m y � m o 9, IK ��09 D a v. rt OO 0 O 1,3 O eA 40 7 x Pg C o § 6) 0 0 0 IYIv xMs Nx NO!L33SH31NI-1 5. Only diamond shaped warning sign sizes are indicated. N 0, 4 R0, G W iax 0+S 9+9 03,, ;12 g o g g o g 0 "'o 05 a I 3 T. 2307 "3 92 l n 8 'IT. 0 a a 0 x a A Y 2.1919 7 0 w on= >> m 00 N 9 O C C a a g 465CI c i 88 � O m G l3 O o w RR v 'i C C th o wi i con a a N9 + o U n m th =o - O 0 a m DESCRIPTION CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(2)-14 REVISION NO. 1. Special or larger size signs may De used as necessary. S3ION 1Yll3N30 0. . S"o+ O g 00 O O 0 w 2< m - &CT 00 0A8-..E 8 ...70 0 p� al O =8 9 -1 -. 8 ll m µo0 0 Of 89 9 p 9 ig aoa B° S 9. 0p =• 7 DT. , O AO aaa< - 3 7EO O l 0 0+0 0. 0 7 n 0 1°m m P1.79 1. 9 < n R E 5, 0 + 0 g 000.1 *00* W OI Co., o 0 n 0 0 * too. N nnnn 000,0, .D r a- - 0 0 WN - t-300 n n *000* 7474747474 to W N - O Sign Number or Series D L AA a 7 CO . On 7 00 - 7J 0 X X X OD 0+ a W a 0, 0 0 _o On al 7 a a a Expressway/ Freeway Co Co m X X X L A D CO CO CO TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACING'" DESCRIPTION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services THE SEAL APPEARING ON ) DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZEDBy WILMA LONN BURTON. P.E. NO. 99383 ON 01-I8-16. ALTERATCN OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIEICATON TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRANGE ACL. LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0. 10126500 engineers I architects I surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 99 .36'. 693-'984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX 1361', 8831988 VWMV..LNVINC. COM SPSE OF.., ' r*U.Dw LOGAN BUS r49t. 99383 a • ��C FANS CO O -4 OI .4 0 Cr. Ln m O to tr c0. 0 a Ln a 0 w cn L44 O -0 t7 0 N rD 0 a n G 0 0 N l0 0 0 N CO 0 0 N -J_ 0 0 Al N O 0 IX 0 0 FO O 0 0 a 0 cc) 0 -,* N 0 m 9 m x+ _.d O N X 0 .O _ ' -• J D TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACING'" DESCRIPTION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services THE SEAL APPEARING ON ) DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZEDBy WILMA LONN BURTON. P.E. NO. 99383 ON 01-I8-16. ALTERATCN OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIEICATON TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRANGE ACL. LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0. 10126500 engineers I architects I surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 99 .36'. 693-'984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX 1361', 8831988 VWMV..LNVINC. COM SPSE OF.., ' r*U.Dw LOGAN BUS r49t. 99383 a • ��C FANS D N -• Q+ -1 !n 1 S J O S S CD ID + O f CD= ID O N N> o 4E 0 r 0 N+-1 S N 0 Cr0 O S S O 7 7 0 7 J [D fD r Q I G '^ 71 fN B+{ CD -+, -4 D 0 N 1ro < N 3 O 0 C_0 .b CD n0 aO 0. Im t0• 0. + 1 m -°F O C O CD -I- N + -°r. D 0 n 0 7 o c a -• J ro co -4 CD -I N ro+ a co N m < 0 1 a - Z •--I •••( D rN�"S' ,21 I.m-I Q o nN n? 10 n o -- '• O n1 • 7 -- < n O 10 CI 3 0 N 7 n ~' N K -� O£ (n I* a 00 � 7 7 J N 7 7 7r n 0 ID 0 £ >< 0 1 S ro++ S N -• c ro D n O rrl >> O C° 1 N K n o. 0• 10 n �' K O O+ O co m N 0£ 7 0 a -F D n a 00 0- 7 0{ O, •h -• 0- -q K CD N -I- 1 X +F D f 7 0 0 D 0(pp 0 Z Z '--I n rT'I r1.1 '� M In m ^,�� ,p' 0" C i o ': o > ' o m ;< ,°< 0 O °- 7 "48'07 m £ n v 7 Q O (n { ro • -, 7' 2 <9 0 N 0 a -I• N( 1 1 0 N CD ro 7 O O + O n 0- gi ( 7 ro 7. a a 0+ 1 a D 7 CD N N + (D Q O 0 cD 3 + pp (D A • 0 0 O. c o 00 1 0 0 0 (n N J N O N 1 -. 0 1 ro 0 0 N D N 0 O N 0• so 0 1 0 0 10 Q �.., - xi m -- I- pp 7 0 K a f r 7 a rt O. n 7c 0010a O a s 'C^ V, f1S 3 0 7 - N �. <•0N -h 7<0 +K ,..I m M�5� - �a< rn 0DO - -I1 < + 3 N 3 f0 N 171 ■ • Q •4o 71. r £ 3 - f fa. •-- O� 0 + -, + ' n N m ISD 0 7 7 1 < D N _ N< co N N O O' (D N J ro Elro O • n ro" *O' O D C J CD -w n CD co 0 ro O ro- TO 0 1 3- f/1 D 0 N n S '(/7 -. N + ro 0 rt N CD fD - O 7 N r'i X ro Tc fD + (D (D 7 - J rn 7 O N 0 0 a O. 0 0 0 ++ K 7 K 0+ r 3 N C f m -. 7 S J -• 0 a 0 o ro 0 ED 0 0 3 a m 7 mo+ a £ m 70 • O- • 0 7 O 0. +7 1 m ++O CD+N -1X, �j W Ln +*" O Q N 0Z n .. 0 o o I _ L L/1 7 D +7 a 1 N fD 0 co CA 0 -•C N CD J 0 N 1ro rn N I- �I.mj VI O O O+ O 7 -h 7< CO -{ + O 1 a CDg£ 0 a I7D I S S £ < 1 0 CD ro • 0 rn O~ O Z� m 7R / ^ 1 0 °< 7 N 7 CD O <a CaCDD -+CA 1 710 K J 7 7 a o !n ED O -h + o o� rD CD N CD O a 7 7 7 7 a D N A-£ £ o 0 -f- a g gK;7 m fD - y 0 70 0 ° 10 0 -. • O rt a 'rot N 1 ,o + 3 1< 0 -• a 7 cn C.0 K n N 07 00 �NNn om rn z r r M (/ O o o ID z° °m y cp1 TYPICAL APPLICAT: Work zone Speed limits shall be regulatory, and opproved by the Texos Tronsportoti, Reduced speeds s of work activity Regulatory work or covered dt 0 Cr ID n 3 - �O OD - Q. 1S1 a w N - P N 0 71 N 1+1 O C7 m>-4 0-4 a -Tl v 37 -1'1 -Ncn 3 21 D 73 0 rn Z 0 O O O D fD 7 C -• g: O O ID 7 0 D 0 ED f ro fD a 7,c ro N r •O TI r 0 tD 7 Epp 0 a x C w Dm ID0 O ,C a D O O - 0 a - C1 >< -. m - c71 O G CD c1 + - fD - �-1.+ IN011f00p 10 -1 �1pp0 10101010--• 13 -4- 0 -po1 0 ID X0�11 •0 0 0 o. O N 7 N a O 10 cD C 1-11 .17 r• V O~ m m C7 NO 0O Z m7. 11 , N J Q 7 O C! -F •' �" C Z (/�•m K O G O D D O J O O N O C 7 ro 7' Q' ro 7 A (o N Z -• 7 7 J 7' L< 7 -1 1 O N 01 0 p3 10- 1 -1. 0 -• p' 71 0 O. K a ED 7' K £ K c. O9 n 0+ O S + N + G0 LAD a n cD • 10 O 1 g 7 n -• CD 0 + .. J 0 ((0 O cD N cD (D CD 10 O m J 1 c0 1o 0 !D a Q N • + n Z - z N / OF WORK ZONE Iished in accordance with the mission, or by City ordinance Id only be poste( not throughout 1 e speed signs (R2-1) j periods when they N o n a 01� O 7+ C a OI n N CD 77f' O N O N cD0 - CD +7 cD 7 +� 7= -0+ AD- N 0 3 0 0 CD 0 +m3 + 7 cD 0 CD • < a - 9 -• Ip -H N 1 3 07 O C -. O 0 •-- 0 a CD < �- 0 M 3 co O O (D ID n N )7, •1 -r _. _ _ S 1 -• a 7 - -- 1 7 •q O N a N- 1 ro 7 ro CD CD D CD -I- CD -• N 0 01 O 0 N CD 0 ro - 1 - 0 0 +- D 0 D -1--7 N1 n3 X D m'• 003 +N N 1- ID 3 cD 3n 70 N 0 + m O.o a -•- D O C ID +ID -4,0 ID 0 Cr 1 N 1 - 7 C <40 O O ID < 0 a 1 a O O C O O N+ CDO O N ro ro 7 ro ro+ 0 1 0 0 -< 1+ O O n <K - N N) N a -, - -- 3+0 aro 1m C -• O.0 -• 1n • 0 7 N 0 co N n Z 7 0 7 3 70 -+-4.- + 3 -- 3 Pi_ 3 0 0 0 •• 7 --CD 1411 7 a+ CO 0 0 ID -• y _. m ID 7 7 m 0 (n 10 ID ID ro 0 3 O. + + N 1 - ID 7 3 -• 3 -4- co0 a+7 -F- - N-• ON 0 0 7 < N -• m• 1 X7 -• S O -- + -A N -h -4 • + 7 0 m N ro 3 7 3 3 0 0 -3 O.0 f -4, n 7 C 0 m J • N 7 1D J --010 ID 1 co -4 ON Q -ro = 0 - - 7 O 7£ 1 •D C N V1 < cD CD 10 O 0 - C N O 0 0 3 •-1 o - z o+ co a V 0+ D -• • O 0 m 0 • D 0 0 1D N 7 7 0 0 + Cr IDD N- N N 37 N n m �+ 7 a N ro N 7 a CD + C D 2 1 0 O f Co - 0 a a • 7' .4- ro N CD O 1 J 17 0 -.- a ro --I (1p LC a+ (0 -O '•C r- CD ... 0 0 1 - D Om fD 0 0 N 0-I +M> Y 7C G n Cr OIC ' I r �I _gym 0 V1 •O R1 O S..L O ■ , 'fl co 0 1 -• n p-13 Q C1 0 0 0) f - 7 O 0 yo< n -f CD o a 10-4. 17 D 0 �7 �.L. -.Z ID ID 3 D 0° -n 0O '0O C a£ 1Nm 3 O 0 (D O, �< 7r < 3N • - In - G1 0 + a 30" IDK - O-17 7 + N I 1 - (� .- m °— D -i- a; m Q -+ s 0, o _J - • CD ..h D0 0 a• Q NNm a , 0 0 • 0 7 , �mO + `CD r -+, O my v NH -4-,0 f O co N N ,I a (D "' < O 0 1711r + to .4. 4 320 0 (0 ID 07 o o_o� ' j C�• OQ 0 -, 0cc a •7+ 0 3t O N 0 O 0- D 0 * 70 W 0 ro O0 0 -F C o 3 IDNa m ON0 3 ISD ,< 00 C co n -+. + n n 0 o7o - I I CD -I- - 7 n 4'''' --F- r -1a 3 d o (M 11 N O 0 00) -• 0 1 + + 3 3 a (� r (/1 V r-%) �m N* V • 3 v W 03 < 3 3 Oti0 Zg m7c /\ ^ �% I - N 0 o z� I 1Ds. Is.. 0 _ g N N ain o� c.• m..3.°) 0 n • i.-:.• 2' o IV �.' S ` 11- �r� �m NOLO V I p7I2: 7 0 0 3 7a 23 F••' I z� ? 0• 0 O, a- a s N at s N a • N C 7 7 -. N K ; NI Z m CD Z 1r) rn a m m % F. xt� .. cn^� g -I w « c . • m ` , 0 _l 4 m o• O N i ~ ow N I r _ m m m O •--I O 7- I'ON 133,1 I C x C C 2 iiii 21 0 B; V01 �C• tr/O -WILL. THE SEAL APPEARING ON HISS DOCUMENT WAS AUTNORIZ 0 Y LOGAN BURTON. Ea NO 99383 ON O 01-1B-16. ALTEFATIO SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER FlCATON TO THE RES ONSIBLE NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DAT( BY DESCRIPTION ENGINREVISION TEXASEENGINEERIER IS AN NG 10*CDCEOACT THE SHEET 24 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO. SAN 566 CITY PROJECT #E152O9 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF........`, CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS TBPE FIRM NO F-366 LNV TBPLS FIRM N0. 10125,00 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361)883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX7WMNLNVINCCOM FAX (361)8831986o �Pt,,....,,rf4}11 =5:' y 9s I, i:. /1 .;% ;WILLIAM LOGAN BURTON $ • /� I, 9s €a�a ; ) "' .. c0`i f;! 7 /AV% 1 CONSULTANT'S JOB NO. 150532.00 Ilr = UTILITIES TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(3)-14 4444..... DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services TIE SEN. APPEARING ON THIS 000UMENT WAS AOTHORIZEO BY WILLIAM LOGAN BURTON. P,E. N0. 99383 ON 01 -1B -I S. ALTERATION OF A SEALED 000UMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFIG TRNI TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER R AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TOGS ENGINEERING PRACOGE ACT. CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION. SUITE 300 70.(361)8831984 CORPUS CHRISTI, T%78406 700 (361)8831986 WNW LNVINC.COM w i Ir C -+ N 1 N �p-•o x 7'O N LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE SKID MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS D SKID MOUNTED WOOD SIGN SUPPORTS PERFORATED SQUARE METAL TUBING LP a 23 -U▪ a �m V1 z — co Z C t/1 ▪ XJC CI z * ❑ REVISION NO. DATE 8Y ti r_n U1 N O DESCRIPTION See BCi41 for definition of "Work Duration.' romm E $v - o (8° rt 80 0 a rt m a ga o a b - (0 J 0 0 (0 4 c 14 4418 49 • N 0 0 0 n z N • n• on M i D0 a • m m 0a o - og A O o a (7E aJ O CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B 9 8- 6 o 8O 9 a 0 a gr a • -0 0 0 oo 81 • en m4 - C C O N� O � Q • o ? 5 x owpJ TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(5)-14 m z m xi 0 -I m N n a o _-nm•9 T N _ O P' 2089.4 o x o .7..,'Eo •(0049 ox rpm co yyy$$$$$$`yyy((((((uim_ - D o N O •-4r • m01 O lac";LOoii O = 8- 88- AI LA A, 1� 3,- I 0196 -. CI -1- el m 72 0 +a• Ti- J v n m 22 o0 -•w µof --I-nm a� -6 /<ta> ,1nD m a go$Z 2 z o :i1 0 o m o 0 C( ci 111 5,/ iDevnc c- C) 0.1604- 01 �c m Z ,a0`°0-4. m z z V1 mRm M(0 % 0 D o m n f0 r µ-4 CO g ZE(0O vAto -I -I -1 ::::-..9e •T ; (0 o m 1,1 ‘$w•94. z 6, REVISION NO. 1 DATE ANNW CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION. SUITE 300 PH. (361)883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX (361)8831986 NNNN.LNJINC. COM ENE SEAL APPEARING O DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BYY WILLIAM LOGAN BURTON. P.E. O 99381 SN 0I -18-I6. ALTERATION OF A PROPER NUTIFICAOONEO DOCUTO Ni EIRESPONSIBLE TEXAS ENGINEER ASENGINEERING PFAOTCE ACL E UNDER THE 0 0 In th o 0 I Maintenance 1 Lane Closed Lower Level ::...41:1V.:MC.MgO L-+••••22 < E Hozordous Material High -Occupancy FridoY • Hazardous Driving Freeway Freeway Blocked XXXX Feet Fog Ahead MM m,nm wa '.co o IEmergency Vehicle Entrance, Enter ..Q ' CROSSING Detour Route IConstruction Ahead nnm0O .origg2W-nw 8.'8=8� n30 a IAccess Rood Alternate WORD OR PHRASE TAINT I LN CLOSED UR LEVEL LFT LFT LN 4#=a - a HALMA1 HOV Ns M <2 z FRWY, FWY FWY BLKD J XXXX FT FOG AHD EXEXP LN PWY yMmO m m m2 XING DETOUR RTE 2 VI3. 2 0 CANT CTR BLVD BRDG AVE BEST RTE ACCS RD ALT ABBREVIATION Ret rovement Will Not *** m mmm0(DO ww-a1 + + g R **<C. p > µnomrs r2 3 rt > -• w22 0 `Dm ITravelers Tuesday Time Minutes -1-1-1 0' ° o 3o M -ogmI �K Sunday Telephone Yl U1 (,o `$(D f0 a0 Y1 U11A *-(- 9 a Yl CZg 10 ti9 Saturday Service Rood Parkin Rood Right Lane Minor Mond. Normo1 North Northbound Miles Miles Per Hour WORD OR PHRASE Major zM,*0== z.0 N - * =Aix 3 y < m UPR LEVEL ITRVLRS TUES TIME MIN TO DWNTN TRAF TEMP TOURS OZ m SPD ST 0 t/1 -, $ SAT SERV RD PKING RD RT LN zSEE E ABBREVIATION MAJ_. _ JI - a+ u, a 0 47.-1= o !o m - a1 Lr R. - • N - OL7 o aw C L0 a0 .+Oo OOJCOw o 0o tiaw -Bo *0 > C-.9 o m o -1 RE2o�•T,ggg2.igm(,omg° 000gob7OwamE"2om3moe.+mcmmw+'woo`wgm' ' o 0 1 -• °_ ti a o 0 0- • o m o o w1@ �+:I•o�gom(�=ida2nc aer =`€1-rDn9�'� .b°`�swo-- 2'p23..#-. m(0l+ao3 o 0' (0040w- 002 - U40 tiO4 0(8 g90- 0f00 0 -0 n om 90c 1°l n 0'O --w.a n o '( - •+o a C o ° ° 1 o-0., F. --;s.. eS-1g 200 -gym 10\ooc+.,.W _0.c .0.. ac o0 •OC vim, C +m -Fm•C , C -+n m o -' a, i m 7g fp �-°r; 01-.0(° �1w. -,g�•m`e•x-•-g-gg -No <' m1•cgy.•e•w �a +o,eiolgx 8SmOPwas�w L� y0-00+0,� m a m 0 (,D ° 0 N 0 m w p, O' w $ - o O 3 C -1 7 w $ m 00N--!o..=,grwaew..00... . aao a00$IAlm Qn .. $o G � J 0 3 0 3 ` : E4E 0. o --i m ? o po O o w C° + , < -4. D• z -« Q uCi 1 ii at•G oc we 7 w J ppw ?oi m - pOO O q1n �pE ovW • eD> m o. w.gyp °(, O- n g! -• 3- 0 7 8° O 0 C •. 0 y. 4 (p 7 w 7 '0 D 09 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 0 *fl- * 4S(0 00°�'°w-«�0:7 O 0(1� Zi slic'0a 000030 o 000° om0 '3-t- 0 * g•v--0 34 8*5o3:•ti°m E ow(ng+-g-wg agaa o1m3° p2poo go 0 C22,.. 0 --N a 0+ n 0- 01 0 Ep i - 9 S 0 (0 0 w ('1 00 0 7 -1111<C0 00 0 a m OC m m O (0 w a 0 MO ? m m m 0+ O+ O 9 ry r O n 'l a a n t� 0 O 1 0 o N o g7...07-6 000000M a==ff 8nw -.g'm' i7;O as92' g9 • 2E9 gn v m o 3 mix. o m ° o w N- O O a 7 m ° K s 0 o m 1 4o. 51.40,n2. 0 z m o° 0 S' 7 0' i9 0 0 m s 0 m r 0) 0 0 17' ° y m m w ow 0 n� -• 0 - 0 a S .. 00 •4 - 40010 m. w 0 i m °0°._H CT, 04 8 n n fo 0 0 M 0 - -. 0- a Scg Lv -+ .C1 0 O ti Sm g= �_ m O m • go, -m0 M aN4 w�a m...17 o 0•-.m ore �g1a =o30 9,84 0 0415. gpo Eco oat g • H rn 3OYSS319 3191/30NYH3 N Z bl OM MC XM z oz 0 0 a z z z ((1 m 100 n g C o a O m tai ~ r m * O S N 0. 0) MC 12 H z m 01 a C x X. 2, MD 0 AA a I- 1- 72 r 13 r r o n a m m v n n a w N �;.4o.4�.4 a a Usold '•C}!i!g!e!A e41 e.esw +! rate and dimming requirements on BC(T), for asn ow oueapiddns AIUO !low Ae(il of the static sign represented, and shall not substitute 3 O 0 '0 0 w 4 0 0 0 0 g 0 SN91S SNgd XDM1VV lin3 (21 0 0 r 0 O 0= m : a m :� C -c L/1 I- --I - - r :n N rn C � = m C O z O((11 : m Z rn -o m m X -I r 1Or=*'Ira)0 C m -o O r7 a N m y - 0. 04 r IT, -I * rrT'I r m•0 S z n O mp p. = Z •C Oamcm m < xr n = z 0 : � 1a-100Z 0 .. - 0 x(70:0 a 0=rno m m a 0 N cmzc m co --I - 0 m cn 0 --I O n 0, m O T1 P T P REVISION 6025' 13 # 103POdd ALIO Z 8 9 0 NO. Go z Crnn V 7 137 C'7 co --1 a in r'' , s m z z b n Z � Z its ZI 30 9 133HS 01 Y• - W N - •'0009°,Ea10a -4o Om,-a30N� Ort°a'rt7a-A ooaVv--.rm13.4 Oo aCCO - O0°«na00appw=as7, omCm o N- w 0 \ 0 I. f■'0?(- 8e.' Z0o, (3 g 033 0*0-4. .w04 Q 7ogsts.• 70O 7 m m 7 m 7 0 MMM -. m -0110$awo a 7s,8 ,„7__. L...1 +c g ac 50 11 .w.. w - 7 am a moaS1g+mom 30+wo 552' =g8=4 ?Pug" F009<EEV30ry0 9i id Z�t --0' 0ag n aai3S Ea- n - 40 O 0 '� 80(0 QM ((0 m°9� 00 +og000� m g• 0 2g o -. 80 (0 77w 01 1.4c4am •c - 1.0 •N ( T Y a p 41 N TC .O 10 n,8Q=9 °f o ager-.T4U am Zt rt 0 01 7° 0- 22.'S22 0 0 KT xm i 10011 322M. NQm E 4 0 7 00 N. O+ o. N g90Cgt19 mw� -No"299'$ o* g C 00 o a a a 0w x • a -- 0 88-sa i 0 -. a '74 9.r r 1,,, _ 10 m N 11 (000 c a Na 3 94 9(ea�$mo tir p.0,.$70•7 00000 oo, _00 9 n g 0 7 a . 7 a 7 00 m CD m , i2"-80 < R5 9 8- m " ? D -. 7g- 82.8 a (0a, o o m 1701-+ 9,%'240 m a m 4, 0 uoa (S PUD N S3N11301n0 NOIIY31lddV S3A11VNi1311Y ON10110M X n x r of X 0 r X L/1 < X m0X O X r (/1 a---1 zz> m < **See Application Guidelines Note 6. cn r xZ z -n m 1 N C C2 MM h rm 0X 0� r 0 O Oo- m �mz x X xc x� m -O rDZD7 mm2 0C r) 0) rmm OZz m m m O 11 -n07 Dz0 * CX10 z >0 O 0 r00 m 07 ° X X 0 X 0 N mm r - r C xaz X 2 < m m N z ti X -001 X 73 PI X mO mm PH. Z .n0 07 X 0 0 -I m m - 1 O r z X z X x X A o m o � 0z N xnz xocc 11mv -- 0m z Xn X01 '1 m 10 x r1PD r -Om r m mo- X0 xn X '1 0 -1_ 70 XX X -o X >I 0 ,10717 -10 Road/Lone/Ramp Closure List 4S!1 uol1.Ipuo0 Jaq cn CD 9+S11 UOI+!puo0 x 2/ X L4m X m m m 0) -I� ml om M X 1- D m <() N -1 X 0 X X Z DC7 � � x D 0 C X xm� X 00 111 < m X x X x O Cm A n0(1 :0 r) N = O X 771 ry nm < n N -1 r) CC 0 m z 'ON ONIMV80 080338 DATE 9 0 co BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(6)-14 T1 Z m 0 x c" Z CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services m x0n N = X X x X x X X O X X X X X mr� Xno M (C/1 -0 X D - - X 1 X m <C x r* X x 0 0..01 X x m = X X -a z r X X N 11 X 0 MXv1 X X r1 X --1 C1>3 0411 .0= 201 00 Ko xz X N ZPi0 p - D Z -< Z 0, m OM 20 MM xn X � X x X"N m =-0 x X m DESCRIPTION LM/ TBPE FIRMNO TBPLS 1I0M N0. 0 r0 CD O+ O r o + 5 O F-366 0126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 VW9W LNVINC COM PH. (361)883-1984 FAX (361) 883-1986 0 01 sus � 1 +uauodwo3 a l cu ssod COMMENT W. AUTHORIZECTsar WILLIAM LOCA. BURTON. P E NO9 9383 ON 0I -I8-16. ALTER.. OFA SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOU PROPER NOTIFICATION TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENG NEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE TENAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. 3r yOF; c w°0 m o t 0, _ _ - ,O a,8 ,{{ y m n ro C n 1 pID - -- �O P-4 ' VI E a ww N :- 7'<w°�0<x m9-mi•1mnbgJmffmmam017D y20 •.••q9 ->•-•pg t3pg m-•ry n �< m nm m o��,ii10 .. = 3 m C n m Ci n m o m a S •. _- .r.„ O iiii7ppEE Z. 33 CD '� o M o+ a. 1 m .00..7 w m m m+ m. Q p O �i p m o 7 K w"' � O=, -i5 ° n 7 v .E�jE ++ j m t 1r , E 7 m ao l .0 o i t•- 1 O .,-.7a7 rn p- = o n pOH w- z, -_• + o O m -• w w= o M T n -+. O EC -M 4 f9 m N i O i� �. f+9 M 0, t0 ' R n m o 9 a lD 'G ,• R w m Q M o !co- `� m lo�A,mw3,+�w7J Fy w 0 l -� o C -. m, m m -. 7 O 1D 0 m w 1 m-317.0•. o++•9-•m,o-am .� - , Nan , MOM C O = w M o 7 n a a 0 x- m o-, m 7- o m, -• R ro a m+ -•Km+ -o, c-. + 0000 0 + 9< m Z . o. O C M 2. m E rol 8.-89, C Ort m ID �• Ort 225 i mn ii E > 0 9 + m a m OM -7111 - -9. O 4 •O O➢ -J T Naw N -• o,o Lnm y n a 170 gWN(7,+FC C A �(0 e qq yy 7 003 9 Om a O C w �• 7 N a g o tl A l a-0 •0 5o=10 +a -= 1.,7JA C7K2.Om mM] -910, CD 82 .,co+l,e9,2e 41 -•.+mmml+0w-" -" al �i ao1nmg� �a 9 O i -1 J a° O° O O, •G D 7' +-, , 9 m q1D '4,'" a a 7 7• , a yOr p, 1"8 l ° m 0 00 n v l C M• . t0 -N - 70 - O l T a n n o C o N C N 10 m - a 3 K R n ;13g l ga A _ Q00, '"Ss, o 2-, ow� 8 A m m 3 8 7 [ o t 9o$ 1O "'91 'RE. MDM O w -. O{ m m+o $ o-, Ewa 7' g ". , tll n m 9", aw.g 0 979 99.15 aN -. m O M an g �0 A YS - G o O �1ani 07 Q - * 0 7+ =.g. '.W'O om cc. •� :-.PP • :^'N- *-1 O O +s-1-+ Z /a0900E a 000 30...00 0 0 N Z a 3 s W n, C , s a 333.2.,"2.10.3. n xo- 'a o m 3- y J 0 w,+ -••< n -• yy p 9 p- 9 n� m •RA p$ '+7 m.a+ mmORA �:wf ", Lo 1 2oan�+9+%2 O - -10 Q 07--•--40 m o 7 C C m E o (1) , O A 3 it '° -e E '° p Eo W w o �q-p a- 4 g [S O a m t 7 . ? • 7 0 0 0 7- 0 rt Z 7 7 7 0- nano '� w 7 0 L0 m m iO - m f*1 - o Io 7 o 19. p w �N-pO?�oi6j+_• 0 m a g LD rt m+ J m rt z 97mma�O�_ng V 0 m- l 7 m r 9mo=m' gSl.a N , j N o+ o+Lg'2,a1J0.EF.d m poo 0. 0 0 6> G+ j a m -. c0 a 0 a7m.w 00 0' z 0 O -• O -w + O _ C a2.2. -0gDw=0109r •� P:' tT 111 W N _ O a-1 7 O �•<< e¢ Z f0 gR Wo<O +099 3-1.3 m o m a= Z m e -w , 71 0 n g s> > Cf K Lmm y Iola 8 a t C_ 9 m i r-_ r J . ,� y a Ep �° -. _. R; 7 a' .0 m 90 ,L9-+ 2 �°n Ln03� meim�immm 4`cim wmaoo = a m e+ m 0, O- K -- - m- m i a m m , Z CCC _ '° n -- o- s m 4 4 - z - c -F -. "1 10 m m Y E�D 3w a? a N CN m= m J+' •Q m 0700 LO -• m w- 0- m N 0 7 = a y D-- + a* o,N = 7,4140707070.E?o. p O $mnm7KnA7m1 r 9' ,0 9 9- ° E9E a 1° n sy N 7aPo°a1091p-9. y 0 no D r y+ l a m ,� of$p'7rn.`'.ma ' T. Io , f1 4 -7. �0 ;0-.''' m Rcwo•emo RI_ 291,11g �1 0 +M -+Sm '{ +o am, S , m 7' N VVII "4400-0-0�'J m O K m, _ +� a 7 f7 -.000000 0.< •TI ' A Z _ n r 1 N m -_4 D y -4 v J O m m m -.00,,,_0, O nJ m R R w aLi fDo`D 90-1-4_o,7. td ,7+ _ • + -. x+ K� m7....m J a , ° O Om K , l + +m 'Sp (p m m -• +J_ --1,a0,-. 3 m a o m ,mm ' - ; ITt- +°in• r) - a '_ , , 7 O O 0. 7 0 a- m y. -I g -mw , m m L% W - 9 n m U!! m�^0,V D'o n 7v -t•K * g IUII;: (� c°+0 -n m '*1 o 9 0 mDm«a29m0�n p w M 3 �p y J+ 8 sp Twp ea 0 O' n 8 2 O o C1 7 9 f+D -` 7 C1 M MI 1 % F 'o w o w Q -. O+ gy m m , m !lig p' /'� N N R , l �p'E o o t ro O a, • + a w O , 7 7<- 0 0 0 -DO 7..1. a - m p 0 -w 0 O - w ; 53 f0 O a n �„Z,� 7 -4 m 717 P1 -� g' P m 0 sN 2 a ? _ l'� \ Egoo mom o- � N� a �� ;off +� q (p� " ` 1300 San m n D l-• O'L1g5'w.L,p1�1;� � nwoa-•aC*-• y a '�, °, v t*\ I mm oo m-+ m O U-0 ^ tp ry+ oro = m 3 h n n m VI G n m a y w o 'J j °4F; _• m eD 0 a °m iib m '° c 33 n ro 7:0, J n O 5,1°7, O m rt O - ..1-h88 m 0 mm Cams 7 m O + o m L O. J a m -0 _ n O .,g H - - a - 7 -. pp p 9 -E , O O -- Q m 9' 7 y C 7 J a q• y o n 5. N O O m K a m m Ip m+ Air -a m , ' moo m o 9-10 0 c -. nmS" cm 7wB m ° aw- N o. a o+- m mo: - -1 p° (i�f j -g+ o •1 2 J ;EO - '90 +, C.0 a 0 <- -101.4,4 m C -e K m m -• m a C °°2S %8,11.a 1Ng0 12m7aSg2 m 7m ,�,p`,► acTao+- o m 8��-9.n -� �► / r _ A 0 D m ° N / a um as a substitute for o Type C, steady bu using a sign substrate approved for use wi one -side) of 30 square inches. ttached to the drum. J sheeting. They do not have to be reflect -seting meeting the color and retroreflect be reflectorized. approaching traffic. inelizing device spacing requirements. to rooa mai �-Fnm� 4-1,• m10'0moamm 3RIER AND ATTENUAT END TREATMENTS FOR CTB'S USED IN WORK ZONES End treatments used on CTB's in work zones shalt meet crashworthy standards as defined in the Notional Cooperative Highway Research Report 350. Refer to the CWZTCD List for approved end treatments and manufacturers. tor on is bracket 1 16 Max. spacing of b reflectors is 20 Attach the deline manufacturer's re PROFILE CONCRETE BARRIER (LPI .-. a<0. 7a , 0 7 g=0404-4° C m-1 9 o a+(0000 g•.7-s�•1+mnm•m< H �• �- c m -. -. (0 a o 170 ° 71 ti. _ a O -p 9 3 Q La N O 0 7 d ° o a 7 0 b 8 9 1+0 m l o m 9 1-N t O+i 0( 0 , m+ K 77 110 a rt . O R ( mp o CCDD O. m o m •,C N 0 7 a '' f,D 10 µ m a 1lD = 9 p 9 O a 7 m a c` m w a�ga>> +";g"2.0,28' n_ 2 g 9.p"228Bry og° �4g 50-, N • 7 Sn+,m9 7-•0 • -op O7b -1 + 030,„01:11 m a m M 7 +_.+o 0 9 7 9{ s,R9 vCD , 0 7 1 - D. m 0 0 0 E- D (0 m m K + Inc = LA m •' ao g it • ro• 7T m -D0n N gK7+.-0 7 0-- m , N •• 0 1 EATION OF END TREATMENT! < 9 17 $� i+ o + m o O xi m n y 7 OKO H O 9 oDm � m o 9.� 8 R r 4 Ca 11E g E. -gmm 041 -I- 1& - m N E V 00.1.-. 1 -i i H c R I 40 (( 1- % . w 7 06,8 D3 a • CD w C' V1 a W N - 4 0 0 E wD-.ymm0 nC -1 -x? N ID -h c)_(J a2•< %, 0 m, C 0 0 m < a wK -CP 07D m a w0 t8 8 Ce 0 CD 0- y -• + C W 0 ..A.-. w L°932-h°835552.1.4°.ppo pppp w � wo OGO,m+a• an -Smn 0 m m n* 040 JNTED ATTENUATOR'. x m x o m s REQUIREMENTS A W N- O• ]Z-saaya-l-a-•c-+-ayol L7 O -•- 7-.777 -•a 77-•S roro+Jm mm 0 m 7 ayy ••• • • • 4 CORNER CAUTION • • a w N - a-1-> O s 70_797107 -00 {7 D oK J0 ati -N1Og2-+M i=ys,ga nam maK,� 93 ' 0 ",o ou1m0 ° 6(0000 1l4 , , pn m o + 7, -•N i 100 tG m, 000 0 -3• ppE 7 _•,w "o-aao R Kw ms50 . +- Mom '''Og-iO -- a w MINIMUM NIIABEfi OF PANEL LAMPS C 71mv `Q 0 -1 >'=•°COmO mom; Y ET+ co - 9pgg-,-2. 9 m0...,...Q0,._-aa°1,y a O C m 1 iO 7 7 rt o 9 9 -baa -• .0 •° --bV l010 t+z I'.x, 0 p •� D -a , aa0 -�7P °F17 �a (-18400. QI2-q 3 ND E; +m 000 • • • ••••• • • • m m7 0.40 m SJT w O m w°�•s10J 3w v g 7_q�• 07 S Imp a j -• oQ n . m1- 4 1Dm m y o 3 ; mw W c£?E�p DmKO p m 2j1Na02E l to So Com 00 0 FLASH '-' �• • m O+ -*'''''c 7 ag0 m +, m m nm„-. MO ran o D xZ-. go3o0 rt0 rt9.OJ7 c,".J �� wr + 0 •"L w444 9�99R E a °oPmo a w m MINIMUM VISIBILITY DISTANCE _3 -4400 0.0E-800410 X00•[ 4400 b�a9 •+O+mK 7 Q 3,-144,--.-m mmn.9m�S omm S 000-441 ra a to•< -o0- m c -c S,_99'n_ ;,NZ -.4< m o -m w O a2-K-oaown-D m 8m-+(00.00 (DD Do "� �S mn§ DM - 0.10 a w-7 n n O m-am20m C O 70 aOa_w_ 7 -.1.m C- 0;0 071 lmoam-- la iw m <�e�iOO �J ; o mm S Oma 070 O' 2 - •w Z w cf."' + y'29=2 m 00(0‘405g 0 E 77D m -• F? a x -• 7. ma. 2 0 �• 2 9= 2 �� p' Z c • 70 • n m a mp m V y • fD N O m N 2 0_ w7 �� n o Lr t 00 ma , O = f� G F ARROW E Flashing Arrow Boo shall be equipped automatic dimming ATTENTION 7 N° G x O 00�p+�-11=p -qq.�vo r m7rt 1007Em m" 0 m n 0"0"861? -"V: m ++ ° m , -1 OR -"9-°P9 001( 2. m E rtmm ¢ 8om _7o • • • ATING DIAMOND CAUT •• •• •• • _. a_ C [) fCa l n _ 428oia<.� ON7 44W 9- 9 n q �� O1d+FmD 7 � m _ __ ,1 LD -p w-• O� x m o t i 3:0,S m as + DS e� +_•__• 7 0�7 w z SO��O O ". [,] 9 M y n m +ro N - w a.g11�- ---.0 No °s. •• • • • •< • • •• • • • • •• • 9m•°e-�o +-N 977 7 +a m2m mm m (Do w -•mm- o C o+omJoo<°n i N N °° `$ r• °' l' S A p 9 LI... +� L�� 0 `' i s • Q nn n < 0 ° W + 0°02 z oho°oEm m 7 n• a pmim m a+p339 m ��+o -Kom omm amg �., m 17 -I- o wn•NOCJD9 3 0 0 m- a_ o m 3� m a_ L� r-0 0 v `�00m ED N -MmR�o m 9'o a� o • 0 0 + 7 m m 0 -• 7 a w _K + •O�nmm 9 +-n °c y = x I- 2 " r 0 1(11 R. -1 y-'�-1a 9 t p� `m p ='9 npm,no nmomo , 3 a l E M o 9 mr' -NI O '11 O y m (6 - 0 7 rt ''+ O 1E m H •• •• •• •• • • •• •• •• •• o o ° o o -, , _ a'm4 A LP V • / 1 V PI a ril (9 7 ONa 7 Q Dm••^ a - a ... Z o 31 .. O Z K° < n mm -m E'2 r Am�Om $ a_3v _X N Q . __.2 MM AgnT3M0art a • • ••• • • •• • • • ••• a O + ° n � 7 0 O O * w o 0- 0 9 w 7 m w m , _--- Te. o C C 0 t, Ng m Dm3;z< 9441 1m LO a�x 81^�7 a lib 448: zmmm - TRE SEAL APPEARING ON DOCUMENT W. AUTHORIZEDI By <UM LOGAN BURTON, E. NO. 99381 ON 01 -18 -ID ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITH° T PROPER REVISION NO. DATE° - - -NOT111.110N DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION TO THE RESPONSIBLE TEXASE EENGINEERINGFFRACTCEDNCT THE o c-, y1. E ' N 00 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS TBPE FIRM NO F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO.10126500 LNV 'y`PSE�OF`' •4" It f:- �� *�/,I s NILLL4M I.OGU+ eurnD (s O `� C z m801 Cn Z - .... UTILITIES engineers I architects I surveyors NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 1'M 13,-11 883.1983 �'� <• 9938Eo 3 %� (' ... 'ec, N, O N O co 00 TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(7) """ DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services CORPUS CHRISTI, 71X718008 A% , 8631 E6 WLMTJ.LNVINC.COM � e. �_ 4 /eY 1/10 8' 1 CD :-.P" r p d W pi mN (q p • n p ° O •1 8 i O � Ap ° C O C -9, O O tM'll 7 C- p7- C 1 C1m g l m p O N W o. + n° -+ m O 7 O m ° -.mo a-. g7--• pp7 Iwo- <+ l -• m m • m n -• E m n O 2 O 0 W N a 7 Q m a p mal 7 -. 3 v l tb 3 N '4 7 ++ _+ m++ e aa O o O m -- • co .0- Ip J 0 Y'pp< C O- C 3 m Co a 7 ss n R `< - 7 D w7 LD O m C 7 E m p n g[ ryry ap m S m" g [O O z l g-°- l S 3 3 W Lig+,ovti--,+v++ -vo-- m W v5 9 O 1 7 g 110 O� x v_ m a �p m Qm 7m m go m ogLRE m2 VIn° a. m maw ' D -• O _ -`C7 Oma m- - l0 - O O m -• + m rt m -- O 7 0 { m O rt 0 O O rt O O N O+- -• v �n� m+�P3m 0 J 0 4 v O .[ 7+7 q l= r{�1 < pl .-. + q8-,,C) m+ O ° m - W o R 0 8 3 R po m 2. D m m W C n K E ., w+ -. R a .e D P g-i v a f6 9 °w m g' mo rt•� gym o-• o-o2 o -1 amoc �o JDD �a maw 7 •w2. -m m' m 7 -loco, O m ? ti + 0G - m 7 0• fD D l N m b 7 '43.8- 9' G O 2 ; w •y 7 i + m + 7 D- l + 0 3g`�o ° g- a i9 'o2.-on o = R w o 0 m .< -• D- v + l - °o 0-1. .�- v p 62Q om R9 p2 n- OW°R o g- 9 w m C G G O 4 •4- Jr+ O O • m Rm `IR R 2g gL'onmL2v 00 p w o oO yI <; _ 0 p-. m o<-.a 3 0 �+ ° +° '1 m 'A O O m 3.2 g o Cmas,D �m <m o +�-. 3 m m a l m 0 m N . r m l p 2 ti m VI n •'-I r C 0 nC Jm%D °J a M 0 O -2, m m f7 O m in pm fpm+-lrt �1 0.1003.-. m ]• p l f0 ° m m O O 7 -' m. ° n E 8 rz m -4 •1 w I-fl Ig QJ m C < l m -`oaf 292. K rt-: V1µ 8 3acmC OniiC 0 00_ k m-• 3 c -. < w g°i-8.-aT:7� 3.-.0-CCI L�-_ rt 7 C m 2 m g 0 - m 7310 •F mn ° p m 8-7 m - o mQ 9c �� m3D m7 m 0 m * 4 .2'4. E N C ..-n-- ° m- moo: +o',3mm"'a p- m n m 0 0 30003'3' O l 7 7 0 O 1pc°16mm� r @3y7 0 7 7 0 Q D 5 rt M n 7 o 4-1°2.2. Cy O O g' y- 3 O 0 m o m i° p, 1400.• mom9 -. m e m 2.g 3 J 91. m S rrl G •D 00 , O1 U1 a LM N - O ;1 O O J '9 + -• 8' pI p p� y p. p wl 55.320.02.5.:.5....l l -O 7 D ED a'J1 ..8 -_77-cu gp° •1 +C3�5. pW 2 O MfDVg,',; +0 g 011 J 8 p m 3 2 p p 2 2 s 9+ n' O 9 v J wF G 7p Y O_- pN m 9 g (p O 7' `q m iD + p• ? 0 3 g •m o O D i O. O -A �I n D ro m� m1 + < O 3+ O �. n i° S N O n m r =''T.-9-age _ 7 n p-• O m n -b -00-10 089.2 CI n m N 7.G I n n / 9 9 0. O W+ 0---g 7 g 1 -, G, 0 3 a n .0 p of p p J 7 p S O • J p O o 2a. o GGG+++ •- O O m= O q 7 3< O `1 -• °y 7 3 m N 7-10. < g7NCo1p 5m ..8' .2.g-9.--.3.22-000g.050 - m ' Th?... 3p3 rt. 8- 2 p on 1 o m5 a F-0 ,. i m- ; � o' sk p p o. 07 N m 0,gm 3 2 O l n l O o b7D +O b f00 G ON p nfY 2 - x + S 33 m mo-• .,g-q5 8,2e.2-s0,-,5.02.F...-40g m 3 0 N 00 0 •6 nW rt • - nmp moc 2 i[x3'o0o rt Pig lof Ep�< 7<_.mo��+�, W,,i p7 d-0C -• -1.0. + + CO v ° C m tD -. - 0 5 m O 7 p 5 ,< s g m o fg rt O l D 7 3 0+ p°1 o -• C- +.O p J w? m J - tD l O w m J S + D + 0 4 •m fE g -4 7 m + 0 0 10 - y a 0 O R m l m O m n 16 J c O 5t m O ; m ,. + m a s '1 -• 3. O 0 0 tD 7 m •F g -o2 ,3.l 2507 °� m- 2.a8aAD�'B + giA �c amin mE < ono °�o-aav_•_m 7 C O m i+ y9 2 2. Ei O 1 2.+ .t 3. rt g S,< °° m m. O_ O n l C E D g m iD -? 7 3 O `g a �• Z q°< n zmo< 9c�a". m +a lLn n °� boy $-F.JmL76 i •7< - -e n o •+.< -. -. + m -. cc ° 7 n a- m+mm l-•p3 -b -7 _7 o-•m -g-g Etg- 89 Ob 2•=a-9 n 1✓o m 3 m O. .mn O O prt7°%S. -a. pq pp p58 3 p D' L1+6 V W N' 3 2.;8, � µ m G IL `C O c7i oli O v m n S D'' 9.--.-vm N-E am°I�im+m -.c`Qg l -rm3a m717o.en;omL`o�° gp m m 0-• Ui1m7ScD O p 7 D85g° L70 ~' 4 D Ol 00C 003C a 3,0a m m 7 9 -n 7 2.+ 9. l' m 8 w° O. 9 q m o v2. 7-• o+ o. o ++ g, 7 :° 0 9n <mD n 7° - ° 0 b b - 17 01 V' , W N , p m i jp o 0EgC omo n 70 O •+a O N n T n a moo- m o-.�mw�o-• a- ge n mp .mi D "1 G O m J 'm l -, p D 7 l o i m -. ' p ry; N pv O CJ "'D n N p- m m y, nr O. <-S,3,7 0 p p m M w •p m O' D' -• a D v J -i -+ m 8+ O! l flE m 9 R° 4L , + O R Epi .2 IE g Q m o 2 y O m- -+< 9< 0 -• n 3 C cr,yy;°92A2.23.0"1 2 4'2.222. '''oa,zt-+`gago4+39 m f° 0- o m 6.g...,.,..-- 1 OE3 8- .§70.3 N ng7D Cv -1 7 -003 Wg m O-,,128W Q m D tp '-• ° - q p O o 7 O w 7 p< .+ 7+ C + 00 .< v-it 0,a 9--. ��•D ml�-m°nrt m ary3ngowkg -40 w <2 g9DW-<_° .= a fb D; 2. N O m 7 fOD 3.- 7 -I• O N• 2c5;;‘' n m x<-, Zip a _` N O m-0. 3 '-1 0 o m -. m _• Z a n O - -I 0,5(7105- 811' m N° O -0� 13L� W o °. C 1 W o o-1r 5-s cnc F ;B3-.,-w� a iG lb'D• Ro n 3 7 b •< '1 0 •w E 7 J l + O G 4 n O N X -. +• + L0n + m 000 µ w 2.E m9 m7 nD7 0D0 --m29 2 ll6 w 2.-F. o 3 3 l l N ,2,8', w -a-- 7-11D 3q- 33 W2R Cn O O n 0, C O • R w 0 •w -1* O 3 m _ w 2 7, w 0 '3:1 O o C f- l M =. q020,34/3 'C l •o +9 2EE2. O N' wrt -..9, 0 9 2. ' C m C 7 C V W W a =< -F w n t;1 co 3 C m _+ mo -J .,9w'�- $ roto �'a mm 99 �o'«pa ° m w W N w 0 ° a Li rrt s r g -1 In N a W N -c W D 0 0p 0 art 0 O-1p p+ -1 O.RO O- a+ <g ogQ o O m cmm a]] �ma �JJ .= n y 2.r+ D89°X�lm m*m•` tOD±� 33p d o 4 y0 3 0 0 0., O a O O° O 00 Di+2Egf•-ppnoi x R a w a M can •n $ r of 2 . m I»' I N � TTII m , ; Ili iN N • - m y �5a Ov N �� Z a = tiO m W m i m _ X m O c n N D - ° < I I� o < a o 3 l g m MDo n__ m v 0.n]§2$Qmg .-5 _� .moi I_ a� J • m I- nxcaoo� oa.CA' a r 1. Opposing Traffic Lane Dividers IOTLD) a delineation devices designed to convert normal ane -way roadway section to two -w operation. OTLD's ore used on temporary centerlines. The upward and downward ar on the sign's face indicate the directi traffic on either side of the divider. base is secured to the pavement with an adhesive or rubber weight to minimize m caused by o vehicle impact ar wind gust 2. The OTLD may be used in combination witl cones or VPs. 3. Spacing between the OTLD shall not exce se feet. 42' cones or VPs placed between the OTLD's Should not exceed 100 foot sl 4. The OTLD shall be orange with o black ni reflective legend. Sheeting for the OTLI be retroreflective Type BEIDE- Type CFL ci to Departmental Material Specification I unless noted otherwise. The legend Shol the requirements of OMS -8300. ANE DIVIDERS MILD) C N L 3 N -0 8 d W 77 2 • Z O. a E: 8 m N l m j in -mm3�oprio_ m. ".2; • Sm7ma `I O • Ma., o N m aDo v c wO 0lc9 9fp Fi W N O m< w O O 1 1 ff E 3 n 0 '“ g Ip N m -h l mIp m C -OM • m m JC CCJ a K -33F f7p w rtaC-0g-g.00oaN lam a a 3 a O o N an o l 7 Rpa Ol •< O O o • D µ•ThRo g e.anm O 3 nN Ig O o D m C ,c ci, .4 o cr - 7KM0 o -t a v D o c n m' oo 'wao�R �omoo a A°' op -48' .8Zos.5PR .I 1 .89-5O v 1Dm • rt -• 36° C N m § 2 min. distance above travel way '. 29.1;4. n mm ti+° 7•Q ,+7 9' -ng m _ JMo<<c jITMMIL 8°. ga0.70D-um J V -r 5m '2 8 N a 7 l to 15 0 9 p O 7 l m K JC J m J l a m 5U'...asio nnoR oRJ l P- rt m Q W* µ O_ p+ p� 7 m - l 0_ O*i. J� a,mw 0 7< O O 0. O m N,< m m S m m l w+ 0 -• m m C m ; E 0 0 O l -.. 1 n� -1 xi < a co jLf �/A. / c- !i�,,�// .. O 7 N - O m -t iii0 w-, o< <8 m2m7go a o' rtm c9°O.cngvoo"g1 m -M moo -ort o � o (p G� a pp_ ,-,17 I9D 5 S J 4 0 O N m. 2< i 7 m 1 _. N' w O w n E m a mom t m 0 0 7 =R m n m h 24" min. 1 v, a W ro - O 5 0. C* m eE O E * w J' Ila 'OO l a O -0922.12(n4-4-4 S o !..P. Wr.1 - ....,0,-,c,-,0, m n 7 0 D 0 n w n 0 n m ' 1B w m w m a m m S m 1- 0 Z •-. '•" x 3 m D o. m 2 7p l -• 7 l N S -.=-- R 4 a a o µ o 0 1 o G n w O O -. O O �(0 O_ -F m n _e.._ W .§. a- 0 0 K O a m Gn N 0 TS2F f' E E N O E 1 � O p rt -wf N+ p rt 'RE!. ; tS O rt; OCO w J N z �� Y- -• m 7 m 710 ��DU .D n ap n o n C 0 o7 -m. �p �Op "=a3'82"81 N -. D 7 MID • M C m R M G w a p? r 88.. 7 :D D //'�'� /r- p 1gp o o f 1p 7 Q+ ---0 c I N A = 0 Iii _7•w32Ion0 - -.. - 9 4 m..-4---..-.0. O 8',18a 1m1mM 0 2, a s c. 2 2, ' .7 ,� °2'22.'" ■■oO=. �.m7= z m q nxp TUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVI LOW OR WATER BALLASTED S channelize pedestrians, longitudinal channel st have a continuous detectable bottom for us 1 shall not be less than 32 inches in height. used as barriers shall not be used solely to ipriate NCHRP 350 crashwarthiness requirement used to channelize vehicular traffic shall b to improve daytime/nighttime visibility. The used os barriers shall be placed in accorddn and used only when shown an the CWZTCD list. used os barriers should not be used for arm an o toper in a low speed urbon areo, the ta timize road user operations considering the terns used as barriers have blunt ends expose mnendations or flared to o point outside the Ightweight, deformable devices that ore high) 1 ore not designed to contain or redirect o v 1 of b line of cones or drugs. accordance to application and installation r the CWZTCD list. to provide positive protection for abstacleS ed with retroreflective delineation as requi phly parallel to the travel lanes. placed perpendicular to traffic should hove lulrements for barricade rails as shown on BC t1 of the device. LEMS USED AS BARRIERS i 1uj c rog ♦ I TP e.W JJ N M 122 i0 mS lg al ZtW CIF moo 9wm•9 Om»9 .7~ < m wS grog-1rv< g'aPQ �m 7•oPm am '� n ,• _.• J - m q m m J o g 3 O'a 7 a J O i J cg o N s 'gym M'+Qo'Fg B` q•F2'mTSS ag�a2 m8 C a -w rt N A -, 2 1� ' Rag • O N 7 w 7. g m -• - . m l O o g n 7'<I NEp -« TwEw ,8 5a 2 8 !=e2'. 2 w < n +1S µID o N µL 9 1 a 4e" m< 84.'''' O• i'l NE N =.4€1 7 -F 0 m r- 00>>n. -• 7 CD CI lµ % M" YSTEMS USED AS CES OR BARRIERS O a p 1D Cry D a 1p lt1SS woo ai as mo .- 849 channelize rood users, but also i s based on roadway speed and borri e supplemented with retroreflectiv y may also be supplemented with pc ce to application and instollatior rging taper except in low Speed (1 per shall be delineated and the to available geometric conditions. d to traffic, they should be atter clear zone. y visible, hove good target value ehicle On impact. equirements specific to the device , pedestrians or workers. red for temporary barriers at least one row of reflective 110) placed near the top of the V 0 4- S 2"-09a'92,2:e-R .7'8- §5.-<.:g 23'839,0 p o - o o (0 n 0 w 7100 • o m n -h 7 n moff_ C_ J J m l m E 'at O n o ID m J rr 0 fl n m 4.`°-.0,,99.2.,e, J O 2 ?a c J No n +fOn �J6•M ooy�w 7 7...0-1- o4.1: 0 3 w' O O O fD J m r O .D '1'1- V I R811.;; p' -. O-• mm* O 7 YR*. • l''' • m e E,",-“3 '' N O O 2 "=."'.2 ryt 6 N ... Q. � d W N C g m - Z 07 i 0 Gm 7 4 m aC 10 36kg • .a d l M o IJ. m.-., O ••? 3' o 7 J 0 m S'� a n N A. m 1J $ m o o m. 6 J, -• l l 7 m 7' l_ D 7 0 O W1 n -1 l a V v O l O •� ti m -n O m 9 �i o o rD O_ Jc o I m moo2m n mogwm vm-fi npN N 24g12w m Ib 14 w DEE E. -. c— N l G p 0 n -n. 0 0 -O. w 7 w 0 0 0 I0 7 0 -. -. µ s l N" m --'-2-a.90 O pp- Qp m O w- p -p -a m C ( O(pp O n m O O 7 µ m J m O J 7 -• ¢0 '1 fo -' S m -F 0 0 0 -o..p D o m g o m m opp n N ap '1 w XC x 0 J~ i- o m- P w°n w a4 7 -m+. I O a O7 m 7 (D Op j P 3 = J IENERAL NOTES -M .p iii a --;'S - tD t• y - c ' E G j . O c r)' j ' S < o .µt N. W Iy E: be-14.dgn w: TOOT 15x: rx0DTIoo Tx00- Ice: Tx0( T%DOT November 2002 mer hall Jae I H(cHx,Er IARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL 11 INC DEVICES BC(9)-14 ` I,1 SHEET 9 OF 12 **Toper lengths have been rounded off. L -Length of Toper (FT.] RI -Width of Offset (FT.) S -Posted Speed (MPH) SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPACING OF CO O -J to J O 01 U1 01 O U1 Ut LP O a N a O W ut W o m * m -+ aa - 9 Q, n 9 m 7-- O pn y- m -. 4- f' 1, l m -. 3 -4 -. ll O< D l m `p - 9 +t<� J N. O N n 1PD m O O 3 Q p� g„- l a o ? 2 7 w 0 < i� l 7 v O �. -. -q 7 �. N 0 0 l l = n om n 03(040< 00400 NNN 7 Op * -4. P C n m O 7 -• a w u Se ate No Z a ... m < ,170,i p Q o l .. nn7 <......—...„ y �n 11 D l.0= O 7 x 2 3, O- n E-1• O g1 n O $ q u b•14 (0 oa$s:o ;o<ga�I w7u0 .5 - nP p7 a m3n P --1 o art lw n C m J E a 9 n G P C P O w T l -•O O P O C co O 0 -1 Uf 0 N O 0 01 U1 0 01 O 0 Ui U1 In o 0 0 a UI 0 N a1 ui N-. O U7 vt O *' �' Minimum Desird)Ie Taper Lengths �tE l w < 7 - 3 -n . n- J a m J; w 7 l w 7 -• y- 1 M o o n 7 m µ �° m m 0 0r o- o o m ".a -1,11,1.N 7 00 a L.,< , 70 7 _ E<� mp o a m i l -` n e •� m CO O m N U1 -0 -1 O U1 CO 01 O 01 U7 0 U1 Iii O A l0 U1 N (0 0 N N U -. a1 U1 -D * a 7 i°41 ^r 22 O tn _, -O -<<"a W o 1p'o 1776E V 0 < �_ Ov J a O l n G O N W J D 0 m r J -'. - 0 O -. 7 7 m m :1=-5.3g <<• Cn m---.. 7 1 m m O -. a n K 7 7 p -a,5 7 n 2 7 _ (0 01 0 UJ O c, O) a 0 N aD 0 N c Q1 d1 en O 0 0 U1 a 0 W N 0 N a to CD O*- y _ ih Z -r J l w w y -g3, m a< w, D N m W g 2.c14 m^ v w N.7'0 n .0 0 o O m 9 c_ N 0 0 ID IID DI m a 7 m -• w m µ J C" E S —4 2 8 8 n o 9 n 8.5k ?iMjj y iIi �' D l m O -+ N m- n m4 v 0e l�i �• -g-. 55�� 3y I m O • -4-i U1 0 0)m UI O en en of O a Ut .1). 0 L. ut W 0 On o On a Toper Tangent Suggested Maximum Spacing of Channellzing Devices N J O~ 7 n m - 4s pm -+ J µ '"a"1- l O pg-F.4, wJ0 030 e`�', 0 -i ..0 -..88D- og� o o 2µ a 08.081.8 p a m - _n a 8'.N O O . 1 O O N -. n O 7 Ell . DP 01 00000000000 U a W N O D m V 0 w s- R g O c app ,80-A p • g 7 'w 0 m -m,5. • 9 n N m< pA. n p 2Er -,e,�' i; _07 u -75-.-N Q m o l 3 -n $,,, O m l w m THE SEA, APPEARmG ON THIS DOCUMENT WILLIAM WASAUTHORIZED 9V IOGCNBURTON, P.E NO 99383 OE a NOTIEO OON TO T EWITHOUTPROPER TO THE REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE E,.,. ESCRPTON ENGINEERS NSE UNDER TEXAS ER is ER DEFENSE uNOER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PMOTOE ACT CITYWIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B iiiTEXAS CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TBPE FIRM NO F366 BPLBFIRMNG,9, LNV to ar Test �y;P` �4'k9�1 Vit; I� ,,t 1, % WILLIAM + BURTON cn 41E152091 Of 'INC N 5E UTILITIES low """ engineers I architects I surveyors 801 NAVIGATION SUITE 300 PH (361)8831984 '1% 99383 i 1, <,a NSE; ' 1Fy'""�""•%!�'- (�,•i r" TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(9)-14 DEPARTMENT Deportment of Engineering Services CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78408 FAX(361)8831986 MAW LNVINCCOM . .•`�` z� 004 o0 010 ✓ 0. Il W N 0 Clna3ya N001 n7• e C O3' '133 y*y�� 00..0.--1.0W,407-00•0 lgi 4, na o 0 0 7 i.rt 9 O m rt o' N_ m 4 n N, W 9 O 5 N pC w N w~ m m n g R' .94.9 g g g m O 001 ...-Faoco-•w00(0..D0 O 1D .0 . 3w , 0 3 a 40---80 30. po a o0--003 a Fxp m-0 3 '44 11 (ID �p01 x 0 D 0 0 m 01 C m 1 0 0 7 1- m n O m 7 0 a °o8Rw ;gavg°os2R 9 IIRrIgR E•"9.;'R89E.1 m C 7 -F. m 1 -.?.20. ' l 1 m V 7 p n 1 w g m2.rtGJ 19.4'fi7p 0 R 07• +'4--90 (00)90.01_ _ 08R- iPi =0, -lo c;. .,... 0 rt '7''`'" V-FS'mCK m 7 a Q§• o igl �a-'.ago a c c p 01pp w30017 (-.2CC t o m `•� o Q -4 a -., D (F 0 (��m€ .80.- i b m ri o m 4 0 VIER E, D o C 0 '13%3 a a g°@ -8m 286.myonn 2. - m l 1n 0 m• o 0 0 coo.C8 FR , pa + 98 G N • 7c "ES 9 ti. Sg $ 61 o gag Dao 5' =Do CI ag 1 a au a 28" Cones shall have a minimum weight of 9 1/2 8 1D 8 1 Jeni.Joyi JoInQnl 111111111P:=3"..:P7L 1 N 3 3 = - 0 9 •.7 3 0 NaNaN d 3 93933 3 PP???.?? 01 o 01 0 7 l 7 l 0 0 7 + 7 ID 0 m 10 40 m N 3 3 j 3 .- 9 m 0 e ImmtimA W NUN 3 -F 32 7 ° 7 x ci O z m 01 NI • O W a0o SO6,DAO2 na1C2. pm O7G 71 DO Jm�.NQq v 7locm noow 7 nn= -aid •ted a�dnnu-•m fl17oi°a ao • m8<ao'9 fD r° o§. g1 H aza7ol agmmfoo td 1 Q,toAn7m , 7 Ha 0-7+-• l S 0 1 a 7 0 mag m a m m. ? O, 7 . 2 a 1 a-- 1 m O °i. ID + v v �• o -4 m °oca ss Km m v - - -m ro-• .mmaa8 qq i_Rn-7'mz o''0tl190-"'• 28-m-8aona+m+ad .o e4 8•m o�i '►=mm°�. �'8ax�' am anima°w2m- m oaa *((-��• o C o p0f1 7. 4 m .0-0,.0-74. -e O o m 1° o n �-[1 a owmpp m ow 7�p-m7+,o• E�oSmrt<�mn-+.�i--om m 7?, N C �i o S C S m I o m x• o p; E -p a -F o, rt 7 g NC: U1700.0,, aA ...0..7 ID e o c rtm m `Dam c rtm °,m °wmF -00- G b E 0 +•+,C m 17-0 m S 1 0, on o °= o G .G n-7OoSi D•iae° 7 a-7'dmom0c-CCO o ,om-, e 07W0cm 6 m 7 0 -1-1• n v -- 7 om0 _'<0m070gaR0mO EaZIS-°.4°c(0Rae o`°8E° 0 l, p7 0 4 -• Q v m o- '1..7 rt -t m a n m aa rt u a ti 'm+0 9-iD -.° a 1 80 -F -.Mm S.'' ' m -40 p; V -1 "42 O N O 'i%goZliap-m'1'gaa'" m °8 o`(%n�}<�m7 "42 EM, m i7 7 a ✓2 - m E R Dml S l° K 0- m, 7" i i ° m (j a n 02 c6Ro C.m703a-'-0a°'ma ° re .amao n -ea a0-3 0-.03°,0OQ,o;7o, o m a,1mm C77 - 011 C m 7000, 7 D IM O --, 01 X O •0 0 g ,-,,'Et-'2.9028 .0 7 m -- _m E1p 0 Ca m mm 0 a0- 8E,v om g -ho m m o-1.-014.m.2.100 O -014 rt0) -.1 l 1 00 g=`0.3 *.<rti 1 0< m D 1<D 6 0 4 3 - N 0- n l ID 0 0 =' m 0 m 4 0 V ae or -512.-"'T g m t9 010scam=-m o ar m 7 O rt 7 -h m D J C 0 0 J 1- 0% 7 -JH 7 0 -- , 9 C 70 m m -7 a 7 7 0 -•a a, , O l >F o 7 m+ 0. 1 9 01 . a m- v QQ, -• ili 7a MY <01 CC 010¢o c p 2$ 131,0'08io moN 0 m ID 0 0 3 m ID 0 m •-. V ID a -1. IDD 1 m :° m 8 s. 29g,05 0 m !a mm ° µ'1J nm 0 7 0y -00 o00 ; v 0 w l m m 7.0 M, N o a a99 -D a 20'2' a m 530g c9 1 RS 8 m n m S30V3INHV8 M3IA NVld m l7 00 1n a Mu sepool.Log t adki q+6ual -4 PT. Ws 7.6 0 A y a JO 01 133HS N '- **00 1-. y0 0 J ffDD m N n* 1' 1. N o m 0 m S m n 7 m pp x9 O, a 4 a+ a a m+ 8 "' 3 9 6 0 < < 7 N 5. R 9D arn 8RaE'n0, * OI i m+ 0 N i m o 0 0 a m 0 0 iD 3 n a 4 7 0011 l 01 n+ 70...00 . m 00 3 m omm000nloc o-3 0a - B a S o a a m o a - as gmn11=9>•2N'n1+ m o t. o , O0sm pgQm 7ocmc0l W 00031 • m- pCo o 9.w.:-.5-,-;- .55... _ v° t7D m .... �m �. am7m - m agg," moi' 0 9 a- m rt m- m, m v N O -•- O< m 0 o b 1°n° 000 1 7 E* op n m R +1 O w, 0 7n g o m .o N p=1g<DaE 4 o gR O- 01 m, 7g n O i] c, n a o 0 7 -,c2.o 1 -m 2,- n - - f.l /° o °70 113Z I 13NNVH3 0 0 m r- 2 2 m HO ONIN30IM 183A3f3 0 m M31A NVld A minimum of two drums shall be used across the work area. 0) 10' max. 10' max. K Y< 1 X10' max. .., W e e_,...."v LEGEND Steady burn warning light or yellow warning reflector Plastic drum with steady burn light or yellow warning reflector O m rt 0 5 00-1 fp;;g ohm m m 2' m 8=1g a 0m4. 1 t v < �8 m 9 G 111 1111. 11 y S Cal 4< m •w 7 O ru c 4 w l x 7* n a o -1,- 0 TI m o 2 o Do 8-22 4 rt m REVISION N 0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 11 REVISION NO. 1 DATE BY DESCRIPTION THE SEAL APPEARING ON DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY LOGAN BURTON, E 9D ON 0 B-16. ALTERAiION OF < B} 5EALE0 DCCuUENT WITHOUT PROPER ENGINEER IS TAN OFFENSE UNDER RESPONSIBLETRE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. THIS 60ZS 13 # 103POHd ADD CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(10)-14 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX(361)883-1986 WWO✓.LNVINC.COM REVISION NO. @ 0 Cr T@ Q N° g' , 3 rt J w -0 00 A,1000 m 0 - 0 7 7 E 0 ?4 008 Fn @ 0 7 0 8 :5 ;I p7 ° rt,w 70. 0 t0 0 -�-3 7 a 5 O7 ,9 ;,1 m 211 n ijm 0 7 7 7 ,O R5 3 0 n 00 3. o= 90 O N F � 0 m A O 51 )WOM 9NINIVINIVW SONI)IfVA 1N31013AVd 3NOZ A m 0 SM3)IaVW 1N3IN3AVd ••.I 01 UI a W N - -1.1 4T4-41 514 9T 40 3 y0 J Q, 0 + 7 0 ;p 7 7 BgN x� a0 0 O 000 .1 EI aEP2. 'veo0 �� 03 �mo O .%2E r. 3 °, z , 9 7 w osg • 1 9 g"3 ms. °1 2 y8. an 0 0tt333"3' ea.- vJ 8.o °740. nig RR + 0� ° f a 1 g 0 m - 0 0, no x 0 7 @ m 0 7 ? .+ 0 7 0 M 7 m 0 2-Y8 Lq m to ' '42 .8 S°m 70 -0+ a 0 n w 4:7 -00 - D 00 NC,. @ g 0 E07;s 0D.3 yGa ° li mWp0 _ 2-•o51 • 0t 8 ] 0 8 Pa 8.°°0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 -. 0 E -- o a -o W000 a 0 03 a-00 @ 3 O N 9 q 0 J w O@i O 7 0 7 �. *B-99 8 3 (3 @ 7 5. aa4 m • c0 °�3 ,cal O °48g g9 0 n E O O O F ° µ@ •7 P15 '� ° IO n 8.3 O 0 3 C - n o @ F Ac 9 O - * O ° o yo m 2 m s n z 5 ryA t o a , 0 3 F O x@ ` N <O W 05. 0)to K O , C- 0 • O 8. z 7 M l 7 °0 O xa° s'. a S .00 9 m a - 0 2 < Nys 5cg @51 0 O 8b 4 @7. 8; i @ 3 d a 3 O+ . m 0 O Ew= m 7' wF O @ . O O O m 7 a lEP n O0 v -0 8.a x 7 0@ 'G 7 w •a 0 9 rt 00 0c 3 m Over -painting of the markings SHALL NOT BE permitted. ay IT 91 a w N pp - 1 m 'co; O? `"g° o O O 7 0 7 4, O 0 0 0, p@@ �S<Pd o < �< @ ° a 'm c� bC aa�� o*<@a �i 8.7 -O 2°8-.8 rolw n0 $ O d 7 N O F(0 ° _. R,- 3 <O, 3 x 05 3 0 0 v 0- 0 w 0 0 842 0 mg c.o o? Waco p0ao o'o n k9, Vs- m a -@i @ � 42.,(S -F 1 0 7al 0 07e 3 N 7 O; a CL n O O • 9m m� rpa 3[i9 Ram I<D (Jp a •°C BR- - n IE W 4°8 8 8 8 m l m rt rt- '';,1)! 7 O ,- O@ -.,'0"-:: O 0 10 0 v '� mm3 �iaa ;0� • K ppp rt,a,yC 0 0 m O ° Tm@ m-ba°v _w w m ryO 30 7 o 0 • 0 0 0 9 as CO 0- a 4 -1 0 3 v µ <' 0 m -• °o -roi yCl 0 yryO m •c 8• ro.9 1 I� ii f» O -i v 29' o .I .@ n O m C;pC°3 a ° OE :,.,,9 s 7 JO 1VAOw3a SONI)IA /4 1N3W3AVd WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS P 0 6.0 0 -• ... rho 8 m m z 1 z ciCo No. 10 ND s m m z v 0 0 z tn c r) 2 I.4 N p - '634 G O 9} 1 O °n -L0.-6 co 8.4 !.03 7 FS . -.� - 00=1 -.< Igo Igig -RF.- �8 '..2m OFa 2.1 mrt m w - a o37 m m i- N O aa t°i8. n -.,•,: �� w 8 oe 518 R° 0 X 7 -0 -3, 0 a 8 ngN g 8 , , N 0 0 0 0 3 o Y B 8.8 a o n8. 0 0 a a m 0 PAVEMENT MARKERS USED AS GUIDEMARKS 3 0 0 2 70 a 8 8 51 8 5'1 N l O 7 rT -H w -H o�P 3R o0 -�U10 -,°-+8.i oC8.+ [a R1 •� -I, • .g +au 7p� � _8o 5x 0.7 °-+o{@ n-8.@ ,< l p @ 3 CD X. ... @ o .. g-914 i@ DJa 7cw a-+ 3mo 9gac m�_. O 7 O? �f ' n l $ L� m ITo v si ac+m@-w o 7 4 ala -I- -I- -4 o@ooe °LFoa 243 oom9 9p, p@p a `° -n the 9 a o a o - ° `� ° ;17; 9 3 Dort @p W Xao K 0 . 380- 7 <. J Nig N �VaB o @�".& i _.7 l 2..80, 88 O J s K+-•0 -ea,2O- - , 0003 o "40::"g < 0io 82 1 03• °+ 0. 7 •@ nNrt1ppm0 7 0 2 p p 0nEiQ ` a w0CvW 44.0 °..- R° I a 0 88°'-=t W ry 03 -F CO 13 7 x < J s' 7 K 3 3'8.88° 11 .... g o a ; a 1 N 1; 110 r- a2, N -4-00 CD T oma 0 .4 r w unN rn m x s'ir rn rn it mni1 « PI rn CZ 73 CZ >00 0 46 m1<O m ;30 XIm T 1 {.. _ N -04 III C 88 z ✓ n 88 m 88 1030 wO-t7 -• l 0<0 7-6D C E0 ,0 303-1- 00°», 77•, n o O ° ..@O, co ��-A.-0 co am4 O < * o@ ago ▪ O Croc� o n 0 O - 0 (5 l o w O arc 3 C O O O l l a 050 1-00 07 TEMPORARY FLEXIBLE, REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKER TABS TEMPORARY REMOVABLE, PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS -c a z 0 s om m 'TRAFFIC BUTTONS PAVEMENT MARKERS (REFLECTORIZEDI 1 DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS I 0 N N N 2 i65 N 2 CO CO m3 01 01 - D 44 a IN a - L4 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 0 0 60ZS 13 # 133IO8d ,ui0 D CTTn VI V 1 'ON ONIMVNO 080038 9 O co W DESCRIPTION CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(11)-14 REVISION N0. DESCRIPTION Mgr CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services 1N/ TOPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAV CATION. SUITE 300 PH. (361) 883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 VW.W LNVINC.COM THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZE° By WILLWA LOGAN BURTON, P.E. N0. 69.683 ON 01 -I8 -I6. ALTERATION OF • SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIMATBL ENGINEER IO 5 ANOFFENSE N 30 THE PUNDIERETHE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE AGT. 3NV1 NUM 1331 AVM -OMI Sa3Aa n iN3N13AYd 03SIVd 1 1 0 4 U 0 0 00 0 0 D0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ❑ °❑te❑ ,1 0 l ❑ o ❑ 00 00 0 00 0 0❑ 0 0 < 0 O' 0 o + o o + 0 0 S 0 Cr' ❑ °0 0° 0 °a 0° ❑ 00 1 0 ❑ n O / \ 0 O 0 0 o❑ op q❑ 0 0 0 00 00 0❑ 01� p/0 0 0 ❑ ❑ O 0 0 _ 0 ❑ °❑ T0° o ❑ 00 > 00 ❑ ❑ ❑0 >❑❑ 0 0 0 o o 0 0 ❑ ❑ o 0 ❑ 000 ❑° ❑ ❑ 00 4❑4 0 00 ❑0 ❑ LANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings. REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS mum mll iN3A3AYd 03SIYa 1 1 7 7 0 1 1 p 00 °tn.,00 0 00 00 0 a 0 0 0 00 0 ❑ 0 00 ❑ 00 0 a E o 00 00 00 CI 00 00 00 ❑❑ 00 00 00 0 00'< ID 0 00 0 00 0 00 2- 0 . 00 00 0 0 0 ❑ a❑, 0 0 ;. 0° 00 00 00 00 00 0❑ 00 00 ❑❑404 0 0 0 0 EDGE & LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAY O ID 1 F 33 3 w 3� r K y a D < ID Am m D 0 O y , yr N 3 0 yr 0 w SB3>IOM iN3'3AYd 03SIYa 1 1 ❑V0V❑ 0 0 0 -1 0 0 L O a O 0 '" 0 0❑ 0 O p �O ❑ y 0 0 0 .2 0 0 * 0 ❑ Q 0 0 + 0 0 + 0 0 j g 0 0 N 0 0 o J ° O O 0 0 0 0 C 0 o o p + o ❑ ❑ ❑ m o no o y O 0 10 O 0 0 OfT p 0 ❑ 0 0 ❑ Cl 0 , 0 0.-. 0 o N. 0 ❑ ^ 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 TN' ./0 1 0 0 ❑ 0 0 0 0 0 ❑ 0 C 0 0 ❑ 4, 0 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ <77) ❑ 0 o o O A 0 0 ❑ o < 0 o g0 0 + 0 0 0 0 ❑ ❑ o 0- ❑ ❑ 0 0 0 0 0 .. 0 0 o 0 O ❑ ❑ '-'"% ❑ O 0 0 0 7 0 n ❑ 0 z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 < 0 E o *0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0AA 1=1, -is, ❑ REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN B RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN B 1 1 c? 0 0 V � 0 0 -I ❑ ❑ a 04,4t, 2 0 O O ,NO 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 w 0 0 o ❑ 01 --s" I 0 0f 0 0 ❑ ❑ 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 ❑ y ❑ 1) REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN A RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN A 0 0 R;0 V y 1 N W 0 > n n s 00 0 00 0 y 0 0 0 0 0 < ❑ ❑ N g O )40,..0 y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 , o 0 ❑ 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 I'' PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS vmr 40 9 + 0VP XI , 0 0 a480 C m a Oma N O +D 3 -00 ^0,13� + F N N ❑ f7 0 0 + CI -0 0. 04 3 m o 7 ID C + - m -0 ?7 ac C '° '° ID a� »,n 370 m c 3 c0' N t0, J+-1 ' 3 N O m 0 0 0 0 n ba Ff 3 REVISION NO. DATE 60ZS 13 # 133road up 'ON ONIMVdG 080038 0 co co r 11-1 Z Fri lig ■ 1 1 AavIlixnv a -D-11 ao D -I #30A1 r CD z m rn v,m Z I- r 0 r m Z Z Z -4 m m m rn 0 ❑ 0 CI 0 DESCRIPTION 7 0 0 a O 1 ❑ >a §o 0 a 0 0 m CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/1Q PART B 00 00 w 00 ❑ ❑ y < 00 o a 3 cm 00 0 00 ONISSVd-ON 5 0 0 0 2 31ONIS 80 3NI1 3003 0 2< D 0 O o O n 0 > O 0 y 0 0 36 0 ❑ < Cr 0 E en 0 0 ONISSVd-ON 0 0 r - r m 0 N 0 OJ p 0 ❑ 0 0 0 0 co .0 -17 ❑ o '7- 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 3 Sl I nl3a SON I )IIVM 1N3113AVd TXDOT STANDARD DRAWING BC(12)-14 REVISION NO. DATE BY CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 683-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 WWW. LNVINC. COM THE STEAL APPEAR ING NIS ENTTgS UTHORIZ D BY BURTON. E. 9903 OWILLIAM OI-IB-16. ALTERATION OF A SEALED OOCUiENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIFIENGINEERIS OAN OFFENSERESPONSIBLE UNOFR�THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. o--.0 ill r1.1_ ao c.----.:3 4 i'' 5• MIN HARED IAND�NG .4111 -,3011116h - TYPE 2 CURB Is. O ), I - Z _=o ys oY _ Y o` a C CO - k ft/00000W M. V 3Q t c•Pe‘ 5. MIN PERPENDICULAR TO THE TANGENT RADIUS AND CONTAINED IN CROSS O Ln CjVC220 nA b -42' 2 f ,c) 6' A2H x L2n PT()n,a- Sk� ncli A 4� 2i r CO 2\ S k k U n W§a O2na _" Sf oo 7:-..) oonZ k (A O `C P7�'4,y2 pc; o,9 v2v`®a`''• N111111' <sya- aooZ oFo222 a\ ,; I/ S rA ]I. nl oA 1. ?,0 NIVMSS083 EC �3y =A ^Ao m R9qO y 2Wy 1TJ •m vih_ii z;�}f • O 92a.. O-tn >sGA „F a mfi:ii ,.. 0 ;31 c) AP, `C%o v^ / V OF THE CURB WALK CO T V V z — z - O � V a�!b A .9 .`y1 6 ore-6 i t N\�. ; a �j 0 ac m Of 6 or - _'- �l C )0 C) �j A'_N t ` Lh gt � �t ttk t t MIN N t� tkt t L�02 Eoiv4aiN��o m 2P- 2 in!',211rIt '1 g'HI g - pco� oto 0020 j— r— C lam cp 1AN01NG S. USUALlf---, 02 A N a AO ab Vm 2 A (7 nl Z T� v -� �l N Fo sql ' . `R �O.oP� oH` c`� .0 A 4,2..t �� ' ' I O r t0 ` T OV rn V �2i t tt nen k k : A tt =A \\ �yaP t kk ' va 6 tt t / .n.•1710 tt,\ Stn -.s..,2 om V O, - v 2 .R CVO ,, -I+. i" V" �WC 2tn L j2a E'� J OZ)cZ fr of°p % k Lok O, ~ y 0 " yX 2 2.`= �y l2= o TT\ 1. �`\ c • t tt A Ln A _ v= =1._O S3/2IYA SURFACE CH RAMP ?FACE BETWEEN. WOE, ELIMINATE ES. �Mp 4,1,1, 83' sloski Lfig O T -, xn o H` O 51:Z i1 ""-.1e A .... .x "I Z o c a to i 2 THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS NITHORIZEO BY WILLIAM LOGAN - - - - BURTON, P.E.0. 99383 ON LES 01-18-15. ALTERATION OF A DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER NOTIED MATON TO THE RESPONSIBLE REVISION NO. DATE- DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION ENGINER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER TOE ENGINEERING PRACTICE A6T.TME GS SHEET 34 of 38 RECORD DRAWING NO. SAN 566 CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS TBPE FIRM NO F-366E TBPLS FIRM NO. 10,26500 LNI ""`� OF ,;f.-951 ,,,,,•'''1� ' ;s, � ;' �` •.i �/, $ WILLAM Low Bum+ % r�'�8- n o C o z CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS 1 OF 4 w� UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services Ngin�eersarchitects surveyors CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78008 1984 FAX (36„883,986 VWNN.LNVINC.COM J ,� ����,,g r/(//fie/' 3=j//�"}` / A6'/E o OO dWdd er11-13 IV sed113 d3CVJ1-/ oA �2 co,-A0ApA p ° n A°j rZ A0�OrACS• �01 OAA n Oo n Z n 0 0 0 A C O O � m OXrno 0 an A cn pcncn 0�zi Cp Arr' tt 57: AA 2^ Ano0 °—H0 moy pn01 n0 0 r 0)COAO O2 not 0 • . LO 0) 0pc00� AC) o�0 XC -H ,H -- ASO. cLi,� 00 ZOO �O cn� ,01,00 AZ Az Z m A A ^1 ti A 3� A ° ? A0A,AOcm A� r 0 2 n CO Cp A z c 0' a 0n g ~,ACnkAA z 0 0Z = oncoAt o �z n° a 0 0u0 n� 2Z '2 �o0-<nrz o0 000 t0A 0z \\\ r nip Ar o n \\\ ~ 0 0 0 0 Wn/ -1,„ CZ A AAA SV32/1/ ONINIOrOV Zoot 0�A 0 01 A A nAIAmA 2,000, or n A ° t A O p x 0 0 0 C 0 0 A A SV3NV ON/ONV7 ONV SdWVN ti ZV12131/?3 3d075 OA 00 A0 m n 20 n0 C rAno0 A z a n m A 0 c m Cn to P N A O O C COC Cc'1C OD° Aam AC A n AA-Ac�tirnn ,A,NJA 0Z )-2~ ~nm asyAm ' l A, nn,01 rO .'@ ZA 2Zy 0 anO 22 y Z p0p 000100 0001 Csn 0AZa p vp�A A� -Lo 1- ncn�y zoo ,, I,z n=i02 z �° ),,,,,201 --- , AACAO �pzn O ,z�no nom,,,, I,�-Ac 3,H 3] ?v2,,, A2,nc v,noOZ oO rrry,, z_ o"��AA o,,z p�1, 0 °0 r,�z 0000 �cNO2 �„ n C n = =0„z0 -1=](-7,R' OnpmO o,00 2A 00 0"' 0100 noAA2 00= zzo orn�o Anpmo opo a z, n I; �r`F- o°oo yA 0r0n �0�y 0AZ�0 a0�0 �o AnAA 2rCP A A acnZ n -r Zm�O a=001 rZ oz 0 np An~a 0°Lmnt 00 0 z o=„a n -� OC�Z m Zmo? O 0? p cn A Z C 0 n O Z z,v, ° t 0 0o Sd1ON dINVN 8500 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE NOTES: P 0 F �mn 0000 000 n2A 01A k00 C A zo az O 00 AN‘ A� 00 00 NJ 30V3211 S 313UON00 .HSINIJ WO0d8 3A13338 N 0;oP,S2<0 o „0 ,,,2:',ZA O,2Ao� a z � ?A�AnAa,,,0 0 o Aa• p� AO0on°t0"1n2A`P-iP,C°�A a'-'-at'J'A A2 D' :rrc=--17): �A0A 0acn 0C-ON''' n ri2z, � Azp0 0 0 Z 0 0 n A 0 0 0 A ZAz A�� Z00Aa�On, ^tenon 001---,), A� 00010 2:',',;2-L4,'-;''' ,� -,s-,,01^inOn ~0101° 0,-,0 � p� O � � 0 0 0 ,,,,z—, -,-,,z nzo, ,y,,,v,m-{0� �o no ACA���n A A ,n 010,, ncn A 0 cnr� Z� A r 0001 =AA Ca pXOZ000 z Ax ,,o° 00 0X r)c 0On-mA-- Ain 010 �� inn on" ,7:]n "AQ SAp A0 0A-tir` O^�0�t 00 0° 0 00000Th° nZ 0 01,01 0- 000 0 O OA n �0,3ml'nA 2A r -or Ain k0 O n0 OA CUAH a 2, 0 , r r 00• 2� A 020000 A p A o II p OAS.2an Or z �nArcnr-- R , z,1 2 0_,.2 00 zo n ro zo���A o0 ,-.0 rs�•01010 A n A O 0 2 p a x 0 (” r 0 0 n o ,'l A z 01 ZnA r00 0nm A O a 0° 0° 0 0, O r,„ m 00 00 ,c0 c 0 01 :511ON )17VM3O15 AAA 0010 oon o On r,1�C ASO 0A 0C) 00 Az n-1 A O ''r 00 00 n1, OO 00 0 01 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED By LIAN LOGAN BURTON, P.E. NO. 99303 ON OO -18-I6. ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMEWITHOUT PROPER R R1 ryOREORETH F TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. :NOLIV8vd38d JOVSO811S CURB RAMP NOTES (CONTINUED) 60ZS13## 1•93r0ad Alla CTr V J rn 'ON ONIMVdQ Oa0038 Cn co co CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS 2 OF 4 WV CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE300 PH (361)883-1984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX (361) 883-1986 NMNJ. LNVINC.COM z �Il C O n (Az • Pt 001 0 N11VM30IS 301M NlVM3Q1S 13SAJO N0ddV >11VM301S ADV813S 1S JO INAMOVid P1 P1 -H X 7-1 7J U) M]IA NV1d 5' SIDEWALK 4' MIN AT OBSTRUCTION V 4' MIN AT OBSTRUCTION 5' SIDEWALK 0e° 5000 C 0 r Z aj nfl CC O 53" PROTECTED ZONE 9. SIDEWALK DETAILS ARE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. W N Z1 nn0i O AC= pz n Fv2(n2o2� AAZa�-7-1, pCc?- nr-o A ci-H (4 r Co(O Ocn OrZpO— o-uz Ocn" l'F,,..„,..0 0O� (4 CO 2Co nn Lo�Ao o0 • 0AOZn1Z0 - A° H o0(„o A tv2 �A°doom • arU,�=no mQ 2 El) rr • � .v) ti O 0 s - 0 0 i oLn'o�-n r,l --- prnk (4 O• Z°Or N n • ��1�nom1. r-,-, '<00000o Pa• �m�m i N0 V3NV ONIONV7 01 73A37 NI S3ONVHO U MAY REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS REVISION NO. 1 DATE 1 BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 3. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SIDEWALK CROSS SLOPE EQUALS 2Z. 4. STREET GRADES AND CROSS SLOPES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS. n D m LEAST POSSIBLE SLOPE THAT WILL E SEAL APPEARING ON THIS 000WENT WAS AUTHORIZED BY WILLIAM LOGAN BURTCH. P . N0. 99383 ON 01-I0-1 , ALTER TION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT PROPER TIFlCAPON TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN OFFENSE UNDER THE NS E%AS ENGINEERING TICE ACT. z /Cn V ) 'ON ONIMVVO ON033N 9 0 (r W CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS 3 OF 4 IMP wv CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM N0. 10126500 engineers I architects I surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 VWW/.LNVINC.COM PH. (361)883-1984 FAX (361) 8831986 0 0 CO 710 A CD 0 0 r- 0 A z T� Z O 0 UD 0 0 D D D 0 0 m m D O0 �zz > — O -71 z 0 m A o 0 z dIAIV 82Jf10 1VN0110ANIa X Z• MIN 00000 00000 000000C 0000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000000000 00000000000 000000000 n n n n n n n n n PEDESTRIAN TRAVEL DIRECTION A z z c) i T A r A -0 mD O 0 zm rm z (DO Z-1 O 0 m -I—I m (i) 7jA m mr m m� ^D DD V l 0 m z_ ^z l &Wed mf10 1811b'�dd 0m Km X Z MIN MIN O O O O PEDESTRIAN �000C 0 0 0 0 TRAVEL 0 0 0 0 C DIRECTION 0000 F 0000 00000 0000 0 0 0 0000 Honor Itmco x,y 5 BACK OF CURB 6 0 0 D m 0 O z 0 0 GTS 0 0 0 0 0 D (r) 0 O z D A z� ZO_o 0 Cn A C -n r D A 00 rnm Go zz I-0 O m zm O - I m D D m r— �m C z (Andel 8af10 avin01aNIadHlHd MIN 0 ---1 f0TI D 0 z z 0 U7 V V V 4 0000 0000C 0000 0000C 0000 J000C 0000 00000 0000 00000 0000 1000 8.3% F MAX. PEDESTRIAN TRAVEL DIRECTION 2% MAX. 0103 mm 0 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION s 0 0 TIE SEAL APPEARING ON TNIS 000UMENT WAS AUTHORIZED 0) WILLOW TOWN BURTON. P.E. N0. 99383 ON 01-19-16. ALTERATION OF A 504LE0 00CUMENT WOHOUT PROPER NOTIFIW1roN TO THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER TEXASENGNEER!. PRACTICE ACT.TME -I U1 (co co T� O ) 'ON 9NIMVV0 0800321 9 O CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP STANDARDS 4 OF 4 WY CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 801 NAVIGATION, SUITE 300 PH. (361) 8831984 CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78408 FAX (361)8831986 WANV LNVINC.COM N A W N U mr ZzZ Zmr •r-vml'1 1,Z-�Z omEDxD�o ,01a V)Z< Nmcm7 2Npmm2ZFOZo v DDD c 1, oz_H mxm amo Dr OA <Z~ C6)mm All ZZ Ams.m Zm4mo m a, y m 0207 O =0 8%93,;,-023;490T1 %93 T;6) _ DmDyc N x ti OZN Z 1 00774 0 VZ 07311131074 2 m<r CAz mom, x ,300 vySOCm AAr RI "z p y --Ic0 ^m 0174 E-iT D No0 ONr -7.074 0Cx'm0 nO Do F >Az 0 m yzm oco,mm _>m m o 1Nm x_11$ Nx moFa?p- m &rA 0. c NOp ZR(Nj E2Tmo") y1, m Z1m AZ1O r9mD a N<=pCAOp� S O rnn m < 110 0~< >13 1- Pm zoFyA\ARI o xioz frg m9y zmm (AnrL mxmal_N iA A -O A AOm �A cAgorm•m<az 0 O r- 0-5 Dio GO Rif," rDTF030IN O mZ ga m m. m O O y p r D z -nom 1,z -no o zoccno7mco y Opo C=0 73V1 =�mrimZOmp, 0 a A A A m Ooz NrD n=<QA WpD N < N O ojr. Dmp mf C' 00 07 nmExD_ 3l mr. �mN _(z �2(Z1'h 920 r m A 11009-4- rnz 740 Apm �srAm2m N z0 1,50 742 l -/Irl UNrm?�(Ci1 m; 2 m i S ; m 94 0 o NoZ -.QC Ap moOmmA'AD 1, m 740 x- oin A y y Z VOC Oy O -IF OONAomO�DW < 0731, =' AK 00 NDm°Ncnm-No (In vc) OAK FA mm 00*074 i-, ( AN 2740 r.").. r?NAmmyZ C3x1=73073274 >0 OZC�ZFDA1yn•Tinc N < 1,A _� (R m o D pm Czjy o Z R"=ZNDi 0732 > x1< 0 02 c mCn 'SOD x Cy1+A1+,f9RF3I-'Z+ SIF 00 Z< 6"<i3m1--o cntK z z z 31VOS 01 LON 71V130 NO11O31OZId 137N1 sbn3 1 40/1 z n, j0/1 z'� Yl l/���0I �Z ill �) 1/�I'I m6) ' Ij /j�l o / Ilj�' 111, PI53 - .i; III = �� � o!(vn I. mm LO 0 z 23 t7 z 'Al m z Z( 2 m - iSm o N S L 0 D _ r 03 so • * A m y 0I -�( co c cy< N m oAF. 71 w 74 0 32 0•-13 m � 0 D A r 0 0 8130 ZO m A m rn 0 -00, 0 riZ 0 p 0 0O D 0 Om0 .O AZ V O Pr m4y ?D 0� 'lo z C (P O1 V m N p G= , 0 o23o(, >0 MX -4 0 m m r cmN T. OR' o n 0 g EA`mnOMz ,N A ,n 73 _A 0yo C O C'7 �Ovm„ o o =1 r 0 D Bmf 11Nr os,. D U) y m Am<vmx 112 En A N -n o^ Imnm0 A N = nxig:21a my = a 0 m Np `'g ii N �cSOZ� �� OC N F- 0A !,n, � 'mm N 0 0 ZNm x Z 0 x O Z 11 1,6)07 Z Z m ymommD Pm m F m 0 opF omvzi 0 g32 CNmzmm Zm m N Z Bm Fm2 m o rmLnmm O m D V1 r� Dm D D mONmz 0 74 Z N A= 06)74 07 4 Z D m O D 3: S N D nZpi N m 0xr0� (n c; m r VIZ yfnp C 0 Cm0Oo m p ,.1 r O m 0 4.7 momm7a z 'I OD 'Z'>.<74 0 o0-nG N foil C m m6) 0, = Do*Or>O S 0 > Am0 tn oN• O O9 Dmm p jZ11Ym Z .... : n Zv moz mm. tn=ry A z 2 = NCS ME13 r• 0 0 oOA-0D 0 74 5 ;0.xDO"ym m r 2 m Om mZ7RAm0 N Z nm-DmZvD< A mVODypOx0 - x0 -,z74 fKZD y_ IrDZOo 0 Rimm 1,O m CV -±E, m01> 0 z OmNAm zoo ~Zo pmlfTm O (nr07 07731=; m m OAOmf z 11032), 2 p N Z 5 o 0 21 °,,, 1 y ' N 'Az' or m 2 III 31VOS Y ) L_ V mo 000K *CD -4* * AA ACA..D DDA0D 10 mmD Oym D2,71,'L' mU1 N ,y RID 730UN_I pm XI 1,2 -1, ?."0032 8,110701 z Am • D z zF�z, O OZ Erq Di1<Am mNN' m m „ Qm,c, N-OZZ IN/1 An oCOZR' cz'1 Z*On Om A -Om -1 ,m D 3 740 Z y CN Z IT,DN mi•mn ;mai = 2 Z"1 ms Nm(z7,0 m AF,o>c,, F 074 0NzRN R�ImOo= 0 -o 2cmyx :1'>0 om0 6o vaipr omz_m Om z n j r 82814)n ZD m F Cc, 00CD 00ZN OA IP1132 OtOm2 TAD,n y , o (z/1pD OD=D N 6)0 00,.7zE02F O 0 m MA -<rp0 22-6g; z 1, ,,;!Z-2 o T2 N027.2T. mDDn0Z N moO DD `,1 A:DN? 210 A <1' y A -ON 0,0-4 N D0ZaNmZ00=; NmC FAD mDD 2 -t3."y p jmm0NDaD„-o m 1,08- z. _Nc'11mZ0 NOOAN m ,rp_m =m1,y07 5 0 0 Z 0-4 00 y Z Z 030V210 N3d0 „S—£ 3ZIS 3NO1S 'L z ONd21LN3 N Z 31VOS 01 ION 30VNO ONUSIX3 N v 0 m 0 Ott S Sip Are . Ah',!A1 ��p A&i 0 40•00,4 Pitskireile li so• 4144! '11 f� 171�1O. ElimO 1I P ,w Z CO% td �/ wed 1,101 D 1• - 0 HS341 VARIES — REFER TO CHANNEL PLAN & PROFILES P 1c m 0 >00 7411_Dm RAn mZm TADO (n r. rW00 0 AOm 07 070" N ,ZmjmO P�DC m X00 m1, N ZND r,,SZ 21 1,0 r DoA <A'1 < y 3 ROI Z m 23 m; D-Zm y o or <Rip Sp s' 7400 Rmpm > mm 02112y D N m m 00 0 74 f 0441 --4 3 p� 110➢ j A O 0 0 0;; z M 716 2 0 = y 03 z -4 Z Z C (1) D O z N 31V3S 01 ION 31VOS 01 10N 31VOS 01 ION 31VOS 01 10N rft 4 2 a o04 C C m m 0 ZZ0 o N ZAP pm y m 0 2 sg ms Z0 z 011 Z 0 m muo 00 m� V p USUAL 33N3! 11MS Sl1VM 131N1 111 D m N z om VI ^13 mmm n A N o 8' NORMAL y 2 m O1Cf9 SDS O A r m n>)-0 .... m opo nmAvm JOC-pi0m MOXA F zN0 itil D z o0Ao 3 i2015101- .. 1iO . vZ- DDx 74074-1 Al moi */ Nom ` D 3 A La F=Z x O m Z.Z. Lli2 4 n Oo 2 r 1 i i N0 O 0 1 1 11 > 111 2 O* A m ,/ z� 1n Oz . ,11 O LAT 1111m- co N D N a Fp P. D 7400 N X A A W N M 0Z 074 7432 WD o07 -4 Z 1,m m Cr 6)p OA rA Am In moo - rm �A 0 mcn j p pC 1,m Zy ZA Z OA N- 00 0 0r ry 0 nr A z= on o� ri OF >2 1,p 0 < Om m 0 m ym -0 0 -Z AO go v Z m6 ?o mra o 072 z 6) O DA 2 x 0 mm yr pp 742 - 0 S or 7 ?-3 Pon mm 2 O O40 1174 0 z p0 m N z Z 0 p Lm -1m -4 0-4 U �0 -4Z D N 00xi m z 0 0 07 2 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION THE SEAL APPEARING ON THIS DOCUMENT WAS AUTHORIZED By WILLMLI LOCA" BURTON. P.E. N0. 99383 ON 01-10-16. ALTERATION OF A SEALED DOCUMENT W4IHOUT PROPER NOTIFICATION 1O THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER 5 AN OPPENSE UNDER THE TEXAS ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. 605' 13 103r08d ALIO z 01 01 rn 'ON JNIMVd0 0210038 0 MW W CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES EC -93 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS UTILITIES DEPARTMENT Department of Engineering Services LNV TBPE FIRM NO_ F-366 TBPLS FIRM NO. 10126500 engineers 1 architects 1 surveyors 901 NAVIGATION, SUITE300 PH. (361)883-1984 CORP -,T(7848 0FAX (361) 8831986 WIAW.LNVINC.COM zZ C o N o� oz O 00 9101 ADDENDUM NUMBER 01 Project: City Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/I0 eart B Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi _ 15209 City myEngineer: Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E. Aice, Arlie Designer: LNV, Inc. Addendum Specification No. 01 Section: 00 9101 Issue Date: 02/25/16 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: William Logan Burton, P.E. 02/25/16 ``""`' �+ tE OF TE .`>t Gj�P'••`4 ••''gi',ri I* ; 34.‘• :• • i WILLIAM LOGAN BURTON % • 993$3 i (1 .4c/CENStt •' 44 Ile sS%ON .... •C, .. ` �` a- 2%ZSl/G / / LNV Sections Today with a Vision for Tomorrow engineers ! architects surveyors TBPE FIRM NO. F-366 Name Date Addendum Items: FRONT END DOCUMENTS: 00 21 13 — INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 003001—BID FORM 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT CLARIFICATIONS: QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS Addendum No. 01 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 009101-1 REV 04-02 2014 ARTICLE 1 — BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form may render the Bid as non- responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS —Article 7: DELETE: Paragraph 7.01 in its entirety ADD: 7.01 Bidders must submit an acceptable Bid Security with their Bid as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner within 10 days of Notice of Award of the Contract. The security must be payable to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas in the amount of $93,750 (5% of base contract amount). DELETE: Paragraph 7.03.1 in its entirety ADD: 7.01.1 A Bid Bond must guarantee without qualification or condition, that the Owner will be paid a sum equal to $93,750, if, within 10 calendar days of Notice of Award of the Contract, the Bidder/Principal: a. Fails to enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner; or b. Fails to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds. B. SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM DELETE: SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM in its entirety. ADD: SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM in its entirety (Attachment No. 1). CLARIFICATION: Added Bid Item WW193 — Upsizing of Wastewater Line (Greater than One Pipe Size, Max 1.5 Times Existing Diameter), all sizes, all depths, complete in place per linear foot. C. SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT: DELETE: Paragraph 1.03.A.1.f entirely. ADD: Mobilization may not exceed 10 percent of the total Contract Price. AMEND: Paragraph 1.03. Add the following: Addendum No. 01 00 91 01 - 2 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects REV 04-02-2014 "1.03.EEE. Bid Item WW193 — Upsizing of Wastewater Line (Greater than One Pipe Size, Max 1.5 Times Existing Diameter) 1. Measuring for payment shall be on a per linear foot basis. 2. Measurement shall include all labor, equipment, materials, etc. required to complete additional work associated with upsizing of main in conjunction with appropriate bid item from WW2-WW31. ARTICLE 4 — CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. Question: "What is the warranty timeline?" Answer: "Refer to Section 00 72 00 — Article 15, Paragraph 15.08A. Note that Substantial Completion has been further defined in Section 00 73 00." B. Question: "Clarify the MBE/WBE Requirements." Answer: "Refer to Section 00 72 03 for information regarding the City's Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy." END OF ADDENDUM NO. 01 Addendum No. 01 00 91 01 - 3 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects REV 04-02-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 1 of 13 Project Name: CITY-WIDE COLLECTION SYSTEM PIPEBURSTING ID/IQ PART B Project Number: E15209 Owner: City of Corpus Christi Bidder: WW1 OAR: LS Designer: LNV, Inc. is of Bi Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Base Bid WW1 Mobilization/Bonds/Insurance per lump -sum (Refer to T-000500 for mobilization payment) LS 1 $ $ WW2 Rehab 58" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 10000 $ $ WW3 Rehab <_8" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 10000 $ $ WW4 Rehab 58" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 7500 $ $ WW5 Rehab <_8" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 750 $ $ WW6 Rehab 58" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 750 $ $ WWF Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 $ $ WW8 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LFF 5000 $ $ WW9 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 5000 $ $ WW10 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 600 $ $ WW11 Rehab 10" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 600 $ $ WW12 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 1 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 2 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW13 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ WW14 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ WW15 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 $ $ WW16 Rehab 12" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (>18' Depth), complete in place per each LF 500 $ $ WW17 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW18 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW19 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW20 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting) (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW21 Rehab 15" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW22 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW23 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW24 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW25 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW26 Rehab 18" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW27 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW28 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 2 of 13 RFV 101410:4 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 3 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW29 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ - WW30 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 400 $ $ WW31 Rehab 24" Wastewater Line (Pipe Bursting)(>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LE 400- $ $ WW32 Service Re -connection for 8" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 750 $ - $ WW33 Service Re -connection for 10" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 500 $ - $ WW34 Service Re -connection for 12" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 75 $ $ WW35 Service Re -connection for 15" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 20 $ - $ WW36 Service Re -connection for 18" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 10 $ - $ WW37 Service Re -connection for 24" Pipe Bursting, complete in place per each EA 5 $ - $ WW38 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW39 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW40 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW41 Point Repair 58" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW42 Point Repair 5_8" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW43 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW44 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 3 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 4 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW45 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ WW46 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW47 Point Repair 10" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW48 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ - $ - WW49 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ - $ WW50 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ - $ WW51 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ - $ WW52 Point Repair 12" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ - $ - WW53 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW54 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW55 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW56 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW57 Point Repair 15" Wastewater Line ' (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW58 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW59 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW60 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place) per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 4 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 5 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW61 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW62 Point Repair 18" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW63 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (0'- 6' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW64 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (6'- 10' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW65 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (10'- 14' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW66 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (14'- 18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW67 Point Repair 24" Wastewater Line (>18' Depth) (15 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 15 $ - $ - WW68 Excavation Safety for Wastewater Line Point Repair (All Line Sizes & Depths), complete in place per linear foot LF 1475 $ $ - WW69 Obstruction Removal by Remote Device, complete in place per each EA 5 $ - $ - WW70 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 $ - $ - WW71 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 $ $ WW72 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 $ - $ - WW73 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15 $ - $ - WW74 Obstruction Removal by Excavation (>18' Depth), complete in place per each EA 15- $ $ WW75 Service Lateral Replacement (0' - 6' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc.) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW76 Service Lateral Replacement (6' - 10' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 5 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 6 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW77 Service Lateral Replacement (10' - 14' Depth Main,Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW78 Service Lateral Replacement (14' - 18' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW79 Service Lateral Replacement (>18' Depth Main, Includes Clean Out, Boot, coupling, etc) (10 LF Min), complete in place per linear foot LF 100 $ - $ - WW80 Well Pointing (0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ $ WW81 Well Pointing (6' - 10' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ $ WW82 Well Pointing (10' - 14' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ $ WW83 Well Pointing (14' - 18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ $ WW84 Well Pointing (>18' Depth), complete in place per linear foot LF 50 $ $ WW85 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(Lines 5.8"), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ $ WW86 Bypass Force Main for Control of 58" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 250 $ $ WW87 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping (10"-12" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ $ WW88 Bypass Force Main for Control of 10"-12" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ WW89 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(15"-18" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ $ WW90 Bypass Force Main for Control of 15"-18" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ WW91 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(24" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ $ WW92 Bypass Force Main for Control of 24" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 6 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO.1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 7 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW93 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(30" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ $ WW94 Bypass Force Main for Control of 30" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ WW95 Control of Wastewater Flows with Bypass Pumping(36" Lines), complete in place per day DAY 10 $ $ WW96 Bypass Force Main for Control of 36" Wastewater Flows, complete in place per linear foot LF 1000 $ $ WW97 Furnish Vacuum Truck (Tandem), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW98 Furnish Vacuum Truck (Tanker), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW99 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (5 8"), complete in place per day DAY 100 $ $ WW100 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (10"), complete in place per day DAY 100 $ $ WW101 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (12"), complete in place per day DAY 100 $ $ WW102 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (14"), complete in place per day DAY 100 $ $ WW103 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (15"), complete in place per day DAY 75 $ $ WW104 Plugs and/or flow-thru Plugs (18"), complete in place per day DAY 75 $ $ WW105 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (20"), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW106 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (30"), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW107 Plugs and/or Flow-thru Plugs (36"), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW108 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(Lines <_8"), complete in place per linear foot LF 30000 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 7 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 8 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW109 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (Lines 58" ), complete in place per linear foot LF 30000 $ - $ WW110 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(10" 12" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 16500 $ $ WW111 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines(10"-12" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 16500 $ $ WW112 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(15" 18" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 4000 $ $ WW113 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (15"-18" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 4000 $ $ WW114 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(24" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 2000 $ $ WW115 POST CCTV - Televise Wastewater Lines (24" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 2000 $ - $ WW116 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(30" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 $ $ WW117 PRE CCTV - Clean & Televise Wastewater Lines(36" Lines), complete in place per linear foot LF 500 $ - $ WW118 CCTV Reverse Set-up (Unable to Traverse Line on Initial Set-up), complete in place per each EA 10 $ - $ WW119 CCTV Set-ups, complete in place per each EA 25 $ - $ WW120 Clean & CCTV Manhole / Manhole Inspection, complete in place per each EA 20 $ $ WW121 Remove Existing Manhole (All sizes), complete in place per each EA 60 $ $ WW122 Replace 4 ft Dia. Manhole (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 40 $ $ WW123 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 60 $ - $ WW124 Replace 5 ft Dia Manhole (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 10 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 8 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PACE 9 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW125 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 20 $ $ WW126 Replace 6 ft Dia Manhole (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 10 $ $ WW127 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia Manhole(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 20 $ $ WW128 4 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab(0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 60 $ $ WW129 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 90 $ - $ - WW130 5 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab(0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW131 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 $ $ - WW132 6 ft Dia Polymer System Manhole Rehab(0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW133 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia. Polymer System Manhole Rehab(Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 $ - $ - WW134 4 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 40 $ $ WW135 Extra Depth for 4 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 60 $ $ WW136 5 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW137 Extra Depth for 5 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 $ $ WW138 6 ft Dia Manhole FRP Rehab (0'-6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW139 Extra Depth for 6 ft Dia. Manhole FRP Rehab. (Over 6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 10 $ $ WW140 Excavation Safety for Manholes(0' - 6' Depth), complete in place per each EA 110 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 9 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 10 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW141 Extra Depth for Excavation Safety for Manholes(>6' Depth), complete in place per vertical foot VF 180 $ $ WW142 Manhole Connections (<_ 8"), complete in place per each EA 250 $ $ WW143 Manhole Connections (10" - 12"), complete in place per each EA 50 $ $ WW144 Manhole Connections (15" - 18"), complete in place per each EA 20 $ $ WW145 Manhole Connections (21" - 24"), complete in place per each EA 10 $ $ WW146 Manhole Connections (30" - 36"), complete in place per each EA 10 $ $ WW147 Remove & Replace 30" Manhole Ring & Cover (Includes S.S. inflow inhibitor and new HDPE adjustment rings), complete in place per each EA 10 $ - $ - WW148 Remove & Replace 36" Manhole Ring & Cover (Includes S.S. inflow inhibitor and new HDPE adjustment rings), complete in place per each EA 10 $ - $ - WW149 Reconstruct Manhole Top Corbel (Any Size), complete in place per each EA 10 $ $ WW150 Reconstruct Manhole Bench & Inverts as per specifications, complete in place per each EA 10 $ $ WW151 Cement Stabilized Sand Backfill (1.5 sacks of cement per 1CY of sand), complete in place per ton TON 2500 $ $ WW152 Cut & Restore HMAC Pavement(Includes Base & Prime Coat), complete in place per square yard SY 2500 $ $ - WW153 Additional HMAC Pavement Thickness (1/2" per SY), complete in place per square yard SY 750 $ $ WW154 Additional Limestone Base Thickness (1" per SY), complete in place per square yard SY 750 $ $ WW155 Select Backfill Material, complete in place per cubic CY 1500 $ $ WW156 Flowable Backfill, complete in place per cubic yard CY 1250 $ - $ - Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 10 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 11 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW157 Cut & Restore Concrete Pavement (Includes Base), complete in place per square yard SY 250 $ $ WW158 Additional Concrete Pavement Thickness(1" per SY), complete in place per square yard SY 100 $ $ WW159 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail A), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW160 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail B), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW161 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail C), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW162 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail D), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW163 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail E), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW164 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail F), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW165 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail G), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW166 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail H), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW167 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail I), complete in place per 24-hour period DAY 25 $ $ WW168 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail J), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW169 1 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail K), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW170 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail L), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW171 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail M), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW172 Signing & Traffic Control (Detail N), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 11 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 12 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW173 Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS), complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW174 Flashing Arrow Boards, complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ - WW175 Flagger, Complete in Place Per 24-hour Period, complete in place per day DAY 25 $ $ WW176 Removal & Replacement of Chain link Fencing, complete in place per linear foot LF 250 $ $ WW177 Removal & Replacement of Wood Fencing, complete in place per linear foot LF 250 $ $ WW178 Temporary Construction Entrance/Exit - All Weather Access Road, complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW179 Tree Removal (Up to 8" Dia. Trunk), complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW180 Tree Removal (Greater Than 8" Dia. Trunk), complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW181 Erosion Control —Sodding, complete in place per square yard SY 250 $ $ WW182 Erosion Control —Seeding, complete in place per square yard SY 250 $ $ WW183 Erosion Control - Temporary Sediment Control Fence (Silt Fence and/or Silt Barrier), complete in place per linear foot LF 1500 $ - $ - WW184 Inlet Protection, complete in place per each EA 25 $ $ - WW185 Remove and Replace Driveway, complete in place per square foot SF 750 $ $ WW186 Remove and Replace Sidewalk, complete in place per square foot SF 1000 $ $ WW187 Remove and Replace Curb and Gutter or Valley Gutter, complete in place per linear foot LF 500 $ $ WW188 Remove and Replace Curb Ramp, complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 12 of 13 REV 10-14-2014 00 30 01 BID FORM ADDENDUMEM NO. 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 1 PAGE 13 of 13 Item DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY (Bid Evaluation ONLY - NOT FOR AWARD) UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT WW189 Grout Fill & Abandon in place, complete in place per cubic yard CY 100 $ $ WW190 Remove, Relocate, and Reinstall Mail Box, complete in place per each EA 5 $ $ WW191 Site Clearing and Stripping, complete in place per acre AC 1 $ - $ - Disposal of Contaminated Groundwater, Allowance WW192 per lump sum LS 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 Upsizing of Wastewater Line (Greater than One Pipe WW193 Size, Max 1.5 Times Existing Diameter), all sizes, all depths, complete in place per linear foot LF 3000 $ - $ Total Extended Unit Prices (Items WW1 thru WW193) - For Evaluation Purposes ONLY To be applied to any and all items Emergency Coefficient associated with an Emergency Delivery Order as defined in Measurement and 1.50 Basis for Payment (01 29 01) Bid Form City -Wide Collection System Pipebursting ID/IQ Part B - E15209 Page 13 of 13 REV 10-14-2014